Preparing to land.

git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/MODULAR_NETLIB_BRANCH@2404 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43

mozilla/accessible/Makefile.in

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-#
-
-DEPTH		= ..
-topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
-srcdir		= @srcdir@
-VPATH		= @srcdir@
-
-include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
-
-DIRS		= public src build
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
-

mozilla/accessible/build/Makefile.in

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-#
-
-DEPTH		= ../..
-topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
-srcdir		= @srcdir@
-VPATH		= @srcdir@
-
-include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
-
-MODULE		= accessibility
-LIBRARY_NAME	= accessibility
-SHORT_LIBNAME	= access
-IS_COMPONENT	= 1
-REQUIRES	= xpcom string dom
-
-CPPSRCS		= nsAccessibilityFactory.cpp
-
-LOCAL_INCLUDES	= -I$(srcdir)/../src
-
-SHARED_LIBRARY_LIBS = \
-		$(DIST)/lib/libaccessibility_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
-		$(DIST)/lib/libchrome_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
-		$(NULL)
-
-EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS = \
-		$(MOZ_COMPONENT_LIBS) \
-		-lgkgfx \
-		$(NULL)
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
-

mozilla/accessible/build/makefile.win

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-#!gmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-
-DEPTH=..\..
-MODULE=accessibility
-
-MAKE_OBJ_TYPE=DLL
-DLLNAME=accessibility
-DLL=.\$(OBJDIR)\$(DLLNAME).dll
-
-CPP_OBJS=\
-        .\$(OBJDIR)\nsAccessibilityFactory.obj    \
-	$(NULL)
-
-LINCS = $(LINCS) -I..\src         # for implementation headers
-
-LLIBS=\
- $(DIST)\lib\xpcom.lib         \
- $(DIST)\lib\accessibility_s.lib      \
- $(DIST)\lib\timer_s.lib       \
- $(DIST)\lib\gkgfxwin.lib \
- $(LIBNSPR)  
-
-include <$(DEPTH)\config\rules.mak>
-
-install:: $(DLL)
-	$(MAKE_INSTALL) .\$(OBJDIR)\$(DLLNAME).dll $(DIST)\bin\components
-	$(MAKE_INSTALL) .\$(OBJDIR)\$(DLLNAME).lib $(DIST)\lib
-

mozilla/accessible/build/nsAccessibilityFactory.cpp

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIModule.h"
-#include "nsIGenericFactory.h"
-
-#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
-#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
-#include "nsIAccessibilityService.h"
-#include "nscore.h"
-
-static NS_IMETHODIMP
-NS_ConstructAccessibilityService(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
-{
-    nsresult rv;
-    NS_ASSERTION(aOuter == nsnull, "no aggregation");
-    nsIAccessibilityService* accessibility;
-    rv = NS_NewAccessibilityService(&accessibility);
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
-        NS_ERROR("Unable to construct chrome registry");
-        return rv;
-    }
-    rv = accessibility->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
-    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "unable to find correct interface");
-    NS_RELEASE(accessibility);
-    return rv;
-}
-
-// The list of components we register
-static nsModuleComponentInfo components[] = 
-{
-    { "AccessibilityService", 
-      NS_ACCESSIBILITY_SERVICE_CID,
-      "@mozilla.org/accessibilityService;1", 
-      NS_ConstructAccessibilityService
-    },
-};
-
-NS_IMPL_NSGETMODULE("nsAccessibilityModule", components);
-

mozilla/accessible/makefile.win

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-#!gmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-
-DEPTH=..
-
-DIRS= public src build
-
-include <$(DEPTH)\config\rules.mak>

mozilla/accessible/public/MANIFEST

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-nsIAccessibilityService.idl
-nsIAccessible.idl
-nsIMutableAccessible.idl

mozilla/accessible/public/Makefile.in

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-#
-
-DEPTH		= ../..
-topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
-srcdir		= @srcdir@
-VPATH		= @srcdir@
-
-include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
-
-MODULE		= accessibility
-XPIDL_MODULE= accessibility
-
-XPIDLSRCS	= \
-			nsIAccessibilityService.idl \
-			nsIAccessible.idl \
-			nsIMutableAccessible.idl \
-			nsIAccessibleEventReceiver.idl \
-			nsIAccessibleEventListener.idl \
-			$(NULL)
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
-

mozilla/accessible/public/makefile.win

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-#!gmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-
-DEPTH=..\..
-MODULE=accessibility
-XPIDL_MODULE=accessibility
-
-XPIDLSRCS =               \
-  .\nsIAccessibilityService.idl \
-  .\nsIAccessible.idl \
-  .\nsIMutableAccessible.idl \
-  .\nsIAccessibleEventReceiver.idl \
-  .\nsIAccessibleEventListener.idl \
-	$(NULL)
-
-include <$(DEPTH)\config\rules.mak>

mozilla/accessible/public/nsIAccessibilityService.idl

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- * 
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- * 
- * The Original Code is the Mozilla browser.
- * 
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- * 
- * Original Author: Eric Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * 
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsISupports.idl"
-#include "domstubs.idl"
-#include "nsIMutableAccessible.idl"
-#include "nsIAtom.idl"
-
-[scriptable, uuid(68D9720A-0984-42b6-A3F5-8237ED925727)]
-interface nsIAccessibilityService : nsISupports
-{
-  nsIAccessible createRootAccessible(in nsISupports aPresShell, in nsISupports aFrame);
-  nsIMutableAccessible createMutableAccessible(in nsISupports aNode);
-  nsIAccessible createHTMLBlockAccessible(in nsIAccessible aAccessible, in nsIDOMNode aNode, in nsISupports aPresShell);
-  nsIAccessible createHTMLSelectAccessible(in nsIAtom aAccessible, in nsIDOMNode aNode, in nsISupports aPresShell);
-  nsIAccessible createHTMLCheckboxAccessible(in nsISupports aFrame);
-  nsIAccessible createHTMLRadioButtonAccessible(in nsISupports aFrame);
-  nsIAccessible createHTMLButtonAccessible(in nsISupports aFrame);
-  nsIAccessible createHTMLTextAccessible(in nsISupports aFrame);
-};
-
-
-%{ C++
-
-// for component registration
-// {DE401C37-9A7F-4278-A6F8-3DE2833989EF}
-#define NS_ACCESSIBILITY_SERVICE_CID \
-{ 0xde401c37, 0x9a7f, 0x4278, { 0xa6, 0xf8, 0x3d, 0xe2, 0x83, 0x39, 0x89, 0xef } }
-
-extern nsresult
-NS_NewAccessibilityService(nsIAccessibilityService** aResult);
-%}

mozilla/accessible/public/nsIAccessible.idl

@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- * 
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- * 
- * The Original Code is the Mozilla browser.
- * 
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- * 
- * Original Author: Eric D Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * 
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsISupports.idl"
-
-[scriptable, uuid(B26FBE47-9A5F-42a1-822B-082461AE4D6D)]
-interface nsIAccessible : nsISupports
-{
-  /* Can't use these javascript can't tell us if properties are undefined 
-     
-  readonly attribute nsIAccessible accParent;
-  readonly attribute nsIAccessible accNextSibling;
-  readonly attribute nsIAccessible accPreviousSibling;
-  readonly attribute nsIAccessible accFirstChild;
-  readonly attribute nsIAccessible accLastChild;
-  readonly attribute long accChildCount;
-
-  attribute wstring accName;
-  attribute wstring accValue;
-  readonly attribute wstring accDescription;
-  readonly attribute wstring accRole;
-  readonly attribute unsigned long accState;
-  readonly attribute wstring accHelp;
-  readonly attribute wstring accDefaultAction;
-  readonly attribute boolean accFocused;
-  */
-
-  nsIAccessible getAccParent();
-  nsIAccessible getAccNextSibling();
-  nsIAccessible getAccPreviousSibling();
-  nsIAccessible getAccFirstChild();
-  nsIAccessible getAccLastChild();
-
-  long getAccChildCount();
-  wstring getAccName();
-  wstring getAccValue();
-  void setAccName(in wstring name);
-  void setAccValue(in wstring value);
-
-  wstring getAccDescription();
-  wstring getAccRole();
-  unsigned long getAccState();
-  unsigned long getAccExtState();
-  wstring getAccDefaultAction();
-  wstring getAccHelp();
-  boolean getAccFocused();
-
-  nsIAccessible accGetAt(in long x, in long y);
-
-  nsIAccessible accNavigateRight();
-  nsIAccessible accNavigateLeft();
-  nsIAccessible accNavigateUp();
-  nsIAccessible accNavigateDown();
-
-  void accGetBounds(out long x, 
-                    out long y, 
-					out long width, 
-					out long height);
-
-  void accAddSelection();
-  void accRemoveSelection();
-  void accExtendSelection();
-  void accTakeSelection();
-  void accTakeFocus();
-  void accDoDefaultAction();
-
- // MSAA State flags - used for bitfield. More than 1 allowed.
-  const unsigned long  STATE_UNAVAILABLE        = 0x00000001;  // Disabled, maps to opposite of Java ENABLED, Gnome/ATK SENSITIVE?
-  const unsigned long  STATE_SELECTED           = 0x00000002;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_FOCUSED            = 0x00000004;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_PRESSED            = 0x00000008;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_CHECKED            = 0x00000010;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_MIXED              = 0x00000020; // 3-state checkbox or toolbar button
-  const unsigned long  STATE_READONLY           = 0x00000040; // Maps to opposite of Java/Gnome/ATK EDITABLE state
-  const unsigned long  STATE_HOTTRACKED         = 0x00000080;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_DEFAULT            = 0x00000100;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_EXPANDED           = 0x00000200;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_COLLAPSED          = 0x00000400;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_BUSY               = 0x00000800;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_FLOATING           = 0x00001000;  // Children "owned" not "contained" by parent
-  const unsigned long  STATE_MARQUEED           = 0x00002000;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_ANIMATED           = 0x00004000;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_INVISIBLE          = 0x00008000;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_OFFSCREEN          = 0x00010000;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_SIZEABLE           = 0x00020000;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_MOVEABLE           = 0x00040000;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_SELFVOICING        = 0x00080000;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_FOCUSABLE          = 0x00100000;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_SELECTABLE         = 0x00200000;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_LINKED             = 0x00400000;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_TRAVERSED          = 0x00800000;
-  const unsigned long  STATE_MULTISELECTABLE    = 0x01000000;  // Supports multiple selection
-  const unsigned long  STATE_EXTSELECTABLE      = 0x02000000;  // Supports extended selection
-  const unsigned long  STATE_ALERT_LOW          = 0x04000000;  // This information is of low priority
-  const unsigned long  STATE_ALERT_MEDIUM       = 0x08000000;  // This information is of medium priority
-  const unsigned long  STATE_ALERT_HIGH         = 0x10000000;  // This information is of high priority
-  const unsigned long  STATE_PROTECTED          = 0x20000000;  // Maps to Gnome's *Role* ATK_ROLE_PASSWD_TEXT, nothing for Java?
-  const unsigned long  STATE_HASPOPUP           = 0x40000000;  // New in MSAA 2.0
-
-// Extended state flags (for now non-MSAA, for Java and Gnome/ATK support)
-// This is only the states that there isn't already a mapping for in MSAA
-// See www.accessmozilla.org/article.php?sid=11 for information on the mappings between accessibility API states
-  const unsigned long  STATE_INVALID            = 0x00200000;  // No explanation given    
-  const unsigned long  STATE_ACTIVE             = 0x00400000;  // This window is currently the active window    
-  const unsigned long  STATE_EXPANDABLE         = 0x00800000;  // An item that can be expanded, such as a tree item with children    
-  const unsigned long  STATE_MODAL              = 0x01000000;  // Must do something with control before leaving it    
-  const unsigned long  STATE_MULTI_LINE         = 0x02000000;  // Edit control that can take multiple lines    
-  const unsigned long  STATE_SENSITIVE          = 0x04000000;  // No explanation given    
-  const unsigned long  STATE_RESIZABLE          = 0x08000000;  // Object can be resized    
-  const unsigned long  STATE_SHOWING            = 0x10000000;  // This object and all of it's ancestors are visible    
-  const unsigned long  STATE_SINGLE_LINE        = 0x20000000;  // This text object can only contain 1 line of text    
-  const unsigned long  STATE_TRANSIENT          = 0x40000000;  // Tells accessibility aid "Don't add event listener - this object doesn't generate any". For example, could be used with higher level containers.    
-  const unsigned long  STATE_VERTICAL           = 0x80000000;  // Especially used for sliders and scrollbars  
-
-
-/*
-// MSAA Roles - only one per nsIAccessible or IAccessible
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_TITLEBAR            = 0x00000001;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_MENUBAR             = 0x00000002;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_SCROLLBAR           = 0x00000003;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_GRIP                = 0x00000004;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_SOUND               = 0x00000005;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_CURSOR              = 0x00000006;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_CARET               = 0x00000007;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_ALERT               = 0x00000008;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_WINDOW              = 0x00000009;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_CLIENT              = 0x0000000A;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_MENUPOPUP           = 0x0000000B;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_MENUITEM            = 0x0000000C;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_TOOLTIP             = 0x0000000D;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_APPLICATION         = 0x0000000E;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_DOCUMENT            = 0x0000000F;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_PANE                = 0x00000010;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_CHART               = 0x00000011;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_DIALOG              = 0x00000012;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_BORDER              = 0x00000013;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_GROUPING            = 0x00000014;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_SEPARATOR           = 0x00000015;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_TOOLBAR             = 0x00000016;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_STATUSBAR           = 0x00000017;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_TABLE               = 0x00000018;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_COLUMNHEADER        = 0x00000019;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_ROWHEADER           = 0x0000001A;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_COLUMN              = 0x0000001B;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_ROW                 = 0x0000001C;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_CELL                = 0x0000001D;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_LINK                = 0x0000001E;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_HELPBALLOON         = 0x0000001F;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_CHARACTER           = 0x00000020;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_LIST                = 0x00000021;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_LISTITEM            = 0x00000022;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_OUTLINE             = 0x00000023;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_OUTLINEITEM         = 0x00000024;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_PAGETAB             = 0x00000025;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_PROPERTYPAGE        = 0x00000026;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_INDICATOR           = 0x00000027;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_GRAPHIC             = 0x00000028;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_STATICTEXT          = 0x00000029;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_TEXT                = 0x0000002A;  // Editable, selectable, etc.
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_PUSHBUTTON          = 0x0000002B;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_CHECKBUTTON         = 0x0000002C;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_RADIOBUTTON         = 0x0000002D;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_COMBOBOX            = 0x0000002E;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_DROPLIST            = 0x0000002F;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_PROGRESSBAR         = 0x00000030;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_DIAL                = 0x00000031;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_HOTKEYFIELD         = 0x00000032;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_SLIDER              = 0x00000033;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_SPINBUTTON          = 0x00000034;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_DIAGRAM             = 0x00000035;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_ANIMATION           = 0x00000036;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_EQUATION            = 0x00000037;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_BUTTONDROPDOWN      = 0x00000038;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_BUTTONMENU          = 0x00000039;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_BUTTONDROPDOWNGRID  = 0x0000003A;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_WHITESPACE          = 0x0000003B;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_PAGETABLIST         = 0x0000003C;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_CLOCK               = 0x0000003D;
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_SPLITBUTTON         = 0x0000003E;   // New in MSAA 2.0 
-  const unsigned long  ROLE_IPADDRESS           = 0x0000003F;   // New in MSAA 2.0 
-
-  */
-
-};

mozilla/accessible/public/nsIAccessibleEventListener.idl

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- * 
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- * 
- * The Original Code is the Mozilla browser.
- * 
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- * 
- * Original Author: Eric D Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * 
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsISupports.idl"
-#include "nsIAccessible.idl"
-
-[scriptable, uuid(BEE49E7D-9D06-49bf-8984-1694C697D74F)]
-interface nsIAccessibleEventListener : nsISupports
-{
-  const unsigned long EVENT_FOCUS = 0x8005;
-
-  void handleEvent(in unsigned long aEvent, in nsIAccessible aTarget);
-};

mozilla/accessible/public/nsIAccessibleEventReceiver.idl

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- * 
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- * 
- * The Original Code is the Mozilla browser.
- * 
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- * 
- * Original Author: Eric D Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * 
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsIAccessibleEventListener.idl"
-
-[scriptable, uuid(AB331E47-4FAA-4a12-9480-9B480DD78B39)]
-interface nsIAccessibleEventReceiver : nsISupports
-{
-  void addAccessibleEventListener(in nsIAccessibleEventListener aListener);
-  void removeAccessibleEventListener(in nsIAccessibleEventListener aListener);
-};

mozilla/accessible/public/nsIMutableAccessible.idl

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- * 
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- * 
- * The Original Code is the Mozilla browser.
- * 
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- * 
- * Original Author: David W. Hyatt (hyatt@netscape.com)
- * 
- * Contributor(s): pav
- */
-
-#include "nsIAccessible.idl"
-#include "nsIAtom.idl"
-
-[scriptable, uuid(AD3274E5-9DD1-4614-81C8-BFF992869CBE)]
-interface nsIMutableAccessible : nsIAccessible
-{
-  void SetNameAsNodeValue();
-  void SetName(in wstring aName);
-  void SetNameAsAttribute(in nsIAtom aAtom);
-  void SetRole(in wstring aRole);
-  void SetIsLeaf(in boolean aLeaf);
-};

mozilla/accessible/src/Makefile.in

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-#
-
-DEPTH		= ../..
-topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
-srcdir		= @srcdir@
-VPATH		= @srcdir@
-
-include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
-
-MODULE		= accessibility
-LIBRARY_NAME	= accessibility_s
-REQUIRES	= xpcom string layout widget dom view locale gfx2
-
-CPPSRCS		= \
-		nsAccessible.cpp \
-		nsAccessibilityService.cpp \
-		nsMutableAccessible.cpp \
-		nsRootAccessible.cpp \
-		nsHTMLFormControlAccessible.cpp \
-		nsHTMLTextAccessible.cpp \
-		nsSelectAccessible.cpp \
-		nsGenericAccessible.cpp \
-		$(NULL)
-
-# we don't want the shared lib, but we want to force the creation of a static lib.
-override NO_SHARED_LIB=1
-override NO_STATIC_LIB=
-
-include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
-

mozilla/accessible/src/base/nsAccessibilityService.cpp

@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Original Author: David W. Hyatt (hyatt@netscape.com)
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsIAccessibilityService.h"
-#include "nsAccessibilityService.h"
-#include "nsAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIDocument.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsRootAccessible.h"
-#include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
-#include "nsMutableAccessible.h"
-#include "nsHTMLFormControlAccessible.h"
-#include "nsLayoutAtoms.h"
-#include "nsSelectAccessible.h"
-#include "nsHTMLTextAccessible.h"
-
-//--------------------
-
-
-nsAccessibilityService::nsAccessibilityService()
-{
-	NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-}
-
-nsAccessibilityService::~nsAccessibilityService()
-{
-}
-
-NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1(nsAccessibilityService, nsIAccessibilityService);
-
-
-
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// nsIAccessibilityService methods:
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsAccessibilityService::CreateRootAccessible(nsISupports* aPresContext, nsISupports* aFrame, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsIFrame* f = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIFrame*, aFrame);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> c = do_QueryInterface(aPresContext);
-  NS_ASSERTION(c,"Error non prescontext passed to accessible factory!!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> s;
-  c->GetShell(getter_AddRefs(s));
-
-  NS_ASSERTION(s,"Error not presshell!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> wr = getter_AddRefs(NS_GetWeakReference(s));
-
-  *_retval = new nsRootAccessible(wr,f);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsAccessibilityService::CreateMutableAccessible(nsISupports* aNode, nsIMutableAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = new nsMutableAccessible(aNode);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLBlockAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIDOMNode* node, nsISupports* aPresContext, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> n = do_QueryInterface(node);
-  NS_ASSERTION(n,"Error non nsIContent passed to accessible factory!!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> c = do_QueryInterface(aPresContext);
-  NS_ASSERTION(c,"Error non prescontext passed to accessible factory!!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> s;
-  c->GetShell(getter_AddRefs(s));
-
-  NS_ASSERTION(s,"Error not presshell!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> wr = getter_AddRefs(NS_GetWeakReference(s));
-
-  *_retval = new nsHTMLBlockAccessible(aAccessible, n,wr);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLSelectAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIDOMNode* node, nsISupports* aPresContext, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> n = do_QueryInterface(node);
-  NS_ASSERTION(n,"Error non nsIContent passed to accessible factory!!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> c = do_QueryInterface(aPresContext);
-  NS_ASSERTION(c,"Error non prescontext passed to accessible factory!!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> s;
-  c->GetShell(getter_AddRefs(s)); 
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> wr = getter_AddRefs(NS_GetWeakReference(s));
-
-  *_retval = new nsSelectAccessible(aPopupAtom, nsnull, n, wr);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible createHTMLCheckboxAccessible (in nsISupports aPresShell, in nsISupports aFrame); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLCheckboxAccessible(nsISupports *aFrame, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsIFrame* frame;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell;
-  nsresult rv = GetInfo(aFrame, &frame, getter_AddRefs(shell), getter_AddRefs(node));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  *_retval = new nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible(shell,node);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible createHTMLCheckboxAccessible (in nsISupports aPresShell, in nsISupports aFrame); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLRadioButtonAccessible(nsISupports *aFrame, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsIFrame* frame;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell;
-  GetInfo(aFrame, &frame, getter_AddRefs(shell), getter_AddRefs(node));
-
-  *_retval = new nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible(shell,node);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible createHTMLCheckboxAccessible (in nsISupports aPresShell, in nsISupports aFrame); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLButtonAccessible(nsISupports *aFrame, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsIFrame* frame;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell;
-  nsresult rv = GetInfo(aFrame, &frame, getter_AddRefs(shell), getter_AddRefs(node));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  *_retval = new nsHTMLButtonAccessible(shell,node);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible createHTMLTextAccessible (in nsISupports aPresShell, in nsISupports aFrame); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLTextAccessible(nsISupports *aFrame, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsIFrame* frame;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell;
-  nsresult rv = GetInfo(aFrame, &frame, getter_AddRefs(shell), getter_AddRefs(node));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  *_retval = new nsHTMLTextAccessible(shell, node);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessibilityService::GetInfo(nsISupports* aFrame, nsIFrame** aRealFrame, nsIPresShell** aShell, nsIDOMNode** aNode)
-{
-  *aRealFrame = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIFrame*, aFrame);
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content;
-  (*aRealFrame)->GetContent(getter_AddRefs(content));
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node = do_QueryInterface(content);
-  *aNode = node;
-  NS_ADDREF(*aNode);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> document;
-  content->GetDocument(*getter_AddRefs(document));
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-  PRInt32 shells = document->GetNumberOfShells();
-  NS_ASSERTION(shells > 0,"Error no shells!");
-#endif
-
-  *aShell = document->GetShellAt(0);
-  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aShell);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-nsresult
-NS_NewAccessibilityService(nsIAccessibilityService** aResult)
-{
-    NS_PRECONDITION(aResult != nsnull, "null ptr");
-    if (! aResult)
-        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-
-    nsAccessibilityService* a = new nsAccessibilityService();
-    if (a == nsnull)
-        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-    NS_ADDREF(a);
-    *aResult = a;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-

mozilla/accessible/src/base/nsAccessibilityService.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- * 
- *
- * Original Author: David W. Hyatt (hyatt@netscape.com)
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef __nsAccessibilityService_h__
-#define __nsAccessibilityService_h__
-
-#include "nsIAccessibilityService.h"
-class nsIFrame;
-class nsIPresShell;
-class nsIDOMNode;
-
-class nsAccessibilityService : public nsIAccessibilityService
-{
-public:
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-  // nsIAccessibilityService methods:
-  NS_DECL_NSIACCESSIBILITYSERVICE
-
-  // nsAccessibilityService methods:
-  nsAccessibilityService();
-  virtual ~nsAccessibilityService();
-
-public:
-
-private:
-  NS_IMETHOD GetInfo(nsISupports* aFrame, nsIFrame** aRealFrame, nsIPresShell** aShell, nsIDOMNode** aContent);
-
-};
-
-#endif /* __nsIccessibilityService_h__ */

mozilla/accessible/src/base/nsAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,995 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIDocument.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsIScrollableView.h"
-#include "nsRootAccessible.h"
-
-//#define DEBUG_LEAKS
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_LEAKS
-static gnsAccessibles = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-class nsFrameTreeWalker {
-public:
-  nsFrameTreeWalker(nsIPresContext* aPresContext, nsAccessible* aOwner);
-  nsIFrame* GetNextSibling(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-  nsIFrame* GetPreviousSibling(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-  nsIFrame* GetParent(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-  nsIFrame* GetFirstChild(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-  nsIFrame* GetLastChild(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-  nsIFrame* GetChildBefore(nsIFrame* aParent, nsIFrame* aChild);
-  PRInt32 GetCount(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-
-  static PRBool ShouldSkip(nsIPresContext* aContext, nsIAtom* aList, nsIFrame* aStart, nsIFrame* aNext);
-  static void GetAccessible(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible>& aAccessible, nsCOMPtr<nsIContent>& aContent);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> mPresContext;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mAccessible;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> mContent;
-  nsAccessible* mOwner;
-};
-
-nsFrameTreeWalker::nsFrameTreeWalker(nsIPresContext* aPresContext, nsAccessible* aOwner)
-{
-  mPresContext = aPresContext;
-  mOwner = aOwner;
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetParent(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-  //printf("Get parent\n");
-
-  nsIFrame* parent = nsnull;
-  aFrame->GetParent(&parent);
-
-  // if no parent then we hit the root
-  // just return that top frame
-  if (!parent) {
-    mAccessible = nsnull;
-    mContent = nsnull;
-    return aFrame;
-  }
-
-  GetAccessible(parent, mAccessible, mContent);
-  if (mAccessible)
-    return parent;
-  
-  return GetParent(parent);
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetNextSibling(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-  //printf("Get next\n");
-
-  // get next sibling
-  nsIFrame* next = nsnull;
-  aFrame->GetNextSibling(&next);
-  nsIAtom* list = nsnull;
-  mOwner->GetListAtomForFrame(aFrame, list);
-
-  
-  // skip any frames with the same content node
-  while(ShouldSkip(mPresContext, list, aFrame, next)) 
-    next->GetNextSibling(&next);
-  
-
-  // if failed
-  if (!next)
-  {
-    // if parent has content
-    nsIFrame* parent = nsnull;
-    aFrame->GetParent(&parent);
-    
-    // if no parent fail
-    if (!parent) {
-      mAccessible = nsnull;
-      mContent = nsnull;
-      return nsnull;
-    }
-
-    // fail if we reach a parent that is accessible
-    GetAccessible(parent, mAccessible, mContent);
-    if (mAccessible)
-    {
-      // fail
-      mAccessible = nsnull;
-      mContent = nsnull;
-      return nsnull;
-    } else {
-      // next on parent
-      nsIFrame* n = GetNextSibling(parent);
-      if (ShouldSkip(mPresContext, list, aFrame, n))
-        return GetNextSibling(n);
-      else 
-        return n;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // if next has content
-  GetAccessible(next, mAccessible, mContent);
-  if (mAccessible)
-  {
-    // done
-    return next;
-  }
-
-  // if next doesn't have node
-
-  // call first on next
-  nsIFrame* first = GetFirstChild(next);
-
-  // if found
-  if (first) {
-    if (ShouldSkip(mPresContext, list, aFrame, first))
-      return GetNextSibling(first);
-    else 
-      return first;
-  }
-
-  // call next on next
-  nsIFrame* n =  GetNextSibling(next);
-  if (ShouldSkip(mPresContext, list, aFrame, next))
-    return GetNextSibling(n);
-  else 
-    return n;
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetFirstChild(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-
-  //printf("Get first\n");
-
-  // get first child
-  nsIFrame* child = nsnull;
-  nsIAtom* list = nsnull;
-  mOwner->GetListAtomForFrame(aFrame, list);
-  aFrame->FirstChild(mPresContext, list, &child);
-
-  while(child)
-  {
-    // if first has a content node
-    GetAccessible(child, mAccessible, mContent);
-    if (mAccessible)
-    {
-      // done
-      return child;
-    } else {
-      // call first on child
-      nsIFrame* first = GetFirstChild(child);
-
-      // if succeeded
-      if (first)
-      {
-        // return child
-        return first;
-      }
-    }
-
-    // get next sibling
-    nsIFrame* next;
-    child->GetNextSibling(&next);
-
-    // skip children with duplicate content nodes
-    nsIAtom* list = nsnull;
-    mOwner->GetListAtomForFrame(child, list);
-
-    while(ShouldSkip(mPresContext, list, child, next)) 
-      next->GetNextSibling(&next);
-
-    child = next;
-  }
-
-  // fail
-  mAccessible = nsnull;
-  mContent = nsnull;
-  return nsnull;
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetChildBefore(nsIFrame* aParent, nsIFrame* aChild)
-{
-  nsIFrame* child = GetFirstChild(aParent);
-
-  // if the child is not us
-  if (child == aChild) {
-    mAccessible = nsnull;
-    mContent = nsnull;
-    return nsnull;
-  }
-
-  nsIFrame* prev = child;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> prevContent = mContent;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> prevAccessible = mAccessible;
-
-  while(child) 
-  {
-    child = GetNextSibling(child);
-
-    if (child == aChild)
-      break;
-
-    prev = child;
-    prevContent = mContent;
-    prevAccessible = mAccessible;
-  }
-
-  mAccessible = prevAccessible;
-  mContent = prevContent;
-  return prev;
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetPreviousSibling(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-  //printf("Get previous\n");
-
-  nsIFrame* parent = GetParent(aFrame);
-  
-  return GetChildBefore(parent, aFrame);
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetLastChild(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-  //printf("Get last\n");
-
-  return GetChildBefore(aFrame, nsnull);
-}
-
-PRInt32 nsFrameTreeWalker::GetCount(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-
-  //printf("Get count\n");
-  nsIFrame* child = GetFirstChild(aFrame);
-
-  PRInt32 count = 0;
-  while(child) 
-  {
-    count++;
-    child = GetNextSibling(child);
-  }
-
-  return count;
-}
-
-void nsFrameTreeWalker::GetAccessible(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible>& aAccessible, nsCOMPtr<nsIContent>& aContent)
-{
-  aContent = nsnull;
-  aAccessible = nsnull;
-
-  aFrame->GetContent(getter_AddRefs(aContent));
-
-  if (!aContent)
-    return;
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> document;
-  aContent->GetDocument(*getter_AddRefs(document));
-  if (!document)
-    return;
-
-  PRInt32 shells = document->GetNumberOfShells();
-  NS_ASSERTION(shells > 0,"Error no shells!");
-  nsIPresShell* shell = document->GetShellAt(0);
-  nsIFrame* frame = nsnull;
-  shell->GetPrimaryFrameFor(aContent, &frame);
-
-  if (!frame)
-    return;
-
-  aAccessible = do_QueryInterface(aFrame);
-
-  if (!aAccessible)
-    aAccessible = do_QueryInterface(aContent);
-
- // if (aAccessible)
- //   printf("Found accessible!\n");
-}
-
-PRBool nsFrameTreeWalker::ShouldSkip(nsIPresContext* aContext, nsIAtom* aList, nsIFrame* aStart, nsIFrame* aNext)
-{
-  if (!aStart || !aNext)
-    return PR_FALSE;
-
-  // is content the same? If so skip it
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content1;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content2;
-
-  aStart->GetContent(getter_AddRefs(content1));
-  aNext->GetContent(getter_AddRefs(content2));
-
-  if (content1 == content2 && content1 != nsnull) {
-    // does it have childen? It it does then don't skip it
-    nsIFrame* child = nsnull;
-    aNext->FirstChild(aContext, aList, &child);
-    if (child)
-      return PR_FALSE;
-
-    return PR_TRUE;
-  }
-  
-  return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Class nsAccessible
- */
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-// construction 
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-nsAccessible::nsAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-   NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-
-   // get frame and node
-   mContent = aContent;
-   mAccessible = aAccessible;
-   mPresShell = aShell;
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_LEAKS
-  printf("nsAccessibles=%d\n", ++gnsAccessibles);
-#endif
-
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-// destruction
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-nsAccessible::~nsAccessible()
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_LEAKS
-  printf("nsAccessibles=%d\n", --gnsAccessibles);
-#endif
-}
-
-//NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS2(nsAccessible, nsIAccessible, nsIAccessibleWidgetAccess);
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsAccessible, nsIAccessible);
-
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accParent; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible * *aAccParent) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccParent(aAccParent);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this); 
-
-    // failed? Lets do some default behavior
-    walker.GetParent(GetFrame());
-
-    // if no content or accessible then we hit the root
-    if (!walker.mContent || !walker.mAccessible)
-    {
-      *aAccParent = new nsRootAccessible(mPresShell);
-      NS_ADDREF(*aAccParent);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-
-    *aAccParent = CreateNewParentAccessible(walker.mAccessible, walker.mContent, mPresShell);
-    NS_ADDREF(*aAccParent);
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  *aAccParent = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accNextSibling; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible * *aAccNextSibling) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
- 
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccNextSibling(aAccNextSibling);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  // failed? Lets do some default behavior
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this);
-
-    nsIFrame* next = walker.GetNextSibling(GetFrame());
-  
-    if (next && walker.mAccessible && walker.mContent) 
-    {
-      *aAccNextSibling = CreateNewNextAccessible(walker.mAccessible, walker.mContent, mPresShell);
-      NS_ADDREF(*aAccNextSibling);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *aAccNextSibling = nsnull;
-
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accPreviousSibling; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible * *aAccPreviousSibling) 
-{ 
-// delegate
- 
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccPreviousSibling(aAccPreviousSibling);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
- 
-  // failed? Lets do some default behavior
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this); 
-    nsIFrame* prev = walker.GetPreviousSibling(GetFrame());
-
-    if (prev && walker.mAccessible && walker.mContent) 
-    {
-      *aAccPreviousSibling = CreateNewPreviousAccessible(walker.mAccessible, walker.mContent, mPresShell);
-      NS_ADDREF(*aAccPreviousSibling);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *aAccPreviousSibling = nsnull;
-
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accFirstChild; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible * *aAccFirstChild) 
-{ 
-    
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccFirstChild(aAccFirstChild);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this); 
-    nsIFrame* child = walker.GetFirstChild(GetFrame());
-
-    if (child && walker.mAccessible && walker.mContent) 
-    {
-      *aAccFirstChild = CreateNewFirstAccessible(walker.mAccessible, walker.mContent, mPresShell);
-      NS_ADDREF(*aAccFirstChild);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *aAccFirstChild = nsnull;
-
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accFirstChild; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible * *aAccLastChild)
-{  
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccLastChild(aAccLastChild);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this); 
-    nsIFrame* last = walker.GetLastChild(GetFrame());
-
-    if (last && walker.mAccessible && walker.mContent) 
-    {
-      *aAccLastChild = CreateNewLastAccessible(walker.mAccessible, walker.mContent, mPresShell);
-      NS_ADDREF(*aAccLastChild);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *aAccLastChild = nsnull;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* readonly attribute long accChildCount; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *aAccChildCount) 
-{
-  
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccChildCount(aAccChildCount);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-  
-
-  // failed? Lets do some default behavior
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this); 
-    *aAccChildCount = walker.GetCount(GetFrame());
-  } else 
-    *aAccChildCount = 0;
-
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-
-  /* attribute wstring accName; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar * *aAccName) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccName(aAccName);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aAccName != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  *aAccName = 0;
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-  /* attribute wstring accName; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar * *aDefaultAction) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccDefaultAction(aDefaultAction);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aDefaultAction != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  *aDefaultAction = 0;
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::SetAccName(const PRUnichar * aAccName) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->SetAccName(aAccName);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-  /* attribute wstring accValue; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccValue(PRUnichar * *aAccValue) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccValue(aAccValue);
-
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aAccValue != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  *aAccValue = 0;
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::SetAccValue(const PRUnichar * aAccValue) { return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  }
-
-  /* readonly attribute wstring accDescription; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccDescription(PRUnichar * *aAccDescription) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccDescription(aAccDescription);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aAccDescription != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute wstring accRole; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar * *aAccRole) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccRole(aAccRole);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aAccRole != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute wstring accState; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccState(PRUint32 *aAccState) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) 
-    return mAccessible->GetAccState(aAccState);
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccExtState(PRUint32 *aAccExtState) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) 
-    return mAccessible->GetAccExtState(aAccExtState);
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute wstring accHelp; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccHelp(PRUnichar * *aAccHelp) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccHelp(aAccHelp);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aAccHelp != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  // failed? Lets do some default behavior
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute boolean accFocused; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccFocused(PRBool *aAccFocused) { return NS_OK;  }
-
-  /* nsIAccessible accGetChildAt (in long x, in long y); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccGetAt(PRInt32 tx, PRInt32 ty, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  PRInt32 x,y,w,h;
-  AccGetBounds(&x,&y,&w,&h);
-  if (tx > x && tx < x + w && ty > y && ty < y + h)
-  {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> child;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> next;
-    GetAccFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(child));
-    PRInt32 cx,cy,cw,ch;
-
-    while(child) {
-      child->AccGetBounds(&cx,&cy,&cw,&ch);
-      
-      if (tx > cx && tx < cx + cw && ty > cy && ty < cy + ch) 
-      {
-        *_retval = child;
-        NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-        return NS_OK;
-      }
-      child->GetAccNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(next));
-      child = next;
-    }
-
-
-    *_retval = this;
-    NS_ADDREF(this);
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-  /* void accNavigateRight (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccNavigateRight(nsIAccessible **_retval) { return NS_OK;  }
-
-  /* void navigateLeft (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccNavigateLeft(nsIAccessible **_retval) { return NS_OK;  }
-
-  /* void navigateUp (); */
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccNavigateUp(nsIAccessible **_retval) { return NS_OK;  }
-
-  /* void navigateDown (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccNavigateDown(nsIAccessible **_retval) { return NS_OK;  }
-
-
-  /* void addSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccAddSelection(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccAddSelection();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void removeSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccRemoveSelection(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccRemoveSelection();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void extendSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccExtendSelection(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccExtendSelection();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void takeSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccTakeSelection(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccTakeSelection();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void takeFocus (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccTakeFocus(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccTakeFocus();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void doDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccDoDefaultAction(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccDoDefaultAction();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void accGetBounds (out long x, out long y, out long width, out long height); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccGetBounds(PRInt32 *x, PRInt32 *y, PRInt32 *width, PRInt32 *height)
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  nsIFrame* frame = GetBoundsFrame();
-
-  if (!frame || !context)
-  {
-    *x = *y = *width = *height = 0;
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-   // sum up all rects of frames with the same content node
-  nsRect r;
-  nsIFrame* start = frame;
-  nsIFrame* next = nsnull;
-  start->GetNextSibling(&next);
-
-  start->GetRect(r);
-  
-  while (nsFrameTreeWalker::ShouldSkip(context,nsnull, start, next))
-  {
-    nsRect r2;
-    next->GetRect(r2);
-    r.UnionRect(r,r2);
-    next->GetNextSibling(&next);
-  }
-
-  nsPoint offset(r.x,r.y);
-
-  frame->GetParent(&frame);
-
-  nsPoint pos(0,0);
-  while(frame) {
-    nsIScrollableView* scrollingView;
-    nsIView*           view;
-    // XXX hack
-    frame->GetView(context, &view);
-    if (view) {
-     nsresult result = view->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIScrollableView), (void**)&scrollingView);
-     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result)) {
-         nscoord xoff = 0;
-         nscoord yoff = 0;
-         scrollingView->GetScrollPosition(xoff, yoff);
-         offset.x -= xoff;
-         offset.y -= yoff;
-     }
-    }
-
-    frame->GetOrigin(pos);
-    offset += pos;
-    frame->GetParent(&frame);
-  }
-
-  float t2p;
-  context->GetTwipsToPixels(&t2p);
-
-  *x = (PRInt32)(offset.x*t2p);
-  *y = (PRInt32)(offset.y*t2p);
-  *width = (PRInt32)(r.width*t2p);
-  *height = (PRInt32)(r.height*t2p);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-// helpers
-
-nsIFrame* nsAccessible::GetBoundsFrame()
-{
-   return GetFrame();
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsAccessible::GetFrame()
-{
-   nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-   nsIFrame* frame = nsnull;
-   shell->GetPrimaryFrameFor(mContent, &frame);
-   return frame;
-}
-
-void nsAccessible::GetPresContext(nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext>& aContext)
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-
-  if (shell) {
-    shell->GetPresContext(getter_AddRefs(aContext));
-  } else
-    aContext = nsnull;
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewNextAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewPreviousAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewParentAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-
-// ------- nsHTMLBlockAccessible ------
-
-nsHTMLBlockAccessible::nsHTMLBlockAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell):nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsHTMLBlockAccessible::CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsHTMLBlockAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accGetAt (in long x, in long y); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLBlockAccessible::AccGetAt(PRInt32 tx, PRInt32 ty, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  PRInt32 x,y,w,h;
-  AccGetBounds(&x,&y,&w,&h);
-  if (tx > x && tx < x + w && ty > y && ty < y + h)
-  {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> child;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> smallestChild;
-    PRInt32 smallestArea = -1;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> next;
-    GetAccFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(child));
-    PRInt32 cx,cy,cw,ch;
-
-    while(child) {
-      child->AccGetBounds(&cx,&cy,&cw,&ch);
-      
-      // ok if there are multiple frames the contain the point 
-      // and they overlap then pick the smallest. We need to do this
-      // for text frames.
-      if (tx > cx && tx < cx + cw && ty > cy && ty < cy + ch) 
-      {
-        if (smallestArea == -1 || cw*ch < smallestArea) {
-          smallestArea = cw*ch;
-          smallestChild = child;
-        }
-      }
-      child->GetAccNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(next));
-      child = next;
-    }
-
-    if (smallestChild != nsnull)
-    {
-      *_retval = smallestChild;
-      NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-
-    *_retval = this;
-    NS_ADDREF(this);
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-

mozilla/accessible/src/base/nsAccessible.h

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef _nsAccessible_H_
-#define _nsAccessible_H_
-
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsIAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsWeakReference.h"
-
-class nsIFrame;
-
-class nsAccessible : public nsIAccessible
-//                     public nsIAccessibleWidgetAccess
-{
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-  // nsIAccessibilityService methods:
-  NS_DECL_NSIACCESSIBLE
-
-  //NS_IMETHOD AccGetWidget(nsIWidget**);
-
-	public:
-		nsAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-		virtual ~nsAccessible();
-
-    virtual void GetListAtomForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom*& aList) { aList = nsnull; }
-
-protected:
-  virtual nsIFrame* GetFrame();
-  virtual nsIFrame* GetBoundsFrame();
-  virtual void GetPresContext(nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext>& aContext);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewNextAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewPreviousAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewParentAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> mContent;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> mPresShell;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mAccessible;
-};
-
-/* Special Accessible that knows how to handle hit detection for flowing text */
-class nsHTMLBlockAccessible : public nsAccessible
-{
-public:
-   nsHTMLBlockAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-   NS_IMETHOD AccGetAt(PRInt32 x, PRInt32 y, nsIAccessible **_retval);
-protected:
-   virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aFrame, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-};
-
-#endif  

mozilla/accessible/src/base/nsGenericAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Author: Eric Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsGenericAccessible.h"
-#include "nsIEventStateManager.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIWeakReference.h"
-
-/* Implementation file */
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsGenericAccessible, nsIAccessible)
-
-nsGenericAccessible::nsGenericAccessible()
-{
-  NS_INIT_ISUPPORTS();
-  /* member initializers and constructor code */
-}
-
-nsGenericAccessible::~nsGenericAccessible()
-{
-  /* destructor code */
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccParent (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccNextSibling (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccPreviousSibling (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccFirstChild (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccLastChild (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* long getAccChildCount (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccName (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccValue (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccValue(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void setAccName (in wstring name); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::SetAccName(const PRUnichar *name)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void setAccValue (in wstring value); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::SetAccValue(const PRUnichar *value)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccDescription (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccDescription(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccState (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccHelp (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccHelp(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* boolean getAccFocused (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccFocused(PRBool *_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accGetAt (in long x, in long y); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccGetAt(PRInt32 x, PRInt32 y, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accNavigateRight (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccNavigateRight(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accNavigateLeft (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccNavigateLeft(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accNavigateUp (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccNavigateUp(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accNavigateDown (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccNavigateDown(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accGetBounds (out long x, out long y, out long width, out long height); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccGetBounds(PRInt32 *x, PRInt32 *y, PRInt32 *width, PRInt32 *height)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accAddSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccAddSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accRemoveSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccRemoveSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accExtendSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccExtendSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accTakeSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccTakeSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accTakeFocus (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccTakeFocus()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accDoDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccDoDefaultAction()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* unsigned long getAccExtState (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccExtState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-//-------------
-// nsDOMAccessible
-//-------------
-
-nsDOMAccessible::nsDOMAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode)
-{
-  mPresShell = getter_AddRefs(NS_GetWeakReference(aShell));
-  mNode = aNode;
-}
-
-
-/* void accRemoveSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDOMAccessible::AccRemoveSelection()
-{
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> control = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
-    nsresult rv = control->GetSelection(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_NORMAL, getter_AddRefs(selection));
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> parent;
-    rv = mNode->GetParentNode(getter_AddRefs(parent));
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    rv = selection->Collapse(parent, 0);
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* void accTakeSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDOMAccessible::AccTakeSelection()
-{
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> control = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
-    nsresult rv = control->GetSelection(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_NORMAL, getter_AddRefs(selection));
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> parent;
-    rv = mNode->GetParentNode(getter_AddRefs(parent));
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    PRInt32 offsetInParent = 0;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> child;
-    rv = parent->GetFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(child));
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> next; 
-
-    while(child)
-    {
-      if (child == mNode) {
-        // Collapse selection to just before desired element,
-        rv = selection->Collapse(parent, offsetInParent);
-        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-          return rv;
-
-        // then extend it to just after
-        rv = selection->Extend(parent, offsetInParent+1);
-        return rv;
-      }
-
-       child->GetNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(next));
-       child = next;
-       offsetInParent++;
-    }
-
-    // didn't find a child
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-/* void accTakeFocus (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDOMAccessible::AccTakeFocus()
-{ 
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  shell->GetPresContext(getter_AddRefs(context));
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-  content->SetFocus(context);
-  
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------
-// nsLeafFrameAccessible
-//-------------
-
-nsLeafDOMAccessible::nsLeafDOMAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode):
-nsDOMAccessible(aShell, aNode)
-{
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccFirstChild (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLeafDOMAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccLastChild (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLeafDOMAccessible::GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* long getAccChildCount (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLeafDOMAccessible::GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = 0;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-

mozilla/accessible/src/base/nsGenericAccessible.h

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Author: Eric D Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef _nsGenericAccessible_H_
-#define _nsGenericAccessible_H_
-
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsIAccessible.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-
-class nsIWeakReference;
-
-/**
- * Basic implementation
- * supports nothing
- */
-class nsGenericAccessible : public nsIAccessible
-{
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-  NS_DECL_NSIACCESSIBLE
-
-	public:
-    nsGenericAccessible();
-    virtual ~nsGenericAccessible();
-};
-
-/**
- * And accessible that observes a dom node
- * supports:
- * - selection
- * - focus
- */
-class nsDOMAccessible : public nsGenericAccessible
-{
-  public:
-    nsDOMAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-
-    NS_IMETHOD AccTakeSelection(void); 
-    NS_IMETHOD AccTakeFocus(void); 
-    NS_IMETHOD AccRemoveSelection(void);
-
-  protected:
-    nsIWeakReference* mPresShell;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> mNode;
-};
-
-/* Leaf version of DOM Accessible
- * has no children
- */
-class nsLeafDOMAccessible : public nsDOMAccessible
-{
-  public:
-    nsLeafDOMAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval);
-};
-
-#endif  

mozilla/accessible/src/base/nsRootAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsRootAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIDocument.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsIDOMEventTarget.h"
-#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
-#include "nsIDOMEventReceiver.h"
-#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
-
-NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsRootAccessible)
-  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIAccessibleEventReceiver)
-  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIAccessibleEventReceiver)
-NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_INHERITING(nsAccessible)
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsRootAccessible, nsAccessible);
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsRootAccessible, nsAccessible);
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-// construction 
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-nsRootAccessible::nsRootAccessible(nsIWeakReference* aShell, nsIFrame* aFrame):nsAccessible(nsnull,nsnull,aShell)
-{
- // mFrame = aFrame;
- mListener = nsnull;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-// destruction
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-nsRootAccessible::~nsRootAccessible()
-{
-  RemoveAccessibleEventListener(mListener);
-}
-
-  /* attribute wstring accName; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsRootAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar * *aAccName) 
-{ 
-  *aAccName = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Mozilla Document"));
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-// helpers
-nsIFrame* nsRootAccessible::GetFrame()
-{
-  //if (!mFrame) {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-    nsIFrame* root = nsnull;
-    if (shell) 
-      shell->GetRootFrame(&root);
-  
-    return root;
-  //}
- 
- // return mFrame;
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsRootAccessible::CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return new nsHTMLBlockAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accParent; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsRootAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible * *aAccParent) 
-{ 
-  *aAccParent = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute wstring accRole; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsRootAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar * *aAccRole) 
-{ 
-  *aAccRole = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("client"));
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-/* void addAccessibleEventListener (in nsIAccessibleEventListener aListener); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsRootAccessible::AddAccessibleEventListener(nsIAccessibleEventListener *aListener)
-{
-  if (!mListener)
-  {
-     // add an event listener to the document
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> document;
-     shell->GetDocument(getter_AddRefs(document));
-
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> receiver;
-     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(document->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIDOMEventReceiver), getter_AddRefs(receiver))) && receiver)
-     {
-        nsresult rv = receiver->AddEventListenerByIID(NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIDOMFocusListener *, this), NS_GET_IID(nsIDOMFocusListener));
-        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to register listener");
-     }
-  }
-
-  // create a weak reference to the listener
-  mListener =  aListener;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* void removeAccessibleEventListener (in nsIAccessibleEventListener aListener); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsRootAccessible::RemoveAccessibleEventListener(nsIAccessibleEventListener *aListener)
-{
-  if (mListener)
-  {
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> document;
-     if (!shell)
-       return NS_OK;
-
-     shell->GetDocument(getter_AddRefs(document));
-
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> erP;
-     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(document->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIDOMEventReceiver), getter_AddRefs(erP))) && erP)
-     {
-        nsresult rv = erP->RemoveEventListenerByIID(NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIDOMFocusListener *, this), NS_GET_IID(nsIDOMFocusListener));
-        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to register listener");
-     }
-  }
-
-  mListener = nsnull;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-nsresult nsRootAccessible::HandleEvent(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{
-  if (mListener) {
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventTarget> t;
-     aEvent->GetOriginalTarget(getter_AddRefs(t));
-  
-     // create and accessible for the target
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = do_QueryInterface(t); 
-
-     if (!content)
-       return NS_OK;
-
-     if (mCurrentFocus == content)
-       return NS_OK;
-
-     mCurrentFocus = content;
-
-     nsIFrame* frame = nsnull;
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-     shell->GetPrimaryFrameFor(content, &frame);
-
-     if (!frame)
-       return NS_OK;
-
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> a = do_QueryInterface(frame);
-
-     if (!a)
-       a = do_QueryInterface(content);
-
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> na = CreateNewAccessible(a, content, mPresShell);
-
-     mListener->HandleEvent(nsIAccessibleEventListener::EVENT_FOCUS, na);
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-nsresult nsRootAccessible::Focus(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) 
-{ 
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-nsresult nsRootAccessible::Blur(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) 
-{ 
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-

mozilla/accessible/src/base/nsRootAccessible.h

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef _nsRootAccessible_H_
-#define _nsRootAccessible_H_
-
-#include "nsAccessible.h"
-#include "nsIAccessibleEventReceiver.h"
-#include "nsIAccessibleEventListener.h"
-#include "nsIDOMFocusListener.h"
-
-class nsRootAccessible : public nsAccessible,
-                         public nsIAccessibleEventReceiver,
-                         public nsIDOMFocusListener
-
-{
-  
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  public:
-    nsRootAccessible(nsIWeakReference* aShell, nsIFrame* aFrame = nsnull);
-    virtual ~nsRootAccessible();
-
-    /* attribute wstring accName; */
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar * *aAccName);
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccParent(nsIAccessible * *aAccParent);
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar * *aAccRole);
-
-    // ----- nsIAccessibleEventReceiver ------
-
-    NS_IMETHOD AddAccessibleEventListener(nsIAccessibleEventListener *aListener);
-    NS_IMETHOD RemoveAccessibleEventListener(nsIAccessibleEventListener *aListener);
-
-    // ----- nsIDOMEventListener --------
-    virtual nsresult HandleEvent(nsIDOMEvent* anEvent);
-    virtual nsresult Focus(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-    virtual nsresult Blur(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-
-protected:
-  virtual nsIFrame* GetFrame();
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-
-  // not a com pointer. We don't own the listener
-  // it is the callers responsibility to remove the listener
-  // otherwise we will get into circular referencing problems
-  nsIAccessibleEventListener* mListener;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> mCurrentFocus;
-};
-
-
-#endif  

mozilla/accessible/src/base/nsSelectAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,717 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Original Author: David W. Hyatt (hyatt@netscape.com)
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsSelectAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIDocument.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsRootAccessible.h"
-#include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
-#include "nsMutableAccessible.h"
-#include "nsLayoutAtoms.h"
-#include "nsIDOMMenuListener.h"
-#include "nsIDOMEventReceiver.h"
-#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
-
-class nsSelectChildAccessible : public nsAccessible,
-                                public nsIDOMMenuListener
-{
-public:
-  
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  nsSelectChildAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIContent* aSelectContent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual ~nsSelectChildAccessible();
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccValue(PRUnichar **_retval);
-
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewNextAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewPreviousAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  // popup listener
-  NS_IMETHOD Create(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Close(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Destroy(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Action(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  NS_IMETHOD Broadcast(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  NS_IMETHOD CommandUpdate(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  nsresult HandleEvent(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mPopupAtom;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> mSelectContent;
-  PRBool mRegistered;
-  PRBool mOpen;
-};
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsSelectChildAccessible, nsAccessible, nsIDOMMenuListener)
-
-class nsSelectWindowAccessible : public nsAccessible,
-                                 public nsIDOMMenuListener
-{
-public:
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  nsSelectWindowAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aPrev, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual ~nsSelectWindowAccessible();
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccState(PRUint32 *_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccExtState(PRUint32 *_retval);
-  
-  // popup listener
-  NS_IMETHOD Create(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Close(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Destroy(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Action(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  NS_IMETHOD Broadcast(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  NS_IMETHOD CommandUpdate(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  nsresult HandleEvent(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-
-  // helpers
-  virtual nsIFrame* GetBoundsFrame();
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mParent;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mPrev;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mPopupAtom;
-  PRBool mRegistered;
-  PRBool mOpen;
-};
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsSelectWindowAccessible, nsAccessible, nsIDOMMenuListener)
-
-class nsSelectListAccessible : public nsAccessible
-{
-public:
-  
-  nsSelectListAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual ~nsSelectListAccessible() {}
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD AccGetBounds(PRInt32 *x, PRInt32 *y, PRInt32 *width, PRInt32 *height);
-
-  virtual void GetListAtomForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom*& aList);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mPopupAtom;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mParent;
-};
-
-class nsListChildAccessible : public nsAccessible
-{
-public:
-  
-  nsListChildAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIContent* aSelectContent, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual ~nsListChildAccessible() {}
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval);
-
-  virtual void GetListAtomForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom*& aList);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mParent;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mPopupAtom;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> mSelectContent;
-};
-
-//---------
- 
-nsSelectAccessible::nsSelectAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, 
-                                       nsIAccessible* aAccessible, 
-                                       nsIContent* aContent, 
-                                       nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-                                               :nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-  mPopupAtom = aPopupAtom;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccValue(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  // our value is our first child's value. Which is the combo boxes text.
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> text;
-  nsresult rv = GetAccFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(text));
-
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
-     *_retval = nsnull;
-     return rv;
-  }
-
-  if (!text) {
-     *_retval = nsnull;
-     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  // look at our role
-  return text->GetAccValue(_retval);
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-   *_retval = nsnull;
-   return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("combo box"));
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  // get the last child. Wrap it with a connector that connects it to the window accessible
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> last;
-  nsresult rv = nsAccessible::GetAccLastChild(getter_AddRefs(last));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  if (!last) {
-    // we have a parent but not previous
-    *_retval = new nsSelectWindowAccessible(mPopupAtom, this, nsnull, nsnull, mContent, mPresShell);
-  } else {
-    *_retval = last;
-  }
-
-  NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-
-   return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  // get the last child. Wrap it with a connector that connects it to the window accessible
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> first;
-  nsresult rv = nsAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(first));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  if (!first) {
-    *_retval = new nsSelectWindowAccessible(mPopupAtom, this, nsnull, nsnull, mContent, mPresShell);
-  } else {
-    *_retval = first;
-  }
-
-  NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectAccessible::CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewLastAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectAccessible::CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsSelectChildAccessible(mPopupAtom, mContent, aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval)
-{
-  nsresult rv = nsAccessible::GetAccChildCount(_retval);
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  // always have one more that is our window child
-  (*_retval)++;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//--------------------
-
-nsSelectChildAccessible::nsSelectChildAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIContent* aSelectContent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell):
-nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-  mPopupAtom = aPopupAtom;
-  mSelectContent = aSelectContent;
-  mRegistered = PR_FALSE;
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::GetAccValue(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-  PRUnichar* string = nsnull;
-
-  // look at our role
-  rv = nsAccessible::GetAccRole(&string);
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
-   *_retval = nsnull;
-   return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsAutoString role(string);
-
-  // if its the text in the combo box then
-  // its value should be its name.
-  if (role.EqualsIgnoreCase("text")) {
-    rv = nsAccessible::GetAccName(_retval);
-  } else {
-    rv = nsAccessible::GetAccValue(_retval);
-  }
-
-  delete string;
-  return rv;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-  PRUnichar* string = nsnull;
-
-  // look at our role
-  rv = nsAccessible::GetAccRole(&string);
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
-   *_retval = nsnull;
-   return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsAutoString role(string);
-
-  // any text in the combo box is static
-  if (role.EqualsIgnoreCase("text")) {
-    // if it the comboboxes text. Make it static
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("static text"));
-  } else {
-    rv = nsAccessible::GetAccRole(_retval);
-  }
-
-  delete string;
-  return rv;
-}
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-  PRUnichar* string = nsnull;
-
-  // look at our role
-  nsAccessible::GetAccRole(&string);
-  nsAutoString role(string);
-
-  // if button then we need to make the name be open or close
-  if (role.EqualsIgnoreCase("push button"))
-  {
-     // if its a button and not already registered, 
-     // register ourselves as a popup listener   
-     if (!mRegistered) {
-       nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> eventReceiver = do_QueryInterface(mSelectContent);
-       if (!eventReceiver) {
-         *_retval = nsnull;
-         return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-       }
-
-       eventReceiver->AddEventListener(NS_LITERAL_STRING("create"), this, PR_TRUE);   
-
-       mRegistered = PR_TRUE;
-     }
-
-     // get the current state open or closed
-     // set _retval to it.
-     // notice its supposed to be reversed. Close if opened
-     // and Open if closed.
-
-     if (mOpen)
-         *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Close"));
-     else
-         *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Open"));
-
-  } else {
-    /*rv = nsAccessible::GetAccName(_retval);*/
-    rv = NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-    *_retval = nsnull;
-  }
-
-  delete string;
-
-  return rv;
-}
-
-
-nsSelectChildAccessible::~nsSelectChildAccessible()
-{
-  if (mRegistered) {
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> eventReceiver = do_QueryInterface(mSelectContent);
-     if (eventReceiver) 
-       eventReceiver->RemoveEventListener(NS_LITERAL_STRING("create"), this, PR_TRUE);   
-  }
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::Create(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_TRUE;
-  printf("Open\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::Destroy(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-  printf("Close\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::Close(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-  printf("Close\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectChildAccessible::CreateNewNextAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewPreviousAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectChildAccessible::CreateNewPreviousAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsSelectChildAccessible(mPopupAtom, mSelectContent, aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{ 
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> next;
-  nsresult rv = nsAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(next));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  if (!next) {
-    // ok no more siblings. Lets create our window
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> parent;
-    GetAccParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
-
-    *_retval = new nsSelectWindowAccessible(mPopupAtom, parent, nsnull, nsnull, mSelectContent, mPresShell);
-  } else {
-    *_retval = next;
-  }
-
-  NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-} 
-
-
-//---------------------
-
-
-nsSelectWindowAccessible::nsSelectWindowAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aPrev, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-:nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-  mParent = aParent;
-  mPrev = aPrev;
-  mPopupAtom = aPopupAtom;
-  mRegistered = PR_FALSE;
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-nsSelectWindowAccessible::~nsSelectWindowAccessible()
-{
-  if (mRegistered) {
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> eventReceiver = do_QueryInterface(mContent);
-     if (eventReceiver) 
-       eventReceiver->RemoveEventListener(NS_LITERAL_STRING("create"), this, PR_TRUE);   
-  }
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::Create(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_TRUE;
-  printf("Open\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::Destroy(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-  printf("Close\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::Close(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-  printf("Close\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-  // not not already one register ourselves as a popup listener
-   
-  if (!mRegistered) {
-
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> eventReceiver = do_QueryInterface(mContent);
-     if (!eventReceiver) {
-       *_retval = 0;
-       return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-     }
-
-     nsresult rv = eventReceiver->AddEventListener(NS_LITERAL_STRING("create"), this, PR_TRUE);   
-
-     if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
-       *_retval = 0;
-       return rv;
-     }
-
-     mRegistered = PR_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  // if open we are visible if closed we are invisible
-   // set _retval to it.
-   if (mOpen)
-     *_retval |= STATE_DEFAULT;
-   else
-     *_retval |= STATE_INVISIBLE;
-
-   return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccExtState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-	*_retval=0;
-   return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
- 
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("window"));
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{   
-    *_retval = mParent;
-    NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-}
- 
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{ 
-  *_retval = mPrev;
-  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = new nsSelectListAccessible(mPopupAtom, this, nsnull, mContent, mPresShell);
-  NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = new nsSelectListAccessible(mPopupAtom, this, nsnull, mContent, mPresShell);
-  NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = 1;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::AccGetBounds(PRInt32 *x, PRInt32 *y, PRInt32 *width, PRInt32 *height)
-{
-  *x = *y = *width = *height = 0;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-*/
-
-nsIFrame* nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetBoundsFrame()
-{
-  // get our frame
-  nsIFrame* frame = GetFrame();
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  // get its first popup child that should be the window
-  frame->FirstChild(context, mPopupAtom, &frame);
-
-  return frame;
-}
-
-//----------
-
-
-nsSelectListAccessible::nsSelectListAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-:nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-    mPopupAtom = aPopupAtom;
-    mParent = aParent;
-}
-
-void nsSelectListAccessible::GetListAtomForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom*& aList)
-{
-   nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-   nsIFrame* frame = nsnull;
-   shell->GetPrimaryFrameFor(mContent, &frame);
-   if (aFrame == frame)
-     aList = mPopupAtom;
-   else
-     aList = nsnull;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::AccGetBounds(PRInt32 *x, PRInt32 *y, PRInt32 *width, PRInt32 *height)
-{
-  return mParent->AccGetBounds(x,y,width,height);
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{   
-    *_retval = mParent;
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("list"));
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{ 
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectListAccessible::CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsListChildAccessible(mPopupAtom, mContent, this, aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectListAccessible::CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsListChildAccessible(mPopupAtom, mContent, this, aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
- 
-//--------
-
-nsListChildAccessible::nsListChildAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIContent* aSelectContent, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell):
-nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-  mParent = aParent;
-  mPopupAtom = aPopupAtom;
-  mSelectContent = aSelectContent;
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsListChildAccessible::CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsListChildAccessible(mPopupAtom, mSelectContent, mParent, aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-void nsListChildAccessible::GetListAtomForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom*& aList)
-{
-   nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-   nsIFrame* frame = nsnull;
-   shell->GetPrimaryFrameFor(mSelectContent, &frame);
-   if (aFrame == frame)
-     aList = mPopupAtom;
-   else
-     aList = nsnull;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListChildAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("list item"));
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListChildAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{   
-    *_retval = mParent;
-    NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-

mozilla/accessible/src/base/nsSelectAccessible.h

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Original Author: David W. Hyatt (hyatt@netscape.com)
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-#ifndef __nsSelectAccessible_h__
-#define __nsSelectAccessible_h__
-
-#include "nsAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIAtom.h"
-
-class nsSelectAccessible : public nsAccessible
-{
-public:
-  
-  nsSelectAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccValue(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval);
-
-  virtual ~nsSelectAccessible() {}
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mPopupAtom;
-};
-
-
-#endif

mozilla/accessible/src/html/nsHTMLFormControlAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Author: Eric Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsHTMLFormControlAccessible.h"
-#include "nsWeakReference.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsIDOMHTMLInputElement.h"
-#include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
-#include "nsHTMLAtoms.h"
-#include "nsIDOMHTMLButtonElement.h"
-#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
-
-nsHTMLFormControlAccessible::nsHTMLFormControlAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode):
-nsLeafDOMAccessible(aShell, aNode)
-{ 
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccName (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLFormControlAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  // go up tree get name of label if there is one.
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccState (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLFormControlAccessible::GetAccState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-    // can be
-    // focusable, focused, checked
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> element = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-
-    PRBool checked = PR_FALSE;
-    element->GetChecked(&checked);
-    *_retval = (checked ? STATE_CHECKED : 0);
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-// --- checkbox -----
-
-nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible::nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode):
-nsHTMLFormControlAccessible(aShell, aNode)
-{ 
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("check box"));
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible::GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    // check or uncheck
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> element = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-
-    PRBool checked = PR_FALSE;
-    element->GetChecked(&checked);
-    if (checked)
-        *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Check"));
-    else
-        *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("UnCheck"));
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* void accDoDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible::AccDoDefaultAction()
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> element = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-  PRBool checked = PR_FALSE;
-  element->GetChecked(&checked);
-  element->SetChecked(checked ? PR_FALSE : PR_TRUE);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//------ Radio button -------
-
-nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible::nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode):
-nsHTMLFormControlAccessible(aShell, aNode)
-{ 
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible::GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Select"));
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("radio button"));
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible::AccDoDefaultAction()
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> element = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-  element->Click();
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-// ----- Button -----
-
-nsHTMLButtonAccessible::nsHTMLButtonAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode):
-nsHTMLFormControlAccessible(aShell, aNode)
-{ 
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLButtonAccessible::GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Press"));
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLButtonAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("push button"));
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLButtonAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = nsnull;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> button = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-
-    if (!button)
-      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-
-    nsAutoString name;
-    button->GetValue(name);
-    name.CompressWhitespace();
-
-    *_retval = name.ToNewUnicode();
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLButtonAccessible::AccDoDefaultAction()
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> element = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-  element->Click();
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/accessible/src/html/nsHTMLFormControlAccessible.h

@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Author: Eric D Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef _nsHTMLFormControlAccessible_H_
-#define _nsHTMLFormControlAccessible_H_
-
-#include "nsGenericAccessible.h"
-
-class nsICheckboxControlFrame;
-
-/* Accessible for supporting for controls
- * supports:
- * - walking up to get name from label
- * - support basic state
- */
-class nsHTMLFormControlAccessible : public nsLeafDOMAccessible
-{
-
-public:
-  nsHTMLFormControlAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccState(PRUint32 *_retval); 
-};
-
-class nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible : public nsHTMLFormControlAccessible
-{
-
-public:
-  nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD AccDoDefaultAction(void); 
-};
-
-class nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible : public nsHTMLFormControlAccessible
-{
-
-public:
-  nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD AccDoDefaultAction(void); 
-};
-
-class nsHTMLButtonAccessible : public nsHTMLFormControlAccessible
-{
-
-public:
-  nsHTMLButtonAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD AccDoDefaultAction(void); 
-
-};
-
-#endif  

mozilla/accessible/src/html/nsHTMLTextAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Author: Eric Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsHTMLTextAccessible.h"
-#include "nsICheckboxControlFrame.h"
-#include "nsWeakReference.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-
-nsHTMLTextAccessible::nsHTMLTextAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aDomNode):
-nsLeafDOMAccessible(aShell, aDomNode)
-{ 
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccName (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLTextAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  nsAutoString value;
-  mNode->GetNodeValue(value);
-  value.CompressWhitespace();
-  *_retval = value.ToNewUnicode();
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLTextAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    nsAutoString role(NS_LITERAL_STRING("text"));
-    *_retval = role.ToNewUnicode();
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/accessible/src/html/nsHTMLTextAccessible.h

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef _nsHTMLTextAccessible_H_
-#define _nsHTMLTextAccessible_H_
-
-#include "nsGenericAccessible.h"
-
-class nsIWeakReference;
-class nsITextControlFrame;
-
-class nsHTMLTextAccessible : public nsLeafDOMAccessible
-{
-
-public:
-  nsHTMLTextAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aDomNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-
-private:
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> mDomNode;
-};
-
-#endif  

mozilla/accessible/src/makefile.win

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-#!gmake
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
-# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-
-DEPTH=..\..
-MODULE=accessibility
-LIBRARY_NAME=accessibility_s
-
-CPP_OBJS=\
-        .\$(OBJDIR)\nsAccessible.obj    \
-        .\$(OBJDIR)\nsRootAccessible.obj    \
-        .\$(OBJDIR)\nsMutableAccessible.obj    \
-        .\$(OBJDIR)\nsAccessibilityService.obj    \
-        .\$(OBJDIR)\nsSelectAccessible.obj    \
-        .\$(OBJDIR)\nsGenericAccessible.obj    \
-        .\$(OBJDIR)\nsHTMLFormControlAccessible.obj    \
-        .\$(OBJDIR)\nsHTMLTextAccessible.obj    \
-	$(NULL)
-
-LINCS=                                  \
-	-I..\..\layout\html\forms\public \
-	-I..\..\layout\html\forms\src \
-	-I..\..\layout\html\base\src \
-	$(NULL)
-
-include <$(DEPTH)\config\rules.mak>
-
-install:: $(LIBRARY)
-        $(MAKE_INSTALL) $(LIBRARY) $(DIST)\lib
-
-clobber::
-        rm -f $(DIST)\lib\$(LIBRARY_NAME).lib
-
-
-
-

mozilla/accessible/src/nsAccessibilityService.cpp

@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Original Author: David W. Hyatt (hyatt@netscape.com)
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsIAccessibilityService.h"
-#include "nsAccessibilityService.h"
-#include "nsAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIDocument.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsRootAccessible.h"
-#include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
-#include "nsMutableAccessible.h"
-#include "nsHTMLFormControlAccessible.h"
-#include "nsLayoutAtoms.h"
-#include "nsSelectAccessible.h"
-#include "nsHTMLTextAccessible.h"
-
-//--------------------
-
-
-nsAccessibilityService::nsAccessibilityService()
-{
-	NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-}
-
-nsAccessibilityService::~nsAccessibilityService()
-{
-}
-
-NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1(nsAccessibilityService, nsIAccessibilityService);
-
-
-
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// nsIAccessibilityService methods:
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsAccessibilityService::CreateRootAccessible(nsISupports* aPresContext, nsISupports* aFrame, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsIFrame* f = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIFrame*, aFrame);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> c = do_QueryInterface(aPresContext);
-  NS_ASSERTION(c,"Error non prescontext passed to accessible factory!!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> s;
-  c->GetShell(getter_AddRefs(s));
-
-  NS_ASSERTION(s,"Error not presshell!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> wr = getter_AddRefs(NS_GetWeakReference(s));
-
-  *_retval = new nsRootAccessible(wr,f);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsAccessibilityService::CreateMutableAccessible(nsISupports* aNode, nsIMutableAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = new nsMutableAccessible(aNode);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLBlockAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIDOMNode* node, nsISupports* aPresContext, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> n = do_QueryInterface(node);
-  NS_ASSERTION(n,"Error non nsIContent passed to accessible factory!!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> c = do_QueryInterface(aPresContext);
-  NS_ASSERTION(c,"Error non prescontext passed to accessible factory!!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> s;
-  c->GetShell(getter_AddRefs(s));
-
-  NS_ASSERTION(s,"Error not presshell!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> wr = getter_AddRefs(NS_GetWeakReference(s));
-
-  *_retval = new nsHTMLBlockAccessible(aAccessible, n,wr);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP 
-nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLSelectAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIDOMNode* node, nsISupports* aPresContext, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> n = do_QueryInterface(node);
-  NS_ASSERTION(n,"Error non nsIContent passed to accessible factory!!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> c = do_QueryInterface(aPresContext);
-  NS_ASSERTION(c,"Error non prescontext passed to accessible factory!!!");
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> s;
-  c->GetShell(getter_AddRefs(s)); 
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> wr = getter_AddRefs(NS_GetWeakReference(s));
-
-  *_retval = new nsSelectAccessible(aPopupAtom, nsnull, n, wr);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible createHTMLCheckboxAccessible (in nsISupports aPresShell, in nsISupports aFrame); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLCheckboxAccessible(nsISupports *aFrame, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsIFrame* frame;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell;
-  nsresult rv = GetInfo(aFrame, &frame, getter_AddRefs(shell), getter_AddRefs(node));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  *_retval = new nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible(shell,node);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible createHTMLCheckboxAccessible (in nsISupports aPresShell, in nsISupports aFrame); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLRadioButtonAccessible(nsISupports *aFrame, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsIFrame* frame;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell;
-  GetInfo(aFrame, &frame, getter_AddRefs(shell), getter_AddRefs(node));
-
-  *_retval = new nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible(shell,node);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible createHTMLCheckboxAccessible (in nsISupports aPresShell, in nsISupports aFrame); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLButtonAccessible(nsISupports *aFrame, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsIFrame* frame;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell;
-  nsresult rv = GetInfo(aFrame, &frame, getter_AddRefs(shell), getter_AddRefs(node));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  *_retval = new nsHTMLButtonAccessible(shell,node);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible createHTMLTextAccessible (in nsISupports aPresShell, in nsISupports aFrame); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessibilityService::CreateHTMLTextAccessible(nsISupports *aFrame, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  nsIFrame* frame;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell;
-  nsresult rv = GetInfo(aFrame, &frame, getter_AddRefs(shell), getter_AddRefs(node));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  *_retval = new nsHTMLTextAccessible(shell, node);
-  if (*_retval) {
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-  } else 
-    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessibilityService::GetInfo(nsISupports* aFrame, nsIFrame** aRealFrame, nsIPresShell** aShell, nsIDOMNode** aNode)
-{
-  *aRealFrame = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIFrame*, aFrame);
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content;
-  (*aRealFrame)->GetContent(getter_AddRefs(content));
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node = do_QueryInterface(content);
-  *aNode = node;
-  NS_ADDREF(*aNode);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> document;
-  content->GetDocument(*getter_AddRefs(document));
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-  PRInt32 shells = document->GetNumberOfShells();
-  NS_ASSERTION(shells > 0,"Error no shells!");
-#endif
-
-  *aShell = document->GetShellAt(0);
-  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aShell);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-nsresult
-NS_NewAccessibilityService(nsIAccessibilityService** aResult)
-{
-    NS_PRECONDITION(aResult != nsnull, "null ptr");
-    if (! aResult)
-        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
-
-    nsAccessibilityService* a = new nsAccessibilityService();
-    if (a == nsnull)
-        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
-    NS_ADDREF(a);
-    *aResult = a;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-

mozilla/accessible/src/nsAccessibilityService.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- * 
- *
- * Original Author: David W. Hyatt (hyatt@netscape.com)
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef __nsAccessibilityService_h__
-#define __nsAccessibilityService_h__
-
-#include "nsIAccessibilityService.h"
-class nsIFrame;
-class nsIPresShell;
-class nsIDOMNode;
-
-class nsAccessibilityService : public nsIAccessibilityService
-{
-public:
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-  // nsIAccessibilityService methods:
-  NS_DECL_NSIACCESSIBILITYSERVICE
-
-  // nsAccessibilityService methods:
-  nsAccessibilityService();
-  virtual ~nsAccessibilityService();
-
-public:
-
-private:
-  NS_IMETHOD GetInfo(nsISupports* aFrame, nsIFrame** aRealFrame, nsIPresShell** aShell, nsIDOMNode** aContent);
-
-};
-
-#endif /* __nsIccessibilityService_h__ */

mozilla/accessible/src/nsAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,995 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIDocument.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsIScrollableView.h"
-#include "nsRootAccessible.h"
-
-//#define DEBUG_LEAKS
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_LEAKS
-static gnsAccessibles = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-class nsFrameTreeWalker {
-public:
-  nsFrameTreeWalker(nsIPresContext* aPresContext, nsAccessible* aOwner);
-  nsIFrame* GetNextSibling(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-  nsIFrame* GetPreviousSibling(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-  nsIFrame* GetParent(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-  nsIFrame* GetFirstChild(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-  nsIFrame* GetLastChild(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-  nsIFrame* GetChildBefore(nsIFrame* aParent, nsIFrame* aChild);
-  PRInt32 GetCount(nsIFrame* aFrame);
-
-  static PRBool ShouldSkip(nsIPresContext* aContext, nsIAtom* aList, nsIFrame* aStart, nsIFrame* aNext);
-  static void GetAccessible(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible>& aAccessible, nsCOMPtr<nsIContent>& aContent);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> mPresContext;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mAccessible;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> mContent;
-  nsAccessible* mOwner;
-};
-
-nsFrameTreeWalker::nsFrameTreeWalker(nsIPresContext* aPresContext, nsAccessible* aOwner)
-{
-  mPresContext = aPresContext;
-  mOwner = aOwner;
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetParent(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-  //printf("Get parent\n");
-
-  nsIFrame* parent = nsnull;
-  aFrame->GetParent(&parent);
-
-  // if no parent then we hit the root
-  // just return that top frame
-  if (!parent) {
-    mAccessible = nsnull;
-    mContent = nsnull;
-    return aFrame;
-  }
-
-  GetAccessible(parent, mAccessible, mContent);
-  if (mAccessible)
-    return parent;
-  
-  return GetParent(parent);
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetNextSibling(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-  //printf("Get next\n");
-
-  // get next sibling
-  nsIFrame* next = nsnull;
-  aFrame->GetNextSibling(&next);
-  nsIAtom* list = nsnull;
-  mOwner->GetListAtomForFrame(aFrame, list);
-
-  
-  // skip any frames with the same content node
-  while(ShouldSkip(mPresContext, list, aFrame, next)) 
-    next->GetNextSibling(&next);
-  
-
-  // if failed
-  if (!next)
-  {
-    // if parent has content
-    nsIFrame* parent = nsnull;
-    aFrame->GetParent(&parent);
-    
-    // if no parent fail
-    if (!parent) {
-      mAccessible = nsnull;
-      mContent = nsnull;
-      return nsnull;
-    }
-
-    // fail if we reach a parent that is accessible
-    GetAccessible(parent, mAccessible, mContent);
-    if (mAccessible)
-    {
-      // fail
-      mAccessible = nsnull;
-      mContent = nsnull;
-      return nsnull;
-    } else {
-      // next on parent
-      nsIFrame* n = GetNextSibling(parent);
-      if (ShouldSkip(mPresContext, list, aFrame, n))
-        return GetNextSibling(n);
-      else 
-        return n;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // if next has content
-  GetAccessible(next, mAccessible, mContent);
-  if (mAccessible)
-  {
-    // done
-    return next;
-  }
-
-  // if next doesn't have node
-
-  // call first on next
-  nsIFrame* first = GetFirstChild(next);
-
-  // if found
-  if (first) {
-    if (ShouldSkip(mPresContext, list, aFrame, first))
-      return GetNextSibling(first);
-    else 
-      return first;
-  }
-
-  // call next on next
-  nsIFrame* n =  GetNextSibling(next);
-  if (ShouldSkip(mPresContext, list, aFrame, next))
-    return GetNextSibling(n);
-  else 
-    return n;
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetFirstChild(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-
-  //printf("Get first\n");
-
-  // get first child
-  nsIFrame* child = nsnull;
-  nsIAtom* list = nsnull;
-  mOwner->GetListAtomForFrame(aFrame, list);
-  aFrame->FirstChild(mPresContext, list, &child);
-
-  while(child)
-  {
-    // if first has a content node
-    GetAccessible(child, mAccessible, mContent);
-    if (mAccessible)
-    {
-      // done
-      return child;
-    } else {
-      // call first on child
-      nsIFrame* first = GetFirstChild(child);
-
-      // if succeeded
-      if (first)
-      {
-        // return child
-        return first;
-      }
-    }
-
-    // get next sibling
-    nsIFrame* next;
-    child->GetNextSibling(&next);
-
-    // skip children with duplicate content nodes
-    nsIAtom* list = nsnull;
-    mOwner->GetListAtomForFrame(child, list);
-
-    while(ShouldSkip(mPresContext, list, child, next)) 
-      next->GetNextSibling(&next);
-
-    child = next;
-  }
-
-  // fail
-  mAccessible = nsnull;
-  mContent = nsnull;
-  return nsnull;
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetChildBefore(nsIFrame* aParent, nsIFrame* aChild)
-{
-  nsIFrame* child = GetFirstChild(aParent);
-
-  // if the child is not us
-  if (child == aChild) {
-    mAccessible = nsnull;
-    mContent = nsnull;
-    return nsnull;
-  }
-
-  nsIFrame* prev = child;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> prevContent = mContent;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> prevAccessible = mAccessible;
-
-  while(child) 
-  {
-    child = GetNextSibling(child);
-
-    if (child == aChild)
-      break;
-
-    prev = child;
-    prevContent = mContent;
-    prevAccessible = mAccessible;
-  }
-
-  mAccessible = prevAccessible;
-  mContent = prevContent;
-  return prev;
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetPreviousSibling(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-  //printf("Get previous\n");
-
-  nsIFrame* parent = GetParent(aFrame);
-  
-  return GetChildBefore(parent, aFrame);
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsFrameTreeWalker::GetLastChild(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-  //printf("Get last\n");
-
-  return GetChildBefore(aFrame, nsnull);
-}
-
-PRInt32 nsFrameTreeWalker::GetCount(nsIFrame* aFrame)
-{
-
-  //printf("Get count\n");
-  nsIFrame* child = GetFirstChild(aFrame);
-
-  PRInt32 count = 0;
-  while(child) 
-  {
-    count++;
-    child = GetNextSibling(child);
-  }
-
-  return count;
-}
-
-void nsFrameTreeWalker::GetAccessible(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible>& aAccessible, nsCOMPtr<nsIContent>& aContent)
-{
-  aContent = nsnull;
-  aAccessible = nsnull;
-
-  aFrame->GetContent(getter_AddRefs(aContent));
-
-  if (!aContent)
-    return;
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> document;
-  aContent->GetDocument(*getter_AddRefs(document));
-  if (!document)
-    return;
-
-  PRInt32 shells = document->GetNumberOfShells();
-  NS_ASSERTION(shells > 0,"Error no shells!");
-  nsIPresShell* shell = document->GetShellAt(0);
-  nsIFrame* frame = nsnull;
-  shell->GetPrimaryFrameFor(aContent, &frame);
-
-  if (!frame)
-    return;
-
-  aAccessible = do_QueryInterface(aFrame);
-
-  if (!aAccessible)
-    aAccessible = do_QueryInterface(aContent);
-
- // if (aAccessible)
- //   printf("Found accessible!\n");
-}
-
-PRBool nsFrameTreeWalker::ShouldSkip(nsIPresContext* aContext, nsIAtom* aList, nsIFrame* aStart, nsIFrame* aNext)
-{
-  if (!aStart || !aNext)
-    return PR_FALSE;
-
-  // is content the same? If so skip it
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content1;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content2;
-
-  aStart->GetContent(getter_AddRefs(content1));
-  aNext->GetContent(getter_AddRefs(content2));
-
-  if (content1 == content2 && content1 != nsnull) {
-    // does it have childen? It it does then don't skip it
-    nsIFrame* child = nsnull;
-    aNext->FirstChild(aContext, aList, &child);
-    if (child)
-      return PR_FALSE;
-
-    return PR_TRUE;
-  }
-  
-  return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Class nsAccessible
- */
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-// construction 
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-nsAccessible::nsAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-   NS_INIT_REFCNT();
-
-   // get frame and node
-   mContent = aContent;
-   mAccessible = aAccessible;
-   mPresShell = aShell;
-
-#ifdef DEBUG_LEAKS
-  printf("nsAccessibles=%d\n", ++gnsAccessibles);
-#endif
-
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-// destruction
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-nsAccessible::~nsAccessible()
-{
-#ifdef DEBUG_LEAKS
-  printf("nsAccessibles=%d\n", --gnsAccessibles);
-#endif
-}
-
-//NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS2(nsAccessible, nsIAccessible, nsIAccessibleWidgetAccess);
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsAccessible, nsIAccessible);
-
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accParent; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible * *aAccParent) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccParent(aAccParent);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this); 
-
-    // failed? Lets do some default behavior
-    walker.GetParent(GetFrame());
-
-    // if no content or accessible then we hit the root
-    if (!walker.mContent || !walker.mAccessible)
-    {
-      *aAccParent = new nsRootAccessible(mPresShell);
-      NS_ADDREF(*aAccParent);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-
-    *aAccParent = CreateNewParentAccessible(walker.mAccessible, walker.mContent, mPresShell);
-    NS_ADDREF(*aAccParent);
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  *aAccParent = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accNextSibling; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible * *aAccNextSibling) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
- 
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccNextSibling(aAccNextSibling);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  // failed? Lets do some default behavior
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this);
-
-    nsIFrame* next = walker.GetNextSibling(GetFrame());
-  
-    if (next && walker.mAccessible && walker.mContent) 
-    {
-      *aAccNextSibling = CreateNewNextAccessible(walker.mAccessible, walker.mContent, mPresShell);
-      NS_ADDREF(*aAccNextSibling);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *aAccNextSibling = nsnull;
-
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accPreviousSibling; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible * *aAccPreviousSibling) 
-{ 
-// delegate
- 
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccPreviousSibling(aAccPreviousSibling);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
- 
-  // failed? Lets do some default behavior
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this); 
-    nsIFrame* prev = walker.GetPreviousSibling(GetFrame());
-
-    if (prev && walker.mAccessible && walker.mContent) 
-    {
-      *aAccPreviousSibling = CreateNewPreviousAccessible(walker.mAccessible, walker.mContent, mPresShell);
-      NS_ADDREF(*aAccPreviousSibling);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *aAccPreviousSibling = nsnull;
-
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accFirstChild; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible * *aAccFirstChild) 
-{ 
-    
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccFirstChild(aAccFirstChild);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this); 
-    nsIFrame* child = walker.GetFirstChild(GetFrame());
-
-    if (child && walker.mAccessible && walker.mContent) 
-    {
-      *aAccFirstChild = CreateNewFirstAccessible(walker.mAccessible, walker.mContent, mPresShell);
-      NS_ADDREF(*aAccFirstChild);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *aAccFirstChild = nsnull;
-
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accFirstChild; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible * *aAccLastChild)
-{  
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccLastChild(aAccLastChild);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this); 
-    nsIFrame* last = walker.GetLastChild(GetFrame());
-
-    if (last && walker.mAccessible && walker.mContent) 
-    {
-      *aAccLastChild = CreateNewLastAccessible(walker.mAccessible, walker.mContent, mPresShell);
-      NS_ADDREF(*aAccLastChild);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *aAccLastChild = nsnull;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* readonly attribute long accChildCount; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *aAccChildCount) 
-{
-  
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccChildCount(aAccChildCount);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-  
-
-  // failed? Lets do some default behavior
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  if (context) {
-    nsFrameTreeWalker walker(context, this); 
-    *aAccChildCount = walker.GetCount(GetFrame());
-  } else 
-    *aAccChildCount = 0;
-
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-
-  /* attribute wstring accName; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar * *aAccName) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccName(aAccName);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aAccName != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  *aAccName = 0;
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-  /* attribute wstring accName; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar * *aDefaultAction) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccDefaultAction(aDefaultAction);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aDefaultAction != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  *aDefaultAction = 0;
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::SetAccName(const PRUnichar * aAccName) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->SetAccName(aAccName);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-  /* attribute wstring accValue; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccValue(PRUnichar * *aAccValue) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccValue(aAccValue);
-
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aAccValue != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  *aAccValue = 0;
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::SetAccValue(const PRUnichar * aAccValue) { return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  }
-
-  /* readonly attribute wstring accDescription; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccDescription(PRUnichar * *aAccDescription) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccDescription(aAccDescription);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aAccDescription != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute wstring accRole; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar * *aAccRole) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccRole(aAccRole);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aAccRole != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute wstring accState; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccState(PRUint32 *aAccState) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) 
-    return mAccessible->GetAccState(aAccState);
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccExtState(PRUint32 *aAccExtState) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) 
-    return mAccessible->GetAccExtState(aAccExtState);
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute wstring accHelp; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccHelp(PRUnichar * *aAccHelp) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->GetAccHelp(aAccHelp);
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aAccHelp != nsnull)
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  // failed? Lets do some default behavior
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;  
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute boolean accFocused; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::GetAccFocused(PRBool *aAccFocused) { return NS_OK;  }
-
-  /* nsIAccessible accGetChildAt (in long x, in long y); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccGetAt(PRInt32 tx, PRInt32 ty, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  PRInt32 x,y,w,h;
-  AccGetBounds(&x,&y,&w,&h);
-  if (tx > x && tx < x + w && ty > y && ty < y + h)
-  {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> child;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> next;
-    GetAccFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(child));
-    PRInt32 cx,cy,cw,ch;
-
-    while(child) {
-      child->AccGetBounds(&cx,&cy,&cw,&ch);
-      
-      if (tx > cx && tx < cx + cw && ty > cy && ty < cy + ch) 
-      {
-        *_retval = child;
-        NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-        return NS_OK;
-      }
-      child->GetAccNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(next));
-      child = next;
-    }
-
-
-    *_retval = this;
-    NS_ADDREF(this);
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-  /* void accNavigateRight (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccNavigateRight(nsIAccessible **_retval) { return NS_OK;  }
-
-  /* void navigateLeft (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccNavigateLeft(nsIAccessible **_retval) { return NS_OK;  }
-
-  /* void navigateUp (); */
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccNavigateUp(nsIAccessible **_retval) { return NS_OK;  }
-
-  /* void navigateDown (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccNavigateDown(nsIAccessible **_retval) { return NS_OK;  }
-
-
-  /* void addSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccAddSelection(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccAddSelection();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void removeSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccRemoveSelection(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccRemoveSelection();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void extendSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccExtendSelection(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccExtendSelection();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void takeSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccTakeSelection(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccTakeSelection();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void takeFocus (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccTakeFocus(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccTakeFocus();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void doDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccDoDefaultAction(void) 
-{ 
-  // delegate
-  if (mAccessible) {
-    nsresult rv = mAccessible->AccDoDefaultAction();
-    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
-      return rv;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;  
-}
-
-  /* void accGetBounds (out long x, out long y, out long width, out long height); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsAccessible::AccGetBounds(PRInt32 *x, PRInt32 *y, PRInt32 *width, PRInt32 *height)
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  nsIFrame* frame = GetBoundsFrame();
-
-  if (!frame || !context)
-  {
-    *x = *y = *width = *height = 0;
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-   // sum up all rects of frames with the same content node
-  nsRect r;
-  nsIFrame* start = frame;
-  nsIFrame* next = nsnull;
-  start->GetNextSibling(&next);
-
-  start->GetRect(r);
-  
-  while (nsFrameTreeWalker::ShouldSkip(context,nsnull, start, next))
-  {
-    nsRect r2;
-    next->GetRect(r2);
-    r.UnionRect(r,r2);
-    next->GetNextSibling(&next);
-  }
-
-  nsPoint offset(r.x,r.y);
-
-  frame->GetParent(&frame);
-
-  nsPoint pos(0,0);
-  while(frame) {
-    nsIScrollableView* scrollingView;
-    nsIView*           view;
-    // XXX hack
-    frame->GetView(context, &view);
-    if (view) {
-     nsresult result = view->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIScrollableView), (void**)&scrollingView);
-     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result)) {
-         nscoord xoff = 0;
-         nscoord yoff = 0;
-         scrollingView->GetScrollPosition(xoff, yoff);
-         offset.x -= xoff;
-         offset.y -= yoff;
-     }
-    }
-
-    frame->GetOrigin(pos);
-    offset += pos;
-    frame->GetParent(&frame);
-  }
-
-  float t2p;
-  context->GetTwipsToPixels(&t2p);
-
-  *x = (PRInt32)(offset.x*t2p);
-  *y = (PRInt32)(offset.y*t2p);
-  *width = (PRInt32)(r.width*t2p);
-  *height = (PRInt32)(r.height*t2p);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-// helpers
-
-nsIFrame* nsAccessible::GetBoundsFrame()
-{
-   return GetFrame();
-}
-
-nsIFrame* nsAccessible::GetFrame()
-{
-   nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-   nsIFrame* frame = nsnull;
-   shell->GetPrimaryFrameFor(mContent, &frame);
-   return frame;
-}
-
-void nsAccessible::GetPresContext(nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext>& aContext)
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-
-  if (shell) {
-    shell->GetPresContext(getter_AddRefs(aContext));
-  } else
-    aContext = nsnull;
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewNextAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewPreviousAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewParentAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsAccessible::CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-
-// ------- nsHTMLBlockAccessible ------
-
-nsHTMLBlockAccessible::nsHTMLBlockAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell):nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsHTMLBlockAccessible::CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsHTMLBlockAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accGetAt (in long x, in long y); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLBlockAccessible::AccGetAt(PRInt32 tx, PRInt32 ty, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  PRInt32 x,y,w,h;
-  AccGetBounds(&x,&y,&w,&h);
-  if (tx > x && tx < x + w && ty > y && ty < y + h)
-  {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> child;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> smallestChild;
-    PRInt32 smallestArea = -1;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> next;
-    GetAccFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(child));
-    PRInt32 cx,cy,cw,ch;
-
-    while(child) {
-      child->AccGetBounds(&cx,&cy,&cw,&ch);
-      
-      // ok if there are multiple frames the contain the point 
-      // and they overlap then pick the smallest. We need to do this
-      // for text frames.
-      if (tx > cx && tx < cx + cw && ty > cy && ty < cy + ch) 
-      {
-        if (smallestArea == -1 || cw*ch < smallestArea) {
-          smallestArea = cw*ch;
-          smallestChild = child;
-        }
-      }
-      child->GetAccNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(next));
-      child = next;
-    }
-
-    if (smallestChild != nsnull)
-    {
-      *_retval = smallestChild;
-      NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-      return NS_OK;
-    }
-
-    *_retval = this;
-    NS_ADDREF(this);
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-

mozilla/accessible/src/nsAccessible.h

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef _nsAccessible_H_
-#define _nsAccessible_H_
-
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsIAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsWeakReference.h"
-
-class nsIFrame;
-
-class nsAccessible : public nsIAccessible
-//                     public nsIAccessibleWidgetAccess
-{
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-
-  // nsIAccessibilityService methods:
-  NS_DECL_NSIACCESSIBLE
-
-  //NS_IMETHOD AccGetWidget(nsIWidget**);
-
-	public:
-		nsAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-		virtual ~nsAccessible();
-
-    virtual void GetListAtomForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom*& aList) { aList = nsnull; }
-
-protected:
-  virtual nsIFrame* GetFrame();
-  virtual nsIFrame* GetBoundsFrame();
-  virtual void GetPresContext(nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext>& aContext);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewNextAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewPreviousAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewParentAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> mContent;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIWeakReference> mPresShell;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mAccessible;
-};
-
-/* Special Accessible that knows how to handle hit detection for flowing text */
-class nsHTMLBlockAccessible : public nsAccessible
-{
-public:
-   nsHTMLBlockAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-   NS_IMETHOD AccGetAt(PRInt32 x, PRInt32 y, nsIAccessible **_retval);
-protected:
-   virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aFrame, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-};
-
-#endif  

mozilla/accessible/src/nsGenericAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Author: Eric Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsGenericAccessible.h"
-#include "nsIEventStateManager.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIWeakReference.h"
-
-/* Implementation file */
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsGenericAccessible, nsIAccessible)
-
-nsGenericAccessible::nsGenericAccessible()
-{
-  NS_INIT_ISUPPORTS();
-  /* member initializers and constructor code */
-}
-
-nsGenericAccessible::~nsGenericAccessible()
-{
-  /* destructor code */
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccParent (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccNextSibling (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccPreviousSibling (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccFirstChild (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccLastChild (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* long getAccChildCount (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccName (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccValue (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccValue(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void setAccName (in wstring name); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::SetAccName(const PRUnichar *name)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void setAccValue (in wstring value); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::SetAccValue(const PRUnichar *value)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccDescription (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccDescription(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccState (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccHelp (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccHelp(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* boolean getAccFocused (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccFocused(PRBool *_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accGetAt (in long x, in long y); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccGetAt(PRInt32 x, PRInt32 y, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accNavigateRight (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccNavigateRight(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accNavigateLeft (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccNavigateLeft(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accNavigateUp (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccNavigateUp(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible accNavigateDown (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccNavigateDown(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accGetBounds (out long x, out long y, out long width, out long height); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccGetBounds(PRInt32 *x, PRInt32 *y, PRInt32 *width, PRInt32 *height)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accAddSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccAddSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accRemoveSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccRemoveSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accExtendSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccExtendSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accTakeSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccTakeSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accTakeFocus (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccTakeFocus()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* void accDoDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::AccDoDefaultAction()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* unsigned long getAccExtState (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsGenericAccessible::GetAccExtState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-//-------------
-// nsDOMAccessible
-//-------------
-
-nsDOMAccessible::nsDOMAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode)
-{
-  mPresShell = getter_AddRefs(NS_GetWeakReference(aShell));
-  mNode = aNode;
-}
-
-
-/* void accRemoveSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDOMAccessible::AccRemoveSelection()
-{
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> control = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
-    nsresult rv = control->GetSelection(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_NORMAL, getter_AddRefs(selection));
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> parent;
-    rv = mNode->GetParentNode(getter_AddRefs(parent));
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    rv = selection->Collapse(parent, 0);
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* void accTakeSelection (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDOMAccessible::AccTakeSelection()
-{
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> control = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-    nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
-    nsresult rv = control->GetSelection(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_NORMAL, getter_AddRefs(selection));
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> parent;
-    rv = mNode->GetParentNode(getter_AddRefs(parent));
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    PRInt32 offsetInParent = 0;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> child;
-    rv = parent->GetFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(child));
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-      return rv;
-
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> next; 
-
-    while(child)
-    {
-      if (child == mNode) {
-        // Collapse selection to just before desired element,
-        rv = selection->Collapse(parent, offsetInParent);
-        if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-          return rv;
-
-        // then extend it to just after
-        rv = selection->Extend(parent, offsetInParent+1);
-        return rv;
-      }
-
-       child->GetNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(next));
-       child = next;
-       offsetInParent++;
-    }
-
-    // didn't find a child
-    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-}
-
-/* void accTakeFocus (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsDOMAccessible::AccTakeFocus()
-{ 
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  shell->GetPresContext(getter_AddRefs(context));
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-  content->SetFocus(context);
-  
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//-------------
-// nsLeafFrameAccessible
-//-------------
-
-nsLeafDOMAccessible::nsLeafDOMAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode):
-nsDOMAccessible(aShell, aNode)
-{
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccFirstChild (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLeafDOMAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* nsIAccessible getAccLastChild (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLeafDOMAccessible::GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* long getAccChildCount (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsLeafDOMAccessible::GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = 0;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-

mozilla/accessible/src/nsGenericAccessible.h

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Author: Eric D Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef _nsGenericAccessible_H_
-#define _nsGenericAccessible_H_
-
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsIAccessible.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-
-class nsIWeakReference;
-
-/**
- * Basic implementation
- * supports nothing
- */
-class nsGenericAccessible : public nsIAccessible
-{
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-  NS_DECL_NSIACCESSIBLE
-
-	public:
-    nsGenericAccessible();
-    virtual ~nsGenericAccessible();
-};
-
-/**
- * And accessible that observes a dom node
- * supports:
- * - selection
- * - focus
- */
-class nsDOMAccessible : public nsGenericAccessible
-{
-  public:
-    nsDOMAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-
-    NS_IMETHOD AccTakeSelection(void); 
-    NS_IMETHOD AccTakeFocus(void); 
-    NS_IMETHOD AccRemoveSelection(void);
-
-  protected:
-    nsIWeakReference* mPresShell;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> mNode;
-};
-
-/* Leaf version of DOM Accessible
- * has no children
- */
-class nsLeafDOMAccessible : public nsDOMAccessible
-{
-  public:
-    nsLeafDOMAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval);
-};
-
-#endif  

mozilla/accessible/src/nsHTMLFormControlAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Author: Eric Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsHTMLFormControlAccessible.h"
-#include "nsWeakReference.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsIDOMHTMLInputElement.h"
-#include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
-#include "nsHTMLAtoms.h"
-#include "nsIDOMHTMLButtonElement.h"
-#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
-
-nsHTMLFormControlAccessible::nsHTMLFormControlAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode):
-nsLeafDOMAccessible(aShell, aNode)
-{ 
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccName (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLFormControlAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  // go up tree get name of label if there is one.
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccState (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLFormControlAccessible::GetAccState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-    // can be
-    // focusable, focused, checked
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> element = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-
-    PRBool checked = PR_FALSE;
-    element->GetChecked(&checked);
-    *_retval = (checked ? STATE_CHECKED : 0);
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-// --- checkbox -----
-
-nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible::nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode):
-nsHTMLFormControlAccessible(aShell, aNode)
-{ 
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("check box"));
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible::GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    // check or uncheck
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> element = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-
-    PRBool checked = PR_FALSE;
-    element->GetChecked(&checked);
-    if (checked)
-        *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Check"));
-    else
-        *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("UnCheck"));
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* void accDoDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible::AccDoDefaultAction()
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> element = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-  PRBool checked = PR_FALSE;
-  element->GetChecked(&checked);
-  element->SetChecked(checked ? PR_FALSE : PR_TRUE);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-//------ Radio button -------
-
-nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible::nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode):
-nsHTMLFormControlAccessible(aShell, aNode)
-{ 
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible::GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Select"));
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("radio button"));
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible::AccDoDefaultAction()
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> element = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-  element->Click();
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-// ----- Button -----
-
-nsHTMLButtonAccessible::nsHTMLButtonAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode):
-nsHTMLFormControlAccessible(aShell, aNode)
-{ 
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccDefaultAction (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLButtonAccessible::GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Press"));
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLButtonAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("push button"));
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLButtonAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    *_retval = nsnull;
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> button = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-
-    if (!button)
-      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-
-    nsAutoString name;
-    button->GetValue(name);
-    name.CompressWhitespace();
-
-    *_retval = name.ToNewUnicode();
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLButtonAccessible::AccDoDefaultAction()
-{
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLInputElement> element = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-  element->Click();
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/accessible/src/nsHTMLFormControlAccessible.h

@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Author: Eric D Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef _nsHTMLFormControlAccessible_H_
-#define _nsHTMLFormControlAccessible_H_
-
-#include "nsGenericAccessible.h"
-
-class nsICheckboxControlFrame;
-
-/* Accessible for supporting for controls
- * supports:
- * - walking up to get name from label
- * - support basic state
- */
-class nsHTMLFormControlAccessible : public nsLeafDOMAccessible
-{
-
-public:
-  nsHTMLFormControlAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccState(PRUint32 *_retval); 
-};
-
-class nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible : public nsHTMLFormControlAccessible
-{
-
-public:
-  nsHTMLCheckboxAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD AccDoDefaultAction(void); 
-};
-
-class nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible : public nsHTMLFormControlAccessible
-{
-
-public:
-  nsHTMLRadioButtonAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD AccDoDefaultAction(void); 
-};
-
-class nsHTMLButtonAccessible : public nsHTMLFormControlAccessible
-{
-
-public:
-  nsHTMLButtonAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD AccDoDefaultAction(void); 
-
-};
-
-#endif  

mozilla/accessible/src/nsHTMLTextAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Author: Eric Vaughan (evaughan@netscape.com)
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsHTMLTextAccessible.h"
-#include "nsICheckboxControlFrame.h"
-#include "nsWeakReference.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-
-nsHTMLTextAccessible::nsHTMLTextAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aDomNode):
-nsLeafDOMAccessible(aShell, aDomNode)
-{ 
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccName (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLTextAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  nsAutoString value;
-  mNode->GetNodeValue(value);
-  value.CompressWhitespace();
-  *_retval = value.ToNewUnicode();
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* wstring getAccRole (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsHTMLTextAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    nsAutoString role(NS_LITERAL_STRING("text"));
-    *_retval = role.ToNewUnicode();
-
-    return NS_OK;
-}

mozilla/accessible/src/nsHTMLTextAccessible.h

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef _nsHTMLTextAccessible_H_
-#define _nsHTMLTextAccessible_H_
-
-#include "nsGenericAccessible.h"
-
-class nsIWeakReference;
-class nsITextControlFrame;
-
-class nsHTMLTextAccessible : public nsLeafDOMAccessible
-{
-
-public:
-  nsHTMLTextAccessible(nsIPresShell* aShell, nsIDOMNode* aDomNode);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval); 
-
-private:
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> mDomNode;
-};
-
-#endif  

mozilla/accessible/src/nsMutableAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsMutableAccessible.h"
-#include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsMutableAccessible, nsIAccessible)
-
-nsMutableAccessible::nsMutableAccessible(nsISupports* aNode)
-{
-  NS_INIT_ISUPPORTS();
-  NS_ASSERTION(aNode,"We must have a valid node!!");
-  mNode = aNode;
-  mNameNodeValue = PR_FALSE;
-  mNameStringSet = PR_FALSE;
-  mRole = NS_LITERAL_STRING("unknown");
-  mIsLeaf = PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-nsMutableAccessible::~nsMutableAccessible()
-{
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::SetIsLeaf(PRBool aLeaf)
-{
-    mIsLeaf = aLeaf;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* void SetNodeAsNodeValue (); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::SetNameAsNodeValue()
-{
-    mNameNodeValue = PR_TRUE;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* void SetName (in wstring name); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::SetName(const PRUnichar *aName)
-{
-    mName = aName; 
-    mNameStringSet = PR_TRUE;
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* void SetNameAsAttribute (in nsIAtom atom); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::SetNameAsAttribute(nsIAtom *aAttribute)
-{
-   mNameAttribute = aAttribute;
-   return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* void SetNameAsAttribute (in nsIAtom atom); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::SetRole(const PRUnichar *aRole)
-{
-   mRole = aRole;
-   return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{ 
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  if (mIsLeaf) {
-    *_retval = nsnull;
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  if (mIsLeaf) {
-    *_retval = nsnull;
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval)
-{
-  if (mIsLeaf) {
-    *_retval = 0;
-    return NS_OK;
-  }
-
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  nsAutoString value;
-
-  if (mNameNodeValue) {
-    // see if we can get nodevalue
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-    if (node) {
-      node->GetNodeValue(value);
-      value.CompressWhitespace();
-    } else {
-      *_retval = nsnull;
-      return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-    }
-  } else if (mNameStringSet) {
-    value = mName;
-  } else if (mNameAttribute) {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = do_QueryInterface(mNode);
-    content->GetAttribute(kNameSpaceID_None, mNameAttribute, value);
-    value.CompressWhitespace();
-  } else {
-     *_retval = nsnull;
-     return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-  }
-    
-  *_retval = value.ToNewUnicode();
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccValue(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::SetAccName(const PRUnichar *name)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::SetAccValue(const PRUnichar *value)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccDescription(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = mRole.ToNewUnicode();
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccExtState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccDefaultAction(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccHelp(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::GetAccFocused(PRBool *_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccGetAt(PRInt32 x, PRInt32 y, nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccNavigateRight(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccNavigateLeft(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccNavigateUp(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccNavigateDown(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccGetBounds(PRInt32 *x, PRInt32 *y, PRInt32 *width, PRInt32 *height)
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccAddSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccRemoveSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccExtendSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccTakeSelection()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccTakeFocus()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsMutableAccessible::AccDoDefaultAction()
-{
-    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-

mozilla/accessible/src/nsMutableAccessible.h

@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef _nsMutableAccessible_H_
-#define _nsMutableAccessible_H_
-
-#include "nsAccessible.h"
-#include "nsString.h"
-
-#include "nsIMutableAccessible.h"
-
-class nsMutableAccessible : public nsIMutableAccessible
-{
-public:
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
-  NS_DECL_NSIACCESSIBLE
-  NS_DECL_NSIMUTABLEACCESSIBLE
-
-  nsMutableAccessible(nsISupports* aNode);
-  virtual ~nsMutableAccessible();
-
-private:
-  nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> mNode;
-  nsAutoString mName;
-  nsAutoString mRole;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mNameAttribute;
-  PRPackedBool mNameNodeValue;
-  PRPackedBool mNameStringSet;
-  PRPackedBool mIsLeaf;
-};
-
-#endif
-

mozilla/accessible/src/nsRootAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsRootAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIDocument.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsIDOMEventTarget.h"
-#include "nsIDOMElement.h"
-#include "nsIDOMEventReceiver.h"
-#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
-
-NS_INTERFACE_MAP_BEGIN(nsRootAccessible)
-  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY(nsIAccessibleEventReceiver)
-  NS_INTERFACE_MAP_ENTRY_AMBIGUOUS(nsISupports, nsIAccessibleEventReceiver)
-NS_INTERFACE_MAP_END_INHERITING(nsAccessible)
-
-NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsRootAccessible, nsAccessible);
-NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsRootAccessible, nsAccessible);
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-// construction 
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-nsRootAccessible::nsRootAccessible(nsIWeakReference* aShell, nsIFrame* aFrame):nsAccessible(nsnull,nsnull,aShell)
-{
- // mFrame = aFrame;
- mListener = nsnull;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-// destruction
-//-----------------------------------------------------
-nsRootAccessible::~nsRootAccessible()
-{
-  RemoveAccessibleEventListener(mListener);
-}
-
-  /* attribute wstring accName; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsRootAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar * *aAccName) 
-{ 
-  *aAccName = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Mozilla Document"));
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-// helpers
-nsIFrame* nsRootAccessible::GetFrame()
-{
-  //if (!mFrame) {
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-    nsIFrame* root = nsnull;
-    if (shell) 
-      shell->GetRootFrame(&root);
-  
-    return root;
-  //}
- 
- // return mFrame;
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsRootAccessible::CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return new nsHTMLBlockAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute nsIAccessible accParent; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsRootAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible * *aAccParent) 
-{ 
-  *aAccParent = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-  /* readonly attribute wstring accRole; */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsRootAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar * *aAccRole) 
-{ 
-  *aAccRole = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("client"));
-  return NS_OK;  
-}
-
-/* void addAccessibleEventListener (in nsIAccessibleEventListener aListener); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsRootAccessible::AddAccessibleEventListener(nsIAccessibleEventListener *aListener)
-{
-  if (!mListener)
-  {
-     // add an event listener to the document
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> document;
-     shell->GetDocument(getter_AddRefs(document));
-
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> receiver;
-     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(document->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIDOMEventReceiver), getter_AddRefs(receiver))) && receiver)
-     {
-        nsresult rv = receiver->AddEventListenerByIID(NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIDOMFocusListener *, this), NS_GET_IID(nsIDOMFocusListener));
-        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to register listener");
-     }
-  }
-
-  // create a weak reference to the listener
-  mListener =  aListener;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/* void removeAccessibleEventListener (in nsIAccessibleEventListener aListener); */
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsRootAccessible::RemoveAccessibleEventListener(nsIAccessibleEventListener *aListener)
-{
-  if (mListener)
-  {
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> document;
-     if (!shell)
-       return NS_OK;
-
-     shell->GetDocument(getter_AddRefs(document));
-
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> erP;
-     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(document->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIDOMEventReceiver), getter_AddRefs(erP))) && erP)
-     {
-        nsresult rv = erP->RemoveEventListenerByIID(NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIDOMFocusListener *, this), NS_GET_IID(nsIDOMFocusListener));
-        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "failed to register listener");
-     }
-  }
-
-  mListener = nsnull;
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-nsresult nsRootAccessible::HandleEvent(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{
-  if (mListener) {
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventTarget> t;
-     aEvent->GetOriginalTarget(getter_AddRefs(t));
-  
-     // create and accessible for the target
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = do_QueryInterface(t); 
-
-     if (!content)
-       return NS_OK;
-
-     if (mCurrentFocus == content)
-       return NS_OK;
-
-     mCurrentFocus = content;
-
-     nsIFrame* frame = nsnull;
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-     shell->GetPrimaryFrameFor(content, &frame);
-
-     if (!frame)
-       return NS_OK;
-
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> a = do_QueryInterface(frame);
-
-     if (!a)
-       a = do_QueryInterface(content);
-
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> na = CreateNewAccessible(a, content, mPresShell);
-
-     mListener->HandleEvent(nsIAccessibleEventListener::EVENT_FOCUS, na);
-  }
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-nsresult nsRootAccessible::Focus(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) 
-{ 
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-nsresult nsRootAccessible::Blur(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) 
-{ 
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-

mozilla/accessible/src/nsRootAccessible.h

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#ifndef _nsRootAccessible_H_
-#define _nsRootAccessible_H_
-
-#include "nsAccessible.h"
-#include "nsIAccessibleEventReceiver.h"
-#include "nsIAccessibleEventListener.h"
-#include "nsIDOMFocusListener.h"
-
-class nsRootAccessible : public nsAccessible,
-                         public nsIAccessibleEventReceiver,
-                         public nsIDOMFocusListener
-
-{
-  
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  public:
-    nsRootAccessible(nsIWeakReference* aShell, nsIFrame* aFrame = nsnull);
-    virtual ~nsRootAccessible();
-
-    /* attribute wstring accName; */
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar * *aAccName);
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccParent(nsIAccessible * *aAccParent);
-    NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar * *aAccRole);
-
-    // ----- nsIAccessibleEventReceiver ------
-
-    NS_IMETHOD AddAccessibleEventListener(nsIAccessibleEventListener *aListener);
-    NS_IMETHOD RemoveAccessibleEventListener(nsIAccessibleEventListener *aListener);
-
-    // ----- nsIDOMEventListener --------
-    virtual nsresult HandleEvent(nsIDOMEvent* anEvent);
-    virtual nsresult Focus(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-    virtual nsresult Blur(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-
-protected:
-  virtual nsIFrame* GetFrame();
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-
-  // not a com pointer. We don't own the listener
-  // it is the callers responsibility to remove the listener
-  // otherwise we will get into circular referencing problems
-  nsIAccessibleEventListener* mListener;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> mCurrentFocus;
-};
-
-
-#endif  

mozilla/accessible/src/nsSelectAccessible.cpp

@@ -1,717 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Original Author: David W. Hyatt (hyatt@netscape.com)
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-
-#include "nsSelectAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIDocument.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIFrame.h"
-#include "nsRootAccessible.h"
-#include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
-#include "nsMutableAccessible.h"
-#include "nsLayoutAtoms.h"
-#include "nsIDOMMenuListener.h"
-#include "nsIDOMEventReceiver.h"
-#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
-
-class nsSelectChildAccessible : public nsAccessible,
-                                public nsIDOMMenuListener
-{
-public:
-  
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  nsSelectChildAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIContent* aSelectContent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual ~nsSelectChildAccessible();
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccValue(PRUnichar **_retval);
-
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewNextAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewPreviousAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  // popup listener
-  NS_IMETHOD Create(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Close(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Destroy(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Action(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  NS_IMETHOD Broadcast(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  NS_IMETHOD CommandUpdate(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  nsresult HandleEvent(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mPopupAtom;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> mSelectContent;
-  PRBool mRegistered;
-  PRBool mOpen;
-};
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsSelectChildAccessible, nsAccessible, nsIDOMMenuListener)
-
-class nsSelectWindowAccessible : public nsAccessible,
-                                 public nsIDOMMenuListener
-{
-public:
-  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
-
-  nsSelectWindowAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aPrev, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual ~nsSelectWindowAccessible();
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccState(PRUint32 *_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccExtState(PRUint32 *_retval);
-  
-  // popup listener
-  NS_IMETHOD Create(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Close(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Destroy(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent);
-  NS_IMETHOD Action(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  NS_IMETHOD Broadcast(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  NS_IMETHOD CommandUpdate(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-  nsresult HandleEvent(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent) { return NS_OK; }
-
-  // helpers
-  virtual nsIFrame* GetBoundsFrame();
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mParent;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mPrev;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mPopupAtom;
-  PRBool mRegistered;
-  PRBool mOpen;
-};
-
-NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED(nsSelectWindowAccessible, nsAccessible, nsIDOMMenuListener)
-
-class nsSelectListAccessible : public nsAccessible
-{
-public:
-  
-  nsSelectListAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual ~nsSelectListAccessible() {}
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD AccGetBounds(PRInt32 *x, PRInt32 *y, PRInt32 *width, PRInt32 *height);
-
-  virtual void GetListAtomForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom*& aList);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mPopupAtom;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mParent;
-};
-
-class nsListChildAccessible : public nsAccessible
-{
-public:
-  
-  nsListChildAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIContent* aSelectContent, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual ~nsListChildAccessible() {}
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval);
-
-  virtual void GetListAtomForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom*& aList);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> mParent;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mPopupAtom;
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> mSelectContent;
-};
-
-//---------
- 
-nsSelectAccessible::nsSelectAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, 
-                                       nsIAccessible* aAccessible, 
-                                       nsIContent* aContent, 
-                                       nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-                                               :nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-  mPopupAtom = aPopupAtom;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccValue(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  // our value is our first child's value. Which is the combo boxes text.
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> text;
-  nsresult rv = GetAccFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(text));
-
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
-     *_retval = nsnull;
-     return rv;
-  }
-
-  if (!text) {
-     *_retval = nsnull;
-     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
-  }
-
-  // look at our role
-  return text->GetAccValue(_retval);
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-   *_retval = nsnull;
-   return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("combo box"));
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  // get the last child. Wrap it with a connector that connects it to the window accessible
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> last;
-  nsresult rv = nsAccessible::GetAccLastChild(getter_AddRefs(last));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  if (!last) {
-    // we have a parent but not previous
-    *_retval = new nsSelectWindowAccessible(mPopupAtom, this, nsnull, nsnull, mContent, mPresShell);
-  } else {
-    *_retval = last;
-  }
-
-  NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-
-   return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  // get the last child. Wrap it with a connector that connects it to the window accessible
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> first;
-  nsresult rv = nsAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(getter_AddRefs(first));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  if (!first) {
-    *_retval = new nsSelectWindowAccessible(mPopupAtom, this, nsnull, nsnull, mContent, mPresShell);
-  } else {
-    *_retval = first;
-  }
-
-  NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectAccessible::CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewLastAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectAccessible::CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsSelectChildAccessible(mPopupAtom, mContent, aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectAccessible::GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval)
-{
-  nsresult rv = nsAccessible::GetAccChildCount(_retval);
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  // always have one more that is our window child
-  (*_retval)++;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-//--------------------
-
-nsSelectChildAccessible::nsSelectChildAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIContent* aSelectContent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell):
-nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-  mPopupAtom = aPopupAtom;
-  mSelectContent = aSelectContent;
-  mRegistered = PR_FALSE;
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::GetAccValue(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-  PRUnichar* string = nsnull;
-
-  // look at our role
-  rv = nsAccessible::GetAccRole(&string);
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
-   *_retval = nsnull;
-   return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsAutoString role(string);
-
-  // if its the text in the combo box then
-  // its value should be its name.
-  if (role.EqualsIgnoreCase("text")) {
-    rv = nsAccessible::GetAccName(_retval);
-  } else {
-    rv = nsAccessible::GetAccValue(_retval);
-  }
-
-  delete string;
-  return rv;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-  PRUnichar* string = nsnull;
-
-  // look at our role
-  rv = nsAccessible::GetAccRole(&string);
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
-   *_retval = nsnull;
-   return rv;
-  }
-
-  nsAutoString role(string);
-
-  // any text in the combo box is static
-  if (role.EqualsIgnoreCase("text")) {
-    // if it the comboboxes text. Make it static
-    *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("static text"));
-  } else {
-    rv = nsAccessible::GetAccRole(_retval);
-  }
-
-  delete string;
-  return rv;
-}
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-  PRUnichar* string = nsnull;
-
-  // look at our role
-  nsAccessible::GetAccRole(&string);
-  nsAutoString role(string);
-
-  // if button then we need to make the name be open or close
-  if (role.EqualsIgnoreCase("push button"))
-  {
-     // if its a button and not already registered, 
-     // register ourselves as a popup listener   
-     if (!mRegistered) {
-       nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> eventReceiver = do_QueryInterface(mSelectContent);
-       if (!eventReceiver) {
-         *_retval = nsnull;
-         return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-       }
-
-       eventReceiver->AddEventListener(NS_LITERAL_STRING("create"), this, PR_TRUE);   
-
-       mRegistered = PR_TRUE;
-     }
-
-     // get the current state open or closed
-     // set _retval to it.
-     // notice its supposed to be reversed. Close if opened
-     // and Open if closed.
-
-     if (mOpen)
-         *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Close"));
-     else
-         *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Open"));
-
-  } else {
-    /*rv = nsAccessible::GetAccName(_retval);*/
-    rv = NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-    *_retval = nsnull;
-  }
-
-  delete string;
-
-  return rv;
-}
-
-
-nsSelectChildAccessible::~nsSelectChildAccessible()
-{
-  if (mRegistered) {
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> eventReceiver = do_QueryInterface(mSelectContent);
-     if (eventReceiver) 
-       eventReceiver->RemoveEventListener(NS_LITERAL_STRING("create"), this, PR_TRUE);   
-  }
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::Create(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_TRUE;
-  printf("Open\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::Destroy(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-  printf("Close\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::Close(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-  printf("Close\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectChildAccessible::CreateNewNextAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  return CreateNewPreviousAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectChildAccessible::CreateNewPreviousAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsSelectChildAccessible(mPopupAtom, mSelectContent, aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectChildAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{ 
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> next;
-  nsresult rv = nsAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(getter_AddRefs(next));
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
-    return rv;
-
-  if (!next) {
-    // ok no more siblings. Lets create our window
-    nsCOMPtr<nsIAccessible> parent;
-    GetAccParent(getter_AddRefs(parent));
-
-    *_retval = new nsSelectWindowAccessible(mPopupAtom, parent, nsnull, nsnull, mSelectContent, mPresShell);
-  } else {
-    *_retval = next;
-  }
-
-  NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-
-  return NS_OK;
-} 
-
-
-//---------------------
-
-
-nsSelectWindowAccessible::nsSelectWindowAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aPrev, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-:nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-  mParent = aParent;
-  mPrev = aPrev;
-  mPopupAtom = aPopupAtom;
-  mRegistered = PR_FALSE;
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-nsSelectWindowAccessible::~nsSelectWindowAccessible()
-{
-  if (mRegistered) {
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> eventReceiver = do_QueryInterface(mContent);
-     if (eventReceiver) 
-       eventReceiver->RemoveEventListener(NS_LITERAL_STRING("create"), this, PR_TRUE);   
-  }
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::Create(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_TRUE;
-  printf("Open\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::Destroy(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-  printf("Close\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::Close(nsIDOMEvent* aEvent)
-{ 
-  mOpen = PR_FALSE;
-  printf("Close\n");
-
-  /* TBD send state change event */ 
-
-  return NS_OK; 
-}
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-  // not not already one register ourselves as a popup listener
-   
-  if (!mRegistered) {
-
-     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMEventReceiver> eventReceiver = do_QueryInterface(mContent);
-     if (!eventReceiver) {
-       *_retval = 0;
-       return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-     }
-
-     nsresult rv = eventReceiver->AddEventListener(NS_LITERAL_STRING("create"), this, PR_TRUE);   
-
-     if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
-       *_retval = 0;
-       return rv;
-     }
-
-     mRegistered = PR_TRUE;
-  }
-
-  // if open we are visible if closed we are invisible
-   // set _retval to it.
-   if (mOpen)
-     *_retval |= STATE_DEFAULT;
-   else
-     *_retval |= STATE_INVISIBLE;
-
-   return NS_OK;
-}
-
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccExtState(PRUint32 *_retval)
-{
-	*_retval=0;
-   return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
- 
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("window"));
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{   
-    *_retval = mParent;
-    NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-}
- 
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{ 
-  *_retval = mPrev;
-  NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = new nsSelectListAccessible(mPopupAtom, this, nsnull, mContent, mPresShell);
-  NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = new nsSelectListAccessible(mPopupAtom, this, nsnull, mContent, mPresShell);
-  NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = 1;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectWindowAccessible::AccGetBounds(PRInt32 *x, PRInt32 *y, PRInt32 *width, PRInt32 *height)
-{
-  *x = *y = *width = *height = 0;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-*/
-
-nsIFrame* nsSelectWindowAccessible::GetBoundsFrame()
-{
-  // get our frame
-  nsIFrame* frame = GetFrame();
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-  GetPresContext(context);
-
-  // get its first popup child that should be the window
-  frame->FirstChild(context, mPopupAtom, &frame);
-
-  return frame;
-}
-
-//----------
-
-
-nsSelectListAccessible::nsSelectListAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-:nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-    mPopupAtom = aPopupAtom;
-    mParent = aParent;
-}
-
-void nsSelectListAccessible::GetListAtomForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom*& aList)
-{
-   nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-   nsIFrame* frame = nsnull;
-   shell->GetPrimaryFrameFor(mContent, &frame);
-   if (aFrame == frame)
-     aList = mPopupAtom;
-   else
-     aList = nsnull;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::AccGetBounds(PRInt32 *x, PRInt32 *y, PRInt32 *width, PRInt32 *height)
-{
-  return mParent->AccGetBounds(x,y,width,height);
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{   
-    *_retval = mParent;
-    NS_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("list"));
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::GetAccPreviousSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{ 
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsSelectListAccessible::GetAccNextSibling(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = nsnull;
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectListAccessible::CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsListChildAccessible(mPopupAtom, mContent, this, aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsSelectListAccessible::CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsListChildAccessible(mPopupAtom, mContent, this, aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
- 
-//--------
-
-nsListChildAccessible::nsListChildAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIContent* aSelectContent, nsIAccessible* aParent, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell):
-nsAccessible(aAccessible, aContent, aShell)
-{
-  mParent = aParent;
-  mPopupAtom = aPopupAtom;
-  mSelectContent = aSelectContent;
-}
-
-nsIAccessible* nsListChildAccessible::CreateNewAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell)
-{
-  NS_ASSERTION(aAccessible && aContent,"Error not accessible or content");
-  return new nsListChildAccessible(mPopupAtom, mSelectContent, mParent, aAccessible, aContent, aShell);
-}
-
-void nsListChildAccessible::GetListAtomForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom*& aList)
-{
-   nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell = do_QueryReferent(mPresShell);
-   nsIFrame* frame = nsnull;
-   shell->GetPrimaryFrameFor(mSelectContent, &frame);
-   if (aFrame == frame)
-     aList = mPopupAtom;
-   else
-     aList = nsnull;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListChildAccessible::GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval)
-{
-  *_retval = ToNewUnicode(NS_LITERAL_STRING("list item"));
-  return NS_OK;
-}
-
-NS_IMETHODIMP nsListChildAccessible::GetAccParent(nsIAccessible **_retval)
-{   
-    *_retval = mParent;
-    NS_IF_ADDREF(*_retval);
-    return NS_OK;
-}
-

mozilla/accessible/src/nsSelectAccessible.h

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Original Author: David W. Hyatt (hyatt@netscape.com)
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-#ifndef __nsSelectAccessible_h__
-#define __nsSelectAccessible_h__
-
-#include "nsAccessible.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-#include "nsIAtom.h"
-
-class nsSelectAccessible : public nsAccessible
-{
-public:
-  
-  nsSelectAccessible(nsIAtom* aPopupAtom, nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccLastChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccFirstChild(nsIAccessible **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccName(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccValue(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccRole(PRUnichar **_retval);
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAccChildCount(PRInt32 *_retval);
-
-  virtual ~nsSelectAccessible() {}
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewFirstAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-  virtual nsIAccessible* CreateNewLastAccessible(nsIAccessible* aAccessible, nsIContent* aContent, nsIWeakReference* aShell);
-
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mPopupAtom;
-};
-
-
-#endif

mozilla/cmd/winfe/stdafx.h

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef STDAFX_PCH
+#define STDAFX_PCH
+
+#define OEMRESOURCE
+
+#if defined(DEBUG_blythe)
+//  Set up a flag specific to WFE developers in the client
+#define DEBUG_WFE
+#endif
+
+/*	Very windows specific includes.
+ */
+/*  MFC, KFC, RUN DMC, whatever */
+#include <afxwin.h>
+#include <afxext.h>
+#include <afxpriv.h>
+#include <afxole.h>
+#include <afxdisp.h>
+#include <afxodlgs.h>
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <afxcmn.h>
+#endif
+
+/* More XP than anything */
+#include "xp.h"
+#include "fe_proto.h"
+#include "fe_rgn.h"
+#include "libi18n.h"
+#include "xlate.h"
+#include "ntypes.h"
+#ifdef EDITOR
+#include "edttypes.h"
+#endif
+#include "xpassert.h"
+#include "lo_ele.h"
+#include "layers.h"
+
+/*  Standard C includes */
+#ifndef _WIN32
+#include <dos.h>
+#endif
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <direct.h>
+#include <stdarg.h> 
+#include <time.h>
+#include <io.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*	Very windows specific includes.
+ */
+/* WFE needs a layout file */
+extern "C"  {
+#include "layout.h"
+}
+
+/*	Some common defines. */
+#ifndef _AFXDLL
+#define new DEBUG_NEW
+#endif
+
+/*  All front end forward declarations needed to compile. */
+#include "forward.h"
+
+/*	Front end Casting macros. */
+#include "cast.h"
+
+/*	General purpose utilities. */
+#include "feutil.h"
+
+/*	afxData/sysInfo */
+#include "sysinfo.h"
+
+/*  Some defines we like everywhere. */
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "defaults.h"
+
+/*  The application include and
+ *	Commonly used, rarely changed headers */
+#include "ncapiurl.h"
+#include "genedit.h"
+#include "genframe.h"
+#include "genview.h"
+#include "gendoc.h"
+#include "intlwin.h"
+#include "mozilla.h"
+#include "cxwin.h"
+#include "winproto.h"
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    #ifdef assert
+        #undef assert
+    #endif
+    #define assert(x)   ASSERT(x)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* STDAFX_PCH */

mozilla/content/base/public/nsCopySupport.h

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- */
-
-#include "nscore.h"
-#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
-
-class nsISelection;
-class nsIDocument;
- 
-class nsCopySupport
-{
-  // class of static helper functions for copy support
-  public:
-    static nsresult HTMLCopy(nsISelection *aSel, nsIDocument *aDoc, PRInt16 aClipboardID);
-};

mozilla/content/base/src/nsCopySupport.cpp

@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- */
-
-#include "nsCopySupport.h"
-#include "nsIDocumentEncoder.h"
-#include "nsISupports.h"
-#include "nsIContent.h"
-#include "nsIComponentManager.h" 
-#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
-#include "nsIClipboard.h"
-#include "nsWidgetsCID.h"
-#include "nsIEventStateManager.h"
-#include "nsIPresContext.h"
-#include "nsIDOMNSHTMLInputElement.h"
-#include "nsIDOMNSHTMLTextAreaElement.h"
-#include "nsISupportsPrimitives.h"
-#ifdef IBMBIDI
-#include "nsIUBidiUtils.h"
-#include "nsIDocument.h"
-#include "nsIPresShell.h"
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kUBidiUtilCID, NS_UNICHARBIDIUTIL_CID);
-#endif
-
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCClipboardCID,           NS_CLIPBOARD_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCTransferableCID,        NS_TRANSFERABLE_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kHTMLConverterCID,        NS_HTMLFORMATCONVERTER_CID);
-static NS_DEFINE_CID(kTextEncoderCID,          NS_TEXT_ENCODER_CID);
-
-// private clipboard data flavors for html copy, used by editor when pasting
-#define kHTMLContext   "text/_moz_htmlcontext"
-#define kHTMLInfo      "text/_moz_htmlinfo"
-
-
-nsresult nsCopySupport::HTMLCopy(nsISelection *aSel, nsIDocument *aDoc, PRInt16 aClipboardID)
-{
-  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
-  
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocumentEncoder> docEncoder;
-
-  docEncoder = do_CreateInstance(NS_HTMLCOPY_ENCODER_CONTRACTID);
-  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(docEncoder, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
-
-  rv = docEncoder->Init(aDoc, NS_LITERAL_STRING("text/html"), 0);
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
-  rv = docEncoder->SetSelection(aSel);
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
-  nsAutoString mimeType;
-  rv = docEncoder->GetMimeType(mimeType);
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
-
-  nsAutoString buffer, parents, info;
-  PRBool bIsHTMLCopy = PR_FALSE;
-  if (mimeType.EqualsWithConversion("text/html")) 
-    bIsHTMLCopy = PR_TRUE;
-    
-  if (bIsHTMLCopy)
-  {
-    // encode the selection as html with contextual info
-    rv = docEncoder->EncodeToStringWithContext(buffer, parents, info);
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
-      return rv;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    // encode the selection
-    rv = docEncoder->EncodeToString(buffer);
-    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
-      return rv;
-  }
-  
-#ifdef IBMBIDI //ahmed
-  rv = NS_OK;
-  PRBool arabicCharset;
-  
-  nsCOMPtr<nsIDocument> doc = do_QueryInterface(aDoc);
-  if (doc) {
-    nsIPresShell* shell = doc->GetShellAt(0);
-    if (shell) {
-      nsCOMPtr<nsIPresContext> context;
-      shell->GetPresContext(getter_AddRefs(context) );
-      if (context) {
-        context->IsArabicEncoding(arabicCharset);
-        if (arabicCharset) {
-          nsCOMPtr<nsIUBidiUtils> bidiUtils = do_GetService("@mozilla.org/intl/unicharbidiutil;1");
-          PRUint32 bidiOptions;
-          PRBool isVisual;
-          PRBool isBidiSystem;
-    
-          context->GetBidi(&bidiOptions);
-          context->IsVisualMode(isVisual);
-          context->GetIsBidiSystem(isBidiSystem);
-          if ( (GET_BIDI_OPTION_CLIPBOARDTEXTMODE(bidiOptions) == IBMBIDI_CLIPBOARDTEXTMODE_LOGICAL)&&(isVisual)//&&(isBidiSystem)
-             ) {
-            nsAutoString newBuffer;
-            if (isBidiSystem) {
-#if 0 // Until we finalize the conversion routine
-              if (GET_BIDI_OPTION_DIRECTION(bidiOptions) == IBMBIDI_TEXTDIRECTION_LTR) {
-                bidiUtils->Conv_FE_06_WithReverse(buffer, newBuffer);
-              } 
-              if (GET_BIDI_OPTION_DIRECTION(bidiOptions) == IBMBIDI_TEXTDIRECTION_RTL) {
-                bidiUtils->Conv_FE_06 (buffer, newBuffer);
-              }
-#endif
-            }
-            else { //nonbidisystem
-              bidiUtils->HandleNumbers(buffer, newBuffer);//ahmed
-            }
-            buffer = newBuffer;
-          }
-          //Mohamed
-          else {
-#if 0 // Until we finalize the conversion routine
-            nsAutoString bidiCharset;
-            context->GetBidiCharset(bidiCharset);
-            if (bidiCharset.EqualsIgnoreCase("UTF-8") || (!isVisual)) {
-              if ( (GET_BIDI_OPTION_CLIPBOARDTEXTMODE(bidiOptions) == IBMBIDI_CLIPBOARDTEXTMODE_VISUAL) || (!isBidiSystem) ) {
-                nsAutoString newBuffer;
-                bidiUtils->Conv_06_FE_WithReverse(buffer, newBuffer, GET_BIDI_OPTION_DIRECTION(bidiOptions));
-                bidiUtils->HandleNumbers(newBuffer, buffer);
-              }
-            }
-#endif
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif // IBMBIDI
-
-  // Get the Clipboard
-  NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIClipboard, clipboard, kCClipboardCID, &rv);
-  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
-    return rv;
-
-  if ( clipboard ) 
-  {
-    // Create a transferable for putting data on the Clipboard
-    nsCOMPtr<nsITransferable> trans = do_CreateInstance(kCTransferableCID);
-    if ( trans ) 
-    {
-      if (bIsHTMLCopy)
-      {
-        // set up the data converter
-        nsCOMPtr<nsIFormatConverter> htmlConverter = do_CreateInstance(kHTMLConverterCID);
-        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(htmlConverter, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
-        trans->SetConverter(htmlConverter);
-      }
-      
-      // get wStrings to hold clip data
-      nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsWString> dataWrapper, contextWrapper, infoWrapper;
-      dataWrapper = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_WSTRING_CONTRACTID);
-      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(dataWrapper, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
-      if (bIsHTMLCopy)
-      {
-        contextWrapper = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_WSTRING_CONTRACTID);
-        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(contextWrapper, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
-        infoWrapper = do_CreateInstance(NS_SUPPORTS_WSTRING_CONTRACTID);
-        NS_ENSURE_TRUE(infoWrapper, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
-      }
-      
-      // populate the strings
-      dataWrapper->SetData ( NS_CONST_CAST(PRUnichar*,buffer.GetUnicode()) );
-      if (bIsHTMLCopy)
-      {
-        contextWrapper->SetData ( NS_CONST_CAST(PRUnichar*,parents.GetUnicode()) );
-        infoWrapper->SetData ( NS_CONST_CAST(PRUnichar*,info.GetUnicode()) );
-      }
-      
-      // QI the data object an |nsISupports| so that when the transferable holds
-      // onto it, it will addref the correct interface.
-      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> genericDataObj ( do_QueryInterface(dataWrapper) );
-      if (bIsHTMLCopy)
-      {
-        if (buffer.Length())
-        {
-          // Add the html DataFlavor to the transferable
-          trans->AddDataFlavor(kHTMLMime);
-          trans->SetTransferData(kHTMLMime, genericDataObj, buffer.Length()*2);
-        }
-        if (parents.Length())
-        {
-          // Add the htmlcontext DataFlavor to the transferable
-          trans->AddDataFlavor(kHTMLContext);
-          genericDataObj = do_QueryInterface(contextWrapper);
-          trans->SetTransferData(kHTMLContext, genericDataObj, parents.Length()*2);
-        }
-        if (info.Length())
-        {
-          // Add the htmlinfo DataFlavor to the transferable
-          trans->AddDataFlavor(kHTMLInfo);
-          genericDataObj = do_QueryInterface(infoWrapper);
-          trans->SetTransferData(kHTMLInfo, genericDataObj, info.Length()*2);
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if (buffer.Length())
-        {
-         // Add the unicode DataFlavor to the transferable
-          trans->AddDataFlavor(kUnicodeMime);
-          trans->SetTransferData(kUnicodeMime, genericDataObj, buffer.Length()*2);
-        }
-      }
-      // put the transferable on the clipboard
-      clipboard->SetData(trans, nsnull, aClipboardID);
-    }
-  }
-  return rv;
-}

mozilla/content/html/content/public/nsIHTMLContent.h

@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
- * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
- * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
- * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
- * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
- * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
- * rights and limitations under the License.
- *
- * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
- * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
- * Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s): 
- */
-#ifndef nsIHTMLContent_h___
-#define nsIHTMLContent_h___
-
-#include "nsIXMLContent.h"
-#include "nsHTMLValue.h"
-class nsString;
-class nsIFrame;
-class nsIStyleRule;
-class nsIMutableStyleContext;
-class nsIPresContext;
-class nsIHTMLMappedAttributes;
-class nsIURI;
-
-// IID for the nsIHTMLContent class
-#define NS_IHTMLCONTENT_IID   \
-{ 0xb9e110b0, 0x94d6, 0x11d1, \
-  {0x89, 0x5c, 0x00, 0x60, 0x08, 0x91, 0x1b, 0x81} }
-
-typedef void (*nsMapAttributesFunc)(const nsIHTMLMappedAttributes* aAttributes, 
-                                    nsIMutableStyleContext* aContext, 
-                                    nsIPresContext* aPresContext);
-
-// Abstract interface for all html content
-class nsIHTMLContent : public nsIXMLContent
-{
-public:
-  NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IHTMLCONTENT_IID)
-
-  /**
-   * If this html content is a container, then compact asks it to minimize
-   * it's storage usage.
-   */
-  NS_IMETHOD Compact() = 0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD SetHTMLAttribute(nsIAtom* aAttribute,
-                              const nsHTMLValue& aValue,
-                              PRBool aNotify) = 0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD GetHTMLAttribute(nsIAtom* aAttribute,
-                              nsHTMLValue& aValue) const = 0;
-  NS_IMETHOD GetAttributeMappingFunctions(nsMapAttributesFunc& aFontMapFunc,
-                                          nsMapAttributesFunc& aMapFunc) const = 0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD AttributeToString(nsIAtom* aAttribute,
-                               const nsHTMLValue& aValue,
-                               nsAWritableString& aResult) const = 0;
-
-  NS_IMETHOD StringToAttribute(nsIAtom* aAttribute,
-                               const nsAReadableString& aValue,
-                               nsHTMLValue& aResult) = 0;
-
-  /**
-   * Get the base URL for any relative URLs within this piece
-   * of content. Generally, this is the document's base URL,
-   * but certain content carries a local base for backward
-   * compatibility.
-   */
-  NS_IMETHOD GetBaseURL(nsIURI*& aBaseURL) const = 0;
-
-  /**
-   * Get the base target for any links within this piece
-   * of content. Generally, this is the document's base target,
-   * but certain content carries a local base for backward
-   * compatibility.
-   */
-  NS_IMETHOD GetBaseTarget(nsAWritableString& aBaseTarget) const = 0;
-};
-
-#endif /* nsIHTMLContent_h___ */

mozilla/include/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#! gmake
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# NPL.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+# Reserved.
+
+# 
+
+DEPTH	= ..
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/rules.mk

mozilla/include/abcom.h

@@ -0,0 +1,664 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef _AB_COM_H_
+#define _AB_COM_H_
+
+#include "xp_core.h"
+#include "msgcom.h"
+#include "abdefn.h"
+#include "dirprefs.h"
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+class AB_Pane;
+class AB_ContainerPane;
+class AB_ContainerInfo;
+class AB_MailingListPane;
+class AB_PersonPane;
+#else
+typedef struct AB_Pane AB_Pane;
+typedef struct AB_ContainerPane AB_ContainerPane;
+typedef struct AB_ContainerInfo AB_ContainerInfo;
+typedef struct AB_MailingListPane AB_MailingListPane;
+typedef struct AB_PersonPane AB_PersonPane;
+#endif
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+#define AB_API extern "C"
+
+#if defined(XP_MAC)
+#define FE_IMPLEMENTS_SHOW_PROPERTY_SHEET
+#endif
+
+const ABID AB_ABIDUNKNOWN = 0;   /* Find a better home for this somewhere! */
+
+/* new errors added by mscott for the 2 pane AB UI. I will eventually name this enumerated type AB_Error */
+enum
+{
+	AB_SUCCESS = 0,
+	AB_FAILURE,
+	AB_INVALID_PANE,
+	AB_INVALID_CONTAINER,
+	AB_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
+	AB_OUT_OF_MEMORY
+};
+
+/* these are the types of possible containers */
+typedef enum
+{
+	AB_LDAPContainer,
+	AB_MListContainer,       /* a mailing list */
+	AB_PABContainer          /* a personal AB */
+} AB_ContainerType;
+
+/* AB_ContainerAttributes define the types of information FEs can ask the BE about
+   a AB_ContainerInfo in the ABContainerPane. */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	attribContainerType,	/* mailing list? LDAP directory? PAB? */
+	attribName,				/* the name for the container */
+	attribNumChildren,		/* how many child containers does this container have? */
+	attribDepth,			/* container depth in the overall hierarchy. 0 == root ctr, 1 == one level below a root container, etc. */
+	attribContainerInfo		/* FEs might want to get the container Info * for a line in the container pane */
+} AB_ContainerAttribute;
+
+typedef struct AB_ContainerAttribValue
+{
+	AB_ContainerAttribute attrib;	/* used to determine value of the union */
+	union{
+		char * string;			   
+		int32 number;				/* used by numchildren & depth */
+		AB_ContainerType containerType;
+		AB_ContainerInfo * container;
+	} u;
+} AB_ContainerAttribValue;
+
+typedef enum 
+{
+	AB_Drag_Not_Allowed	= 0x00000000,
+	AB_Require_Copy		= 0x00000001,
+	AB_Require_Move		= 0x00000002,
+	AB_Default_Drag		= 0xFFFFFFFF
+} AB_DragEffect; 
+
+typedef enum 
+{ 
+		  AB_attribUnknown = 0,					/* unrecognized attribute */
+          AB_attribEntryType,					/* mailing list or person entry */ 
+		  AB_attribEntryID,
+          AB_attribFullName, 
+          AB_attribNickName, 
+          AB_attribGivenName,					/* all of the following are person entry specific */ 
+          AB_attribMiddleName, 
+          AB_attribFamilyName, 
+          AB_attribCompanyName, 
+          AB_attribLocality, 
+          AB_attribRegion, 
+          AB_attribEmailAddress, 
+          AB_attribInfo, 
+          AB_attribHTMLMail, 
+          AB_attribExpandedName, 
+          AB_attribTitle, 
+          AB_attribPOAddress, 
+          AB_attribStreetAddress, 
+          AB_attribZipCode, 
+          AB_attribCountry, 
+          AB_attribWorkPhone, 
+          AB_attribFaxPhone, 
+          AB_attribHomePhone, 
+          AB_attribDistName,       
+          AB_attribSecurity, 
+          AB_attribCoolAddress, 
+          AB_attribUseServer,
+		  AB_attribPager,
+		  AB_attribCellularPhone,
+		  AB_attribDisplayName,
+		  AB_attribWinCSID,			/* character set id */
+		  AB_attribOther			/* any attrib with this value or higher is always a string type (our dyanmic attributes) */
+} AB_AttribID;
+
+/* WARNING!!! WILL BE PHASING THIS STRUCTURE OUT!!!! */
+typedef struct AB_EntryAttributeItem{
+	AB_AttribID id;
+	char * description;  /* resource string specifying a user-readable descript for the attrib i.e. "First Name" */
+	XP_Bool sortable;    /* is this attribute sortable? (may help FEs display the column if they know if it can be sorted or not */
+}AB_EntryAttributeItem;
+
+typedef enum{
+	AB_MailingList = 0,
+	AB_Person
+} AB_EntryType;
+
+typedef struct AB_AttributeValue
+{
+	AB_AttribID attrib; /* we need this to know how to read the union */
+	union{
+		char * string;
+		XP_Bool boolValue;
+		AB_EntryType entryType;  /* mailing list or person entry */
+		int16 shortValue;			 /* use for server type or WinCSID field */
+	} u;
+} AB_AttributeValue;
+
+
+/* New Column ID structure used to abstract the columns in the AB_Pane used by the FEs from the attributes thos columns actually
+	represent. */
+typedef enum{
+	AB_ColumnID0 = 0,
+	AB_ColumnID1,
+	AB_ColumnID2,
+	AB_ColumnID3,
+	AB_ColumnID4,
+	AB_ColumnID5,
+	AB_ColumnID6,
+	AB_NumberOfColumns   /* make sure this is always the last one!! */
+} AB_ColumnID;
+
+typedef struct AB_ColumnInfo{
+	AB_AttribID attribID;   /* the attrib ID this column is displaying */
+	char * displayString;   /* column display string */
+	XP_Bool sortable;		/* is this column attribute sortable? i.e. phone number is not! */
+} AB_ColumnInfo;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************************************
+FE Call back functions. We'll show the types here...NOTE: FEs must now register their call back
+functions through these APIs so the back end knows which return to use. 
+ *********************************************************************************************/
+
+ /* FEs must register this function with the appropriate pane, it is called by the back end in 
+response to the following commands: AB_PropertiesCmd, AB_AddUserCmd, AB_AddMailingListCmd */
+
+/* typedef int AB_ShowPropertySheetForEntryFunc (MSG_Pane * pane, AB_EntryType entryType); */
+typedef int AB_ShowPropertySheetForEntryFunc (MSG_Pane * pane, MWContext * context);
+
+int AB_SetShowPropertySheetForEntryFunc(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		AB_ShowPropertySheetForEntryFunc * func);
+
+
+/* BE sets the type for the DIR_Server and hands it to the FEs to be displayed & filled out in a 
+pane. It is called by the back end in response to the following commands: AB_PropertiesCmd, 
+AB_NewLDAPDirectory, AB_NewAddressBook. */
+
+typedef int AB_ShowPropertySheetForDirFunc(DIR_Server * server, MWContext * context, XP_Bool newDirectory /* is it a new directory? */);
+
+int AB_SetShowPropertySheetForDirFunc(
+		MSG_Pane * abcPane,						/* container pane */
+		AB_ShowPropertySheetForDirFunc * func);
+
+
+/***************************************************************************************
+DON'T USE THIS FUNCTION!!!! THIS WILL BE PHASING OUT!!!!!! #mscott 01/21/98
+ This is a callback into the FE instructing them to bring up a person entry pane or a 
+ mailing list pane. The back end has already created the pane. A type is included to let the FE
+ determine if the pane is a mailing list or person entry pane. In addition, in the case of a mailing list
+ pane, the FE must still initialize the mailing list pane before it can be used 
+ ***************************************************************************************/
+#ifdef FE_IMPLEMENTS_SHOW_PROPERTY_SHEET
+extern int FE_ShowPropertySheetForAB2(
+	MSG_Pane * pane, /* BE created mailing list or person entry pane */
+	AB_EntryType entryType); /* mailing list or person entry */
+#endif
+
+/***************************************************************************************
+ None pane-specific APIs. These function work on many panes 
+ ***************************************************************************************/
+
+int AB_ClosePane(MSG_Pane * pane);
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+ Address Book Pane General APIs - creating, initializing, closing, changing containers,
+	searching, etc.
+*****************************************************************************************/
+
+int AB_CreateABPane(
+		MSG_Pane ** abPane,
+		MWContext * context,
+		MSG_Master * master);
+
+int AB_InitializeABPane(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		AB_ContainerInfo * abContainer);
+
+
+/* to change the container the abPane is currently displaying */
+int AB_ChangeABContainer(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		AB_ContainerInfo * container);   /* the new containerInfo to display */
+
+int AB_GetEntryIndex(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		ABID id,  /* entry id in the database */
+		MSG_ViewIndex * index); /* FE allocated, BE fills with index */
+
+int AB_GetABIDForIndex(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		MSG_ViewIndex index,
+		ABID * id);  /* FE allocated. BE fills with the id you want */
+
+int AB_SearchDirectoryAB2(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		char * searchString);
+
+int AB_LDAPSearchResultsAB2(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		MSG_ViewIndex index,
+		int32 num);
+
+int AB_FinishSearchAB2(MSG_Pane * abPane);
+
+int AB_CommandAB2(
+		MSG_Pane * srcPane,   /* NOTE: this can be a ABpane or an ABContainerPane!!! you can delete containers & entries */
+		AB_CommandType command, /* delete or mailto are the only currently supported commands */
+		MSG_ViewIndex * indices,
+		int32 numIndices);
+
+int AB_CommandStatusAB2(
+		MSG_Pane * srcPane,    /* NOTE: Can be an ABPane or an ABContainerPane!! */
+		AB_CommandType command,
+		MSG_ViewIndex * indices,
+		int32 numIndices,
+		XP_Bool * selectable_p,
+		MSG_COMMAND_CHECK_STATE * selected_p,
+		const char ** displayString,
+		XP_Bool * plural_p);
+
+/* still need to add registering and unregistering compose windows */
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+ AB_ContainerInfo General APIs - adding users and a sender. Doesn't require a pane.
+*****************************************************************************************/
+int AB_AddUserAB2(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * abContainer, /* the container to add the person to */
+		AB_AttributeValue * values, /* FE defined array of attribute values for the new user. FE must free this array */
+		uint16 numItems,
+		ABID * entryID);			   /* BE returns the ABID for this new user */
+
+int AB_AddUserWithUIAB2(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * abContainer,
+		AB_AttributeValue * values,
+		uint16 numItems,
+		XP_Bool lastOneToAdd);
+
+int AB_AddSenderAB2(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * abContainer,
+		char * author,
+		char * url);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+Drag and Drop Related APIs - vcards, ab lines, containers, etc. 
+*****************************************************************************************/
+
+int AB_DragEntriesIntoContainer(
+		MSG_Pane * srcPane,				/* could be an ABPane or ABCPane */
+		const MSG_ViewIndex * srcIndices,  /* indices of items to be dragged */
+		int32 numIndices,
+		AB_ContainerInfo * destContainer,
+		AB_DragEffect request);         /* copy or move? */
+
+/* FE's should call this function to determine if the drag & drop they want to perform is
+   valid or not. I would recommend calling it before the FE actually performs the drag & drop call */
+AB_DragEffect AB_DragEntriesIntoContainerStatus(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		const MSG_ViewIndex * indices,
+		int32 numIndices,
+		AB_ContainerInfo * destContainer,
+		AB_DragEffect request);        /* do you want to do a move? a copy? default drag? */
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+Importing and Exporting - ABs from files, vcards...
+*****************************************************************************************/
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	AB_Filename,      /* char * in import and export APIs contain an FE allocated/freed filename */
+	AB_PromptForFileName, /* prompt for file name on import or export */
+	AB_Vcard,        
+	AB_CommaList,    /* comma separated list of email addresses */
+	AB_RawData       /* we don't know what it is, will try to extract email addresses */
+} AB_ImportExportType;  
+
+int AB_ImportData(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * destContainer,
+		const char * buffer, /* could be a filename or NULL (if type = prompt for filename) or a block of data to be imported */
+		int32 bufSize, /* how big is the buffer? */
+		AB_ImportExportType dataType); /* valid types: All */
+
+/* returns TRUE if the container accepts imports of the data type and FALSE otherwise */
+XP_Bool AB_ImportDataStatus(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * destContainer,
+		AB_ImportExportType dataType);
+
+/* exporting always occurs to a file unless the data type is vcard. Only valid export data types are: vcard, 
+   filename, prompt for filename */
+
+int AB_ExportData(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * srcContainer,
+		char ** buffer, /* filename or NULL. Or if type = Vcard, the BE allocated vcard. FE responosible for freeing it?? */
+		int32 * bufSize, /* ignored unless VCard is data type in which case FE allocates, BE fills */
+		AB_ImportExportType dataType); /* valid types: filename, prompt for filename, vcard */
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+ABContainer Pane --> Creation, Loading, getting line data for each container. 
+*****************************************************************************************/
+int AB_CreateContainerPane(
+		MSG_Pane ** abContainerPane, /* BE will pass back ptr to pane through this */
+		MWContext * context,
+		MSG_Master * master);
+
+int  AB_InitializeContainerPane(MSG_Pane * abContainerPane);
+
+/* this will return MSG_VIEWINDEXNONE if the container info is not in the pane */
+MSG_ViewIndex AB_GetIndexForContainer(
+		MSG_Pane * abContainerPane,
+		AB_ContainerInfo * container);   /* container you want the index for */ 
+
+/* this will return NULL if the index is invalid */
+AB_ContainerInfo * AB_GetContainerForIndex(
+		MSG_Pane * abContainerPane,
+		const MSG_ViewIndex index);
+
+/* the following set of APIs support getting/setting container pane line data out such as the container's
+   name, type, etc. We are going to try a particular discipline for memory management of AB_ContainerAttribValues.
+   For APIs which get an attribute value, the BE will actually allocate the struct. To free the space, the FE should
+   call AB_FreeContainerAttribValue. For any API which sets an attribute value, the FE is responsible for allocating and
+   de-allocating the data. */
+
+int AB_GetContainerAttributeForPane(
+		MSG_Pane * abContainerPane,
+		MSG_ViewIndex index,			  /* index of container you want information for */
+		AB_ContainerAttribute attrib,     /* attribute FE wants to know */
+		AB_ContainerAttribValue ** value);  /* BE allocates struct. FE should call AB_FreeContainerAttribValue to free space when done */
+
+int AB_SetContainerAttributeForPane(
+		MSG_Pane * abContainerPane,
+		MSG_ViewIndex index,
+		AB_ContainerAttribValue * value); /* FE handles all memory allocation! */
+
+int AB_GetContainerAttribute(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * ctr,
+		AB_ContainerAttribute attrib,
+		AB_ContainerAttribValue ** value); /* BE allocates struct. FE should call AB_FreeContainerAttribValue to free space when donee */
+
+int AB_SetContainerAttribute(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * ctr,
+		AB_ContainerAttribValue * value); /* FE handles all memory allocateion / deallocation! */
+
+int AB_GetContainerAttributes(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * ctr,
+		AB_ContainerAttribute * attribsArray,
+		AB_ContainerAttribValue ** valuesArray,
+		uint16 * numItems);
+
+int AB_SetContainerAttributes(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * ctr,
+		AB_ContainerAttribValue * valuesArray,
+		uint16 numItems);
+
+/* getting and setting multiple container attributes on a per container pane basis */
+int AB_GetContainerAttributesForPane(
+		MSG_Pane * abContainerPane,
+		MSG_ViewIndex index,
+		AB_ContainerAttribute * attribsArray,
+		AB_ContainerAttribValue ** valuesArray,
+		uint16 * numItems);
+
+int AB_SetContainerAttributesForPane(
+		MSG_Pane * abContainerPane,
+		MSG_ViewIndex index,
+		AB_ContainerAttribValue * valuesArray,
+		uint16 numItems);
+
+int AB_FreeContainerAttribValue(AB_ContainerAttribValue * value);  /* BE will free the attribute value */
+
+int AB_FreeContainerAttribValues(AB_ContainerAttribValue * valuesArray, uint16 numItems);
+
+XP_Bool AB_IsStringContainerAttribValue(AB_ContainerAttribValue * value); /* use this to determine if your attrib is a string attrib */
+
+
+/* Use the following two functions to build the combo box in the Address Window of all the root level containers.
+	You first ask for the number of root level (PABs and LDAP directories). Use this number to allocate an array of
+	AB_ContainerInfo ptrs. Give this array to the back end and we will fill it. FE can destroy array when done with it.
+	FE shoud NOT be deleting the individual AB_ContainerInfo ptrs. */
+
+int AB_GetNumRootContainers(
+		MSG_Pane * abContainerPane,
+		int32 * numRootContainers);
+
+int AB_GetOrderedRootContainers(
+		MSG_Pane * abContainerPane,
+		AB_ContainerInfo ** ctrArray, /* FE Allocated & Freed */
+		int32 * numCtrs); /* in - # of elements in ctrArray. out - BE fills with # root containers stored in ctrArray */
+
+/* sometimes you want to get a handle on the DIR_Sever for a particular container. Both return NULL if for some
+   reason there wasn't a DIR_Server. If the container is a mailing list, returns DIR_Server of the PAB the list is in. 
+   NOTE: If you modify any of the DIR_Server properties, you should call AB_UpdateDIRServerForContainer to make sure that the container
+   (and hence any pane views on the container) are updated */ 
+
+DIR_Server * AB_GetDirServerForContainer(AB_ContainerInfo * container);
+
+/* Please don't call this function. It is going away!!! Use AB_UpdateDirServerForContainerPane instead!! */
+int AB_UpdateDIRServerForContainer(AB_ContainerInfo * container);
+
+/* will create a new container in the container pane if the directory does not already exist. Otherwise updates the
+   directory's container in the pane */
+int AB_UpdateDIRServerForContainerPane(
+		MSG_Pane * abContainerPane,
+		DIR_Server * directory);
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************************************************
+ Old Column Header APIs. These will be phased out!!! Please don't use them
+ ******************************************************************************************************************/
+
+int AB_GetNumEntryAttributesForContainer(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * container,
+		uint16 * numItems);  /* BE will fill this integer with the number of available attributes for the container */
+
+int AB_GetEntryAttributesForContainer(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * container,
+		AB_EntryAttributeItem * items, /* FE allocated array which BE fills with values */
+		uint16 * maxItems);   /* FE passes in # elements allocated in array. BE returns # elements filled in array */
+
+/********************************************************************************************************************
+ Our New Column Header APIs. We'll be phasing out AB_GetNumEntryAttributesForContainer and AB_GetEntryAttributesForContainer
+ ********************************************************************************************************************/
+
+AB_ColumnInfo * AB_GetColumnInfo(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * container,
+		AB_ColumnID columnID);
+
+int AB_GetNumColumnsForContainer(AB_ContainerInfo * container);
+
+int AB_GetColumnAttribIDs(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * container, 
+		AB_AttribID * attribIDs, /* FE allocated array of attribs. BE fills with values */
+		int * numAttribs);       /* FE passes in # elements allocated in array. BE returns # elements filled */
+
+int AB_FreeColumnInfo(AB_ColumnInfo * columnInfo);
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+AB Pane List Data -> how to get ab pane line attributes such as name, address, phone, etc.
+*****************************************************************************************/
+
+/* to actually get an entry attribute */ 
+
+int AB_GetEntryAttributeForPane(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		MSG_ViewIndex index,
+		AB_AttribID attrib,            /* what attribute do you want? */
+		AB_AttributeValue ** valueArray);     /* BE handles memory allocation. FE must call AB_FreeEntryAttributeValue when done */
+
+int AB_GetEntryAttribute( 
+		AB_ContainerInfo * container, 
+		ABID entryid,               /* an identifier or key used to name the object in the container */ 
+		AB_AttribID attrib,        /* attribute type the FE wants to know */ 
+		AB_AttributeValue ** valueArray);   /* BE handles memory allocation. FE must call AB_FreeEntryAttributeValue when done */
+
+int AB_SetEntryAttribute( 
+		AB_ContainerInfo * container,
+		ABID entryid,               /* an identifier or key used to name the object in the container */ 
+		AB_AttributeValue * value);   /* FE handles all memory allocation */
+
+int AB_SetEntryAttributeForPane( 
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		MSG_ViewIndex index,
+		AB_AttributeValue * value);   /* FE handles all memory allocation */
+
+/* we also allow you to set entry attributes in batch by passing in an array of attribute values */
+int AB_SetEntryAttributes(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * container,
+		ABID entryID,
+		AB_AttributeValue * valuesArray, /* FE allocated array of attribute values to set */
+		uint16 numItems);  /* FE passes in # items in array */
+
+int AB_SetEntryAttributesForPane(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		MSG_ViewIndex index,
+		AB_AttributeValue * valuesArray,
+		uint16 numItems);
+
+int AB_GetEntryAttributes(
+		AB_ContainerInfo * container,
+		ABID entryID,
+		AB_AttribID * attribs, /* FE allocated array of attribs that you want */
+		AB_AttributeValue ** values, /* BE allocates & fills an array of values for the input array of attribs */
+		uint16 * numItems);  /* IN: size of attribs array. OUT: # of values in value array */
+
+int AB_GetEntryAttributesForPane(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		MSG_ViewIndex index,
+		AB_AttribID * attribs, /* FE allocated array of attribs that you want */
+		AB_AttributeValue ** values,
+		uint16 * numItems);
+
+/* Memory allocation APIs for setting/getting entry attribute values */
+int AB_FreeEntryAttributeValue(AB_AttributeValue  * value /* pointer to a value */); 
+int AB_FreeEntryAttributeValues(AB_AttributeValue * values /* array of values */, uint16 numItems);
+
+int AB_CopyEntryAttributeValue(
+		AB_AttributeValue * srcValue, /* already allocated attribute value you want to copy from */
+		AB_AttributeValue * destValue); /* already allocated attribute value you want to copy into */
+
+XP_Bool AB_IsStringEntryAttributeValue(AB_AttributeValue * value);
+
+/****************************************************************************************
+Sorting 
+*****************************************************************************************/
+
+/* sorting by first name is a global setting. It is set per abPane and does not change
+    when you load a new container into the abPane */
+
+XP_Bool AB_GetSortByFirstNameAB2(MSG_Pane * abPane);  /* is the pane sorting by first name? */
+
+void AB_SortByFirstNameAB2(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		XP_Bool sortByFirstName);   /* true for sort by first, false for last first */
+
+/* Insert our sort by column stuff here */
+int AB_SortByAttribute(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		AB_AttribID id,				/* attribute we want to sort by */
+		XP_Bool sortAscending);
+
+int AB_GetPaneSortedByAB2(
+		MSG_Pane * abPane,
+		AB_AttribID * attribID);  /* BE fills with the attribute we are sorting by */
+
+
+XP_Bool AB_GetPaneSortedAscendingAB2(MSG_Pane * abPane);
+
+/*****************************************************************************************
+ APIs for the Mailing List Pane. In addition to these, the mailing list pane responds to 
+ previous AB APIs such as AB_Close, MSG_GetNumLines(). 
+ ****************************************************************************************/
+int AB_InitializeMailingListPaneAB2(MSG_Pane * mailingListPane);
+
+AB_ContainerInfo * AB_GetContainerForMailingList(MSG_Pane * mailingListPane); 
+
+/* this could return ABID = 0 for a new entry that is not in the database */
+ABID AB_GetABIDForMailingListIndex(
+		MSG_Pane * mailingListPane,
+		const MSG_ViewIndex index);
+
+MSG_ViewIndex AB_GetMailingListIndexForABID(
+		MSG_Pane * mailingListPane,
+		ABID entryID); /* this function could return MSG_VIEWINDEXNONE if entryID = 0 or not in list */
+
+/* Use these two APIs to get Mailing List ENTRY attributes (i.e. people or other mailing list attributes in this mailing list) */
+int AB_SetMailingListEntryAttributes(
+		MSG_Pane * pane,
+		const MSG_ViewIndex index,
+		AB_AttributeValue * valuesArray, /* FE allocated array of attribute values you want to set */
+		uint16 numItems);
+
+int AB_GetMailingListEntryAttributes(
+		MSG_Pane * mailingListPane, 
+		const MSG_ViewIndex index,
+		AB_AttribID * attribs, /* FE allocated & freed array of attribs you want */
+		AB_AttributeValue ** values, /* BE allocates & fills values for the input array of attribs */
+		uint16 * numItems); /* FE provides # attribs in array. BE fills with # values returned in values */
+
+/* Use these two APIs to Set and Get the Mailing List properties. */
+int AB_GetMailingListAttributes(
+		MSG_Pane * mailingListPane,
+		AB_AttribID * attribs,			/* FE allocated array of attribs */
+		AB_AttributeValue ** values,  /* BE allocates & fills values. FE must call a free to the back end */
+		uint16 * numItems);
+		
+int AB_SetMailingListAttributes(
+		MSG_Pane * mailingListPane, 
+		AB_AttributeValue * valuesArray, /* FE allocated array of attribute values you want to set */
+		uint16 numItems);
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************************
+APIs for the person entry pane aka the person property sheets. The person entry pane is created 
+by the back end and given to the front end in the call FE_ShowPropertySheetFor. In the current
+incarnation, person atributes are set and retrieved through the person entry pane and NOT through
+the AB_ContainerInfo the person is in. If you "cheat" and go through the container directly, you may
+not be getting the correct information. When the person entry pane is committed, the changes are pushed
+back into the container. During the commit process, if it is a new person then a new entry is made in the
+database.
+********************************************************************************************/
+AB_ContainerInfo * AB_GetContainerForPerson(MSG_Pane * personPane);
+
+ABID AB_GetABIDForPerson(MSG_Pane * personPane); /* could return 0 if new user */
+
+/* get and set the person attributes here */
+int AB_SetPersonEntryAttributes(
+		MSG_Pane * personPane,
+		AB_AttributeValue * valuesArray,
+		uint16 numItems);
+
+int AB_GetPersonEntryAttributes(
+		MSG_Pane * personPane,
+		AB_AttribID * attribs, /* FE allocted & freed array of attribs they want */
+		AB_AttributeValue ** values, /* BE allocates & fills values */
+		uint16 * numItems); /* in - FE provides # of attribs. out - BE fills with # values */
+
+int AB_CommitChanges(MSG_Pane * pane); /* commits changes to a mailing list pane or a person entry pane! */
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* _AB_COM_H */

mozilla/include/abdefn.h

@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ABDefn_H_
+#define	_ABDefn_H_
+
+/*  max lengths for address book fields */
+const int kMaxFullNameLength 		= 256;	/* common name */
+const int kMaxNameLength 			= 64;	/* given, middle, family */
+const int kMaxCompanyLength			= 128;	/* company name */
+const int kMaxLocalityLength		= 128;	/* city */
+const int kMaxRegionLength			= 128;	/* state */
+const int kMaxCountryLength			= 128;	/* state */
+const int kMaxEmailAddressLength 	= 256;
+const int kMaxInfo					= 1024;
+const int kMaxTitle					= 64;
+const int kMaxAddress				= 128;
+const int kMaxZipCode				= 40;
+const int kMaxPhone					= 32;
+const int32 kMaxDN					= 32768;
+const int kMaxCoolAddress			= 256;
+const int kMaxAddressEntry			= 1000;
+
+const short kDefaultDLS = 0;
+const short kSpecificDLS = 1;
+const short kHostOrIPAddress = 2;
+
+typedef uint32 ABID;
+
+/* This structure represents a single line in the address book pane
+ */
+typedef struct AB_EntryLineTag
+{
+	ABID		entryType; 		/* type of entry either person or list */
+	char		fullname[256];
+	char		emailAddress[256];
+	char		companyName[128];
+	char		nickname[64];
+	char		locality[128];
+	char		workPhone[32];
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+public:
+        void Initialize();
+#endif
+} AB_EntryLine;
+
+typedef struct PersonEntryTag {
+	char * pNickName;
+	char * pGivenName;
+	char * pMiddleName;
+	char * pFamilyName;
+	char * pCompanyName;
+	char * pLocality;
+	char * pRegion;
+	char * pEmailAddress;
+	char * pInfo;
+	XP_Bool	HTMLmail;
+	char * pTitle;
+	char * pPOAddress;
+	char * pAddress;
+	char * pZipCode;
+	char * pCountry;
+	char * pWorkPhone;
+	char * pFaxPhone;
+	char * pHomePhone;
+	char * pDistName;
+	short  Security;
+	char * pCoolAddress;
+	short  UseServer;
+	int16  WinCSID;
+
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+public:
+        void Initialize();
+		void CleanUp();
+#endif
+} PersonEntry; 
+
+
+typedef struct MailingListEntryTag {
+	char * pFullName;
+	char * pNickName;
+	char * pInfo;
+	char * pDistName;
+	int16  WinCSID;
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+
+public: 
+	void Initialize();
+	void CleanUp();
+#endif
+} MailingListEntry;  
+
+const ABID	ABTypeAll		= 35;
+const ABID	ABTypePerson	= 36;
+const ABID  ABTypeList		= 37;
+
+const unsigned long	ABTypeEntry			= 0x70634944;	/* ASCII - 'pcID' */
+const unsigned long	ABFullName			= 0x636E2020;	/* ASCII - 'cn  ' */
+const unsigned long	ABNickname			= 0x6E69636B;	/* ASCII - 'nick' */
+const unsigned long	ABEmailAddress		= 0x6D61696C;	/* ASCII - 'mail' */
+const unsigned long	ABLocality			= 0x6C6F6320;	/* ASCII - 'loc ' */
+const unsigned long	ABCompany			= 0x6F726720;	/* ASCII - 'org ' */
+
+/* defines for vcard support */
+#define	vCardClipboardFormat		"+//ISBN 1-887687-00-9::versit::PDI//vCard"
+#define vCardMimeFormat				"text/x-vcard"
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ 
+  /* FILE MENU
+	 =========
+   */
+  AB_NewMessageCmd,				/* Send a new message to the selected entries */
+
+  AB_ImportCmd,					/* import a file into the address book */
+
+  AB_SaveCmd,					/* export to a file */
+
+  AB_CloseCmd,					/* close the address book window */
+
+  AB_NewAddressBook,			/* Create a new personal address book */
+
+  AB_NewLDAPDirectory,			/* Create a new LDAP directory */
+
+
+  /* EDIT MENU
+	 =========
+   */
+
+  AB_UndoCmd,					/* Undoes the last operation. */
+
+  AB_RedoCmd,					/* Redoes the last undone operation. */
+
+  AB_DeleteCmd,					/* Causes the given entries to be
+								   deleted. */
+
+  AB_DeleteAllCmd,				/* Causes all occurrences of the given entries to be deleted. */
+
+  AB_LDAPSearchCmd,				/* Perform an LDAP search */
+
+
+  /* VIEW/SORT MENUS
+	 ===============
+   */
+
+  AB_SortByTypeCmd,				/* Sort alphabetized by type. */
+  AB_SortByFullNameCmd,			/* Sort alphabetizedby full name. */
+  AB_SortByLocality,			/* Sort by state */
+  AB_SortByNickname,			/* Sort by nickname */
+  AB_SortByEmailAddress,		/* Sort by email address */
+  AB_SortByCompanyName,			/* Sort by email address */
+  AB_SortAscending,				/* Sort current column ascending */
+  AB_SortDescending,			/* Sort current column descending */
+
+  /* these are the new sort command IDs added for the 2 pane AB. Use these instead of the previous ones...*/
+  AB_SortByColumnID0,
+  AB_SortByColumnID1,
+  AB_SortByColumnID2,
+  AB_SortByColumnID3,
+  AB_SortByColumnID4,
+  AB_SortByColumnID5,
+  AB_SortByColumnID6,
+
+  /* ITEM MENU
+	 ============
+   */
+
+   AB_AddUserCmd,				/* Add a user to the address book */
+   AB_AddMailingListCmd,		/* Add a mailing list to the address book */
+   AB_PropertiesCmd,			/* Get the properties of an entry */
+   AB_CallCmd,					/* Call the entry using CallPoint */
+
+   AB_ImportLdapEntriesCmd,		/* Add a user to the AB from an LDAP directory */
+
+   /* Mailing List Pane Specific Commands!!! */
+   AB_InsertLineCmd,			/* Insert a blank entry line into the mailing list pane */
+   AB_ReplaceLineCmd			/* Replace the entry in the mailing list pane with a blank entry */
+
+} AB_CommandType;
+
+#endif

mozilla/include/addrbook.h

@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AddrBook_H_
+#define	_AddrBook_H_
+
+#include "xp_core.h"
+#include "msgcom.h"
+#include "abdefn.h"
+#include "dirprefs.h"
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+class MLPane;
+class ABPane;
+class AddressPane;
+class ABook;
+#else
+typedef struct MLPane MLPane;
+typedef struct ABPane ABPane;
+typedef struct AddressPane AddressPane;
+typedef struct ABook ABook;
+#endif
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+#define AB_kGromitDbFileName "da5id.nab"
+#define AB_CONFIG_USE_GROMIT_FILE_FORMAT 1
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Get the address book .*/
+/****************************************************************************/
+ABook* FE_GetAddressBook(MSG_Pane* pane);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* This is a callback into the FE to bring up a modal property sheet */
+/* for modifying an existing entry or creating a new one from a */
+/* person structure. If entryId != MSG_MESSAGEIDNONE then it is the */
+/* entryID of the entry to modify.  Each FE should Return TRUE if the user */
+/* hit ok return FALSE if they hit cancel and return -1 if there was a */
+/* problem creating the window or something */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int FE_ShowPropertySheetFor (MWContext* context, ABID entryID, 
+		PersonEntry* pPerson);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Return whether or not to attach the users */
+/* vcard to outgoing messages */
+/****************************************************************************/
+XP_Bool AB_AttachUsersvCard(void);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Convert the address book error code to  .*/
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ConvertABErrToMKErr(uint32 err); 
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Create and initialize the address book pane which is the a view on an */
+/* address book. It will provide a sorted list of all the address book */
+/* entries ids . This is intended to be used in a two step */
+/* process of create and then initialize */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_InitAddressBookPane(ABPane** ppABookPane, 
+								DIR_Server* dir,
+								ABook* pABook,
+								MWContext* context,
+								MSG_Master* master,
+								unsigned long sortBy,
+								XP_Bool sortForward);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Create the address book pane which is the a view on an */
+/* address book. */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_CreateAddressBookPane(ABPane** ppABookPane, 
+								MWContext* context,
+								MSG_Master* master);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Initialize the address book pane which is the a view on an */
+/* address book. It will provide a sorted list of all the address book */
+/* entries ids .*/
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_InitializeAddressBookPane(ABPane* ppABookPane, 
+								DIR_Server* dir,
+								ABook* pABook,
+								unsigned long sortBy,
+								XP_Bool sortForward);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Close the address book pane. Called when the view on an address book */
+/* is being closed */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_CloseAddressBookPane(ABPane** ppABookPane);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Create and initialize a mailing list pane which is the a view on an */
+/* mailing list. It will provide a sorted view of all the entries in a */
+/* mailing list. This is intended to be used in as a one one step process */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_InitMailingListPane(MLPane** ppABookPane, 
+ 								ABID* listID,
+								DIR_Server* dir,
+								ABook* pABook,
+								MWContext* context,
+								MSG_Master* master,
+								unsigned long sortBy,
+								XP_Bool sortForward);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Create a mailing list pane which is the a view on an */
+/* mailing list. This is intended to be used in a two step */
+/* process of create and then initialize */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_CreateMailingListPane(MLPane** ppABookPane, 
+								MWContext* context,
+								MSG_Master* master);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Initialize a mailing list pane which is the a view on an */
+/* mailing list. It will provide a sorted view of all the entries in a */
+/* mailing list.*/
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_InitializeMailingListPane(MLPane* pABookPane, 
+ 								ABID* listID,
+								DIR_Server* dir,
+								ABook* pABook);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Close the mailing list pane. Called when the view on an mailing list */
+/* is being closed */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_CloseMailingListPane(MLPane** ppMLPane);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Register a compose window with the address book */
+/* The composition pane should do this everytime it opens */
+/* so that name completion can take place */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_RegisterComposeWindow(ABook* pABook, DIR_Server* directory);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Unregister a compose window with the address book */
+/* The composition pane should do this when it is getting closed */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_UnregisterComposeWindow(ABook* pABook, DIR_Server* directory);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Change the Current directory */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ChangeDirectory(ABPane* pABookPane, DIR_Server* directory);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Begin a search on the LDAP directory */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_SearchDirectory(ABPane* pABookPane, char* searchString);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Process LDAP search results*/
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_LDAPSearchResults(ABPane* pABookPane, MSG_ViewIndex index, int32 num);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Finish an LDAP search */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_FinishSearch(ABPane* pABookPane, MWContext* context);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Create and initialize the address book database */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_InitAddressBook(DIR_Server* directory, ABook** ppABook);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Create and initialize the address book database */
+/* upgrading the old html address book if we need to*/
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_InitializeAddressBook(DIR_Server* directory, ABook** ppABook,
+	const char * pOldHTMLBook);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Close the address book database */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_CloseAddressBook(ABook** ppABook);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Add a person entry to the database */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_AddUser(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, PersonEntry* pPerson, 
+			   ABID* entryID);
+int AB_AddUserWithUI (MWContext *context, PersonEntry *person,
+					  DIR_Server *pab, XP_Bool lastOneToAdd);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Add an entry to the database from a url*/
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_AddSenderToAddBook(ABook* pABook, MWContext* context, char* author, 
+						  char* url);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Add a mailing list to the database */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_AddMailingList(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, 
+					  MailingListEntry* pABList, ABID* entryID);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Perform a command on the selected indices */
+/* Right now this will only work on delete and mail to */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_Command (ABPane* pane, AB_CommandType command,
+				 MSG_ViewIndex* indices, int32 numindices);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Before the front end displays any menu (each time), it should call this */
+/* function for each command on that menu to determine how it should be */
+/* displayed. */
+/****************************************************************************/
+ int AB_CommandStatus (ABPane* pane,
+						  AB_CommandType command,
+						  MSG_ViewIndex* indices, int32 numindices,
+						  XP_Bool *selectable_p,
+						  MSG_COMMAND_CHECK_STATE *selected_p,
+						  const char **display_string,
+						  XP_Bool *plural_p);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Get and Set how full names are constructed for people entries */
+/* first last or last first */
+/****************************************************************************/
+XP_Bool AB_GetSortByFirstName(ABook* pABook);
+void	AB_SetSortByFirstName(ABook* pABook, XP_Bool sortby);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Import Export various formats that will prompt for filename */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ImportFromFile(ABPane* pABookPane, MWContext* context);
+int AB_ExportToFile(ABPane* pABookPane, MWContext* context);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* This is only used right now for drop/paste of a vcard */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ImportFromVcard(AddressPane* pABookPane, const char* pVcard);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* This is only used right now for drop of a vcard */
+/* It it a helper function that can be called by the FE to */
+/* convert a vcard to an valid rfc822 address that can be used */
+/* in the address widget of the compose window */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ConvertVCardsToExpandedName(ABook* pABook, const char* vCardString, 
+		XP_List ** ppEntries, int32 * numEntries);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Import Export various formats that wont do any prompting */
+/* This is needed for the command line interface and automatic upgrading */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ImportFromFileNamed(ABook* pABook, char* filename);
+int AB_ExportToFileNamed(ABook* pABook, char* filename);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* This function is only called from the backend. */
+/* It is used to process the addbook url that is only used in mimevcrd.c */
+/* It probably will never be called by an FE */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ImportFromVcardURL(ABook* pABook, MWContext* context, const char* pVcard);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* This will create a buffer with a vcard in it.  It is used for constructing */
+/* a buffer that can be used in drag/drop or copy to the clipboard */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ExportToVCard(ABook* pABook, DIR_Server* dir, ABID entryID, 
+					 char** ppVcard);
+int AB_ExportToVCardFromPerson(ABook* pABook, PersonEntry* pPerson, 
+					 char** ppVcard);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* This will create a temp file for a vcard.  This function is only called */
+/* from the backend compose window for constructing a vcard attachment */
+/* It probably will never be called by an FE */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ExportToVCardTempFile(ABook* pABook, DIR_Server* dir, ABID entryID, 
+							 char** filename);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Operations on panes/view */
+/****************************************************************************/
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Get the unique database id at a particular pane index */
+/****************************************************************************/
+ABID	AB_GetEntryIDAt(AddressPane* pABookPane, uint32 index);
+uint32	AB_GetIndexOfEntryID (AddressPane* pABookPane, ABID entryID);
+int		AB_GetEntryLine (ABPane * pABookPane, uint32 index,
+					 AB_EntryLine * pEntryLine);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Get info about how a pane is sorted */
+/****************************************************************************/
+XP_Bool AB_GetPaneSortedAscending(ABPane * pABookPane);
+ABID AB_GetPaneSortedBy(ABPane * pABookPane);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Get number of entries */
+/* For the address book you can ask for ALL, people, or mailing lists */
+/* For mailing list panes you will only be returned ALL */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_GetEntryCount(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, uint32* count, 
+					   ABID etype, ABID listID);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Modify information for an entry (person or mailing list) */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ModifyUser(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, PersonEntry* pPerson);
+int AB_ModifyMailingList(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, 
+						 MailingListEntry* pEntry);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Modify information for a mailing list that has been modified */
+/* but not committed in a mailing list pane */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ModifyMailingListAndEntries(MLPane* pMLPane, MailingListEntry* pABList);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Modify information for a mailing list that has been modified */
+/* but not committed in a mailing list pane.  Some of the error checking */
+/* that was perfomed in add/replace in a mailing list had to be moved to */
+/* here.  The fe's should be calling this function instead of the one above */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_ModifyMailingListAndEntriesWithChecks(MLPane* pMLPane, MailingListEntry* pList,
+	MSG_ViewIndex *index, MSG_ViewIndex begIndex);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Get information for every entry (person or mailing list) */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_GetType(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, ABID* type);
+int AB_GetFullName(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pname);
+int AB_GetNickname(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pname);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Get information for every person entry */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_GetGivenName(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pname);
+int AB_GetMiddleName(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pname);
+int AB_GetFamilyName(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pname);
+int AB_GetCompanyName(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pname);
+int AB_GetLocality(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pname);
+int AB_GetRegion(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pname);
+int AB_GetEmailAddress(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* paddress);
+int AB_GetInfo(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pinfo);
+int AB_GetHTMLMail(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, XP_Bool* pHTML);
+int AB_GetExpandedName(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char** pname);
+int AB_GetTitle(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* ptitle);
+int AB_GetPOAddress(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* ppoaddress);
+int AB_GetStreetAddress(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pstreet);
+int AB_GetZipCode(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pzip);
+int AB_GetCountry(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pcountry);
+int AB_GetWorkPhone(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pphone);
+int AB_GetFaxPhone(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pphone);
+int AB_GetHomePhone(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pphone);
+int AB_GetDistName(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* pname);
+int AB_GetSecurity(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, short* security);
+int AB_GetCoolAddress(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, char* paddress);
+int AB_GetUseServer(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID entryID, short* use);
+
+int AB_GetEntryIDForPerson(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, ABID* entryID, 
+						   PersonEntry* pPerson);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Add/Remove entries for a mailing list */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_GetEntryCountInMailingList(MLPane* pMLPane, uint32* count);
+int AB_AddIDToMailingListAt(MLPane* pMLPane, ABID entryID, MSG_ViewIndex index);
+int AB_RemoveIDFromMailingListAt(MLPane* pMLPane, MSG_ViewIndex index);
+int AB_ReplaceIDInMailingListAt(MLPane* pMLPane, ABID entryID, MSG_ViewIndex index);
+int AB_AddPersonToMailingListAt(MLPane* pMLPane, PersonEntry* person, 
+								MSG_ViewIndex index, ABID* entryID);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Find index to first entry in a pane that matches the typedown */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_GetIndexMatchingTypedown(ABPane* pABookPane, 
+	MSG_ViewIndex* index, const char* aValue, MSG_ViewIndex startIndex);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Return the id of the name/nickname entries that match a string.  If we */
+/* find a nickname that uniquely matches then return otherwise check the */
+/* full name field. */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_GetIDForNameCompletion(ABook* pABook, DIR_Server* dir, ABID* entryID, 
+							 ABID* field, const char* aValue);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Return a string of expanded addresses from the address book */
+/****************************************************************************/
+char* AB_ExpandHeaderString(ABook* pABook, const char* addresses, 
+							  XP_Bool expandfull);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* Return the ids of mailing lists that a entry is a member of */
+/* This was mentioned at one time as a requirement in the ui but it may */
+/* go away */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_GetMailingListsContainingID(ABook* pABook, MSG_ViewIndex* plist, 
+									 ABID entryID);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* This should not be called by any of the fes.  I placed it here so it */
+/* could be called in the backend by other functions such as those in libmsg */
+/* This allows for an increase in performance when adding a bunch of entries */
+/* to the database */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_SetIsImporting(ABook* pABook, XP_Bool isImporting);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* This should not be called by any of the fes.  I placed it here so it */
+/* could be called in the backend by other functions in libmsg */
+/* This will set the wantsHTML boolean to be set for all address book */
+/* entries with that match the name and email address. */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_SetHTMLForPerson(DIR_Server* dir, ABook* pABook, PersonEntry* pPerson);
+
+/****************************************************************************/
+/* This should not be called by any of the fes.  I placed it here so it */
+/* could be called in the backend by other functions in libmsg */
+/* This will break a name apart into first name and last name. */
+/* Be sure and set the WinCSID in the person structure */
+/****************************************************************************/
+int AB_BreakApartFirstName (ABook* pABook, PersonEntry* pPerson);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif

mozilla/include/bkmks.h

@@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+#ifndef BKMKS_H
+#define BKMKS_H
+
+#include "xp_mcom.h"
+#include "ntypes.h"
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+#define BM_LAST_CELL			0xFFFF /* See BMFE_RefreshCells */
+
+typedef time_t BM_Date;
+
+typedef enum {
+  BM_Cmd_Invalid,				/* XFE in particular likes to have an invalid
+								   ID code as one of the entries here...*/
+
+  BM_Cmd_Open,					/* Open a new bookmark file. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_ImportBookmarks,		/* Import entries from another bookmark
+								   file. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_SaveAs,				/* Save these bookmarks into another file. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_Close,					/* Close the bookmarks window.  (NYI ###) */
+
+  BM_Cmd_Undo,					/* Undo the last command. */
+  BM_Cmd_Redo,					/* Redo the last undone command. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_Cut,					/* Cut the selected bookmarks. */
+  BM_Cmd_Copy,					/* Copy the selected bookmarks. */
+  BM_Cmd_Paste,					/* Paste in the most recent cut/copy. */
+  BM_Cmd_Delete,				/* Delete the selected bookmarks without
+								   affecting the clipboard. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_SelectAllBookmarks,	/* Select every bookmark in the window. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_Find,					/* Find a string. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_FindAgain,				/* Find the same string again. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_BookmarkProps,			/* Bring up the properties window.  */
+
+  BM_Cmd_GotoBookmark,			/* Load the selected bookmark in a browser
+								   window. */
+
+                                /* Sort the bookmarks.  NYI### */
+  BM_Cmd_Sort_Name,
+  BM_Cmd_Sort_Name_Asc,
+  
+  BM_Cmd_Sort_Address,
+  BM_Cmd_Sort_Address_Asc,
+  
+  BM_Cmd_Sort_AddDate,
+  BM_Cmd_Sort_AddDate_Asc,
+  
+  BM_Cmd_Sort_LastVisit,
+  BM_Cmd_Sort_LastVisit_Asc,      
+  
+  BM_Cmd_Sort_Natural,        
+  
+
+  BM_Cmd_InsertBookmark,		/* Insert a new bookmark (or a new address if
+								   in addressbook). */
+
+  BM_Cmd_InsertHeader,			/* Insert a new header. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_InsertSeparator,		/* Insert a separator. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_MakeAlias,				/* Make an alias of this bookmark. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_SetAddHeader,			/* Make the current header be the one where new
+								   bookmarks are added. */
+
+  BM_Cmd_SetMenuHeader			/* Make the current header be the one which the
+								   pulldown menu is created from. */
+
+} BM_CommandType;
+#define BM_Cmd_SortBookmarks  BM_Cmd_Sort_Name
+
+typedef enum
+{
+   BM_Sort_NONE = -1,
+   
+   BM_Sort_Name,
+   BM_Sort_Name_Asc,
+   
+   BM_Sort_Address,
+   BM_Sort_Address_Asc,
+   
+   BM_Sort_AddDate,
+   BM_Sort_AddDate_Asc,
+   
+   BM_Sort_LastVisit,
+   BM_Sort_LastVisit_Asc,
+   
+   BM_Sort_Natural
+   
+} BM_SortType;
+
+/* The various types of bookmark entries (as returned by BM_GetType). */
+
+typedef uint16 BM_Type;
+
+#define BM_TYPE_HEADER		0x0001
+#define BM_TYPE_URL			0x0002
+#define BM_TYPE_ADDRESS		0x0004
+#define BM_TYPE_SEPARATOR	0x0008
+#define BM_TYPE_ALIAS		0x0010 
+
+
+/* This represents one line in the bookmarks window -- a URL, a
+   separater, an addressbook entry, a header, etc.  It's also already
+   defined in ntypes.h, and some compilers bitch and moan about seeing it
+   twice, so I've commented it out here. */
+/* typedef struct BM_Entry_struct BM_Entry; */
+
+
+
+/* information for the find dialog */
+typedef struct BM_FindInfo {
+  char* textToFind;
+  XP_Bool checkNickname;		/* Meaningful only in addressbook */
+  XP_Bool checkName;
+  XP_Bool checkLocation;
+  XP_Bool checkDescription;
+  XP_Bool matchCase;
+  XP_Bool matchWholeWord;
+	
+  BM_Entry*	lastEntry;
+} BM_FindInfo;
+
+struct BM_Entry_Focus {
+  BM_Entry* saveFocus;
+  XP_Bool foundSelection;
+};
+
+extern XP_Bool BM_IsHeader(BM_Entry* entry);
+extern XP_Bool BM_IsUrl(BM_Entry* entry);
+extern XP_Bool BM_IsAddress(BM_Entry* entry);
+extern XP_Bool BM_IsSeparator(BM_Entry* entry);
+extern XP_Bool BM_IsAlias(BM_Entry* entry);
+extern XP_Bool BM_IsFolded(BM_Entry* entry);
+extern XP_Bool BM_IsSelected(BM_Entry* entry);
+
+
+/* Returns the state of whether this is a "changed URL"; that is, a URL whose
+   contents have apparently changed since we last visited it. */
+
+#define BM_CHANGED_YES			1
+#define BM_CHANGED_NO			0
+#define BM_CHANGED_UNKNOWN		-1
+
+extern int32 BM_GetChangedState(BM_Entry* entry);
+
+
+
+/* Get/Set the header that is to be the root of the pulldown menu. */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_GetMenuHeader(MWContext* context);
+extern void BM_SetMenuHeader(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry);
+
+/* Get/Set the header that is to be the container of new items added from
+   browser windows. */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_GetAddHeader(MWContext* context);
+extern void BM_SetAddHeader(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry);
+
+
+typedef void (*EntryFunc)(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry, void* closure);
+
+
+/* Executes the given function on every single entry in the bookmark file. */
+extern void BM_EachEntryDo(MWContext* context, EntryFunc func, void* closure);
+
+/* Executes the given function for every entry that is selected. */
+extern void BM_EachSelectedEntryDo(MWContext* context, EntryFunc func,
+								   void* closure);
+
+/* Executes the given function for every entry that is selected and is not a
+   descendent of a header that is not folded or selected. */
+extern void BM_EachProperSelectedEntryDo(MWContext* context, EntryFunc func,
+							void* closure, struct BM_Entry_Focus* bmFocus);
+
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+
+/* Front end stubs -- each FE needs to implement these. */
+
+/* Refresh each cell between and including first and last in the bookmarks
+   widget (if now is TRUE, the FE is expected to redraw them BEFORE returning,
+   otherwise the FE can simply invalidate them and wait for the redraw to
+   happen).  If BM_LAST_CELL is passed in as last, then it means paint from
+   the first to the end. */
+extern void BMFE_RefreshCells(MWContext* context, int32 first, int32 last,
+							  XP_Bool now);
+
+
+/* Resize the widget to accomodate "visibleCount" number of entries vertically
+   and the width of widest entry the actual widget should NOT change size, just
+   the size of the scrollable area under it */
+extern void BMFE_SyncDisplay(MWContext* context);
+
+
+/* measure the item and assign the width and height required to draw it into
+   the widget into width and height.  This is used only by BM_WidestEntry(); if
+   you don't need that call, you can just make this an empty stub. */
+extern void BMFE_MeasureEntry(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry,
+							  uint32* width, uint32* height);
+
+/* Save the given bucket o' bits as the clipboard.  This same bucket needs to
+   be returned later if BMFE_GetClipContents() is called. */
+extern void BMFE_SetClipContents(MWContext* context, void* buffer,
+								 int32 length);
+
+
+/* return the clipboard contents */
+extern void* BMFE_GetClipContents(MWContext* context, int32* length);
+
+
+/* Copy the selected items from a history window to the clipboard (as bookmarks) */
+extern char *BM_ClipCopyHistorySelection( void *pHistCsr, uint32 *pSelections, int iCount, int *pSize, XP_Bool bLongFormat );
+
+/* Insert the block into the list */
+extern void BM_DropBlockL( MWContext *pContext, char *pData, BM_Entry *firstSelected );
+
+/* Create the bookmarks property window.  If one already exists, just bring it
+   to the front.  This will always be immediately followed by a call to
+   BMFE_EditItem(). */
+extern void BMFE_OpenBookmarksWindow(MWContext* context);
+
+
+/* Edit the given item in the bookmarks property window.  If there is no
+   bookmarks property window currently, then the FE should ignore this call.
+   If the bookmarks property window is currently displaying some other entry,
+   then it should save any changes made to that entry (by calling BM_SetName,
+   etc.) before loading up this entry. */
+extern void BMFE_EditItem(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry);
+
+/* The given entry is no longer valid (i.e., the user just deleted it).  So,
+   the given pointer is about to become invalid, and the FE should remove any
+   references to it it may have.  In particular, if it is the one being edited
+   in the bookmarks property window, then the FE should clear that window. */
+extern void BMFE_EntryGoingAway(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry);
+
+
+/* The user has requested to view the given url.  Show it to him in, using some
+   appropriate context.  Url may be targeted to a different window */
+extern void BMFE_GotoBookmark(MWContext* context,
+		const char* url, const char* target);
+							
+
+/* Create the find dialog, and fill it in as specified in the given
+   structure.  When the user hits the "Find" button in the dialog, call
+   BM_DoFindBookmark. */
+extern void* BMFE_OpenFindWindow(MWContext* context, BM_FindInfo* findInfo);
+				
+
+/* Make sure that the given entry is visible. */
+extern void BMFE_ScrollIntoView(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry);
+
+
+/* The list of bookmarks has changed somehow, so any "bookmarks" menu needs to
+   be recreated.  This should be a cheap call, just setting a flag in the FE so
+   that it knows to recreate the menu later (like, when the user tries to view
+   it).  Recreating it immediately would be bad, because this can get called
+   much more often than is reasonable. */
+extern void BMFE_BookmarkMenuInvalid(MWContext* context);
+
+
+/* We're in the process of doing a What's Changed operation.  The What's
+   Changed window should update to display the URL, the percentage (calculate
+   as done*100/total), and the total estimated time (given here as a
+   pre-formatted string).  The What's Changed window should end up looking
+   something like this:
+
+             Checking <URL>... (<13> left)
+             {=====================    } (progress bar)
+
+             Estimated time remaining: <2 hours 13 minutes>
+             (Remaining time depends on the sites selected and 
+             the network traffic).
+
+
+             [ Cancel ]
+
+   It's up to the FE to notice the first time this is called and change its
+   window to display the info instead of the initial What's Changed screen.
+
+   If the user ever hits Cancel (or does something equivilant, like destroys
+   the window), the FE must call BM_CancelWhatsChanged(). */
+
+extern void BMFE_UpdateWhatsChanged(MWContext* context,
+									const char* url, /* If NULL, just display
+														"Checking..." */
+									int32 done, int32 total,
+									const char* totaltime);
+
+
+
+/* We've finished processing What's Changed.  The What's Changed window should
+   change to display the summary of what happened.   It should look something
+   like this:
+
+             Done checking <157> Bookmarks. 
+             <134> documents were reached.
+             <27> documents have changed and are marked in blue.
+
+             [ OK ]
+
+   When the user clicks on the OK, the FE should just take down the window.
+   (It doesn't matter if the FE calls BM_CancelWhatsChanged(); it will be a
+   no-op in this situtation.) */
+
+extern void BMFE_FinishedWhatsChanged(MWContext* context, int32 totalchecked,
+									  int32 numreached, int32 numchanged);
+
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+/* The current bookmarks file is about to change */
+extern void BMFE_ChangingBookmarksFile(void);
+
+/* The current bookmarks file has been changed */
+extern void BMFE_ChangedBookmarksFile(void);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef XP_UNIX
+/* Use these to know when to allow refresh */
+extern void BMFE_StartBatch(MWContext* context);
+extern void BMFE_EndBatch(MWContext* context);
+#endif
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+
+
+
+/* Initialize a new bookmarks context.  (returns negative on failure) */
+extern int BM_InitializeBookmarksContext(MWContext* context);
+
+
+/* Prepare to destroy a bookmarks context.  Will save any changes that have
+   been made. */
+extern void BM_CleanupBookmarksContext(MWContext* context);
+
+
+/* Set some FE data to associate with a bookmarks context. */
+extern void BM_SetFEData(MWContext* context, void* data);
+
+/* Get the FE data previously associated with a context. */
+extern void* BM_GetFEData(MWContext* context);
+
+
+/* Create a new url entry.  */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_NewUrl(const char* name, const char* address,
+						   const char* content_type, BM_Date last_visit);
+
+/* Create a new header. */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_NewHeader(const char* name);
+
+
+/* Create a copy of an existing bookmark.  If the bookmark is a folder
+   it will also contain a copy of all of the bookmarks in the folder.*/
+extern BM_Entry* BM_CopyBookmark(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* original);
+
+/* Frees an entry.  This should never be called unless you are sure the entry
+   has not been added to some header, and is not the object of some alias.  In
+   other words, be sure nothing could possibly have a pointer to this it.
+   If the object is a header, this will also free all of its descendents. */
+extern void BM_FreeEntry(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry);
+
+
+/* Get the type of this bookmark.  (Returns one of the BM_TYPE_* values.) */
+extern BM_Type BM_GetType(BM_Entry* entry);
+
+extern char* BM_GetName(BM_Entry* entry);
+
+extern char* BM_GetAddress(BM_Entry* entry);
+extern char* BM_GetTarget(BM_Entry* entry, XP_Bool recurse);
+extern char* BM_GetDescription(BM_Entry* entry);
+
+extern char* BM_GetNickName(BM_Entry* entry); /* Only meaningful in address
+												 book. */
+
+/* Get the full name and address of the given entry (which must be an
+   address book entry or header).  Result is returned in a newly allocated
+   string; free it with XP_FREE() when through. */
+extern char* BM_GetFullAddress(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry);
+
+/* These return prettily formated info about the bookmark.  They each
+   return the result in a staticly allocated string, so if you call the
+   same function twice the results get stomped. */
+extern char* BM_PrettyLastVisitedDate(BM_Entry* entry);
+extern char* BM_PrettyAddedOnDate(BM_Entry* entry);
+extern char* BM_PrettyAliasCount(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry);
+
+
+/* Get the root node of a context. */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_GetRoot(MWContext* context);
+   
+
+/* Given a node, return the first of its children (if any). */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_GetChildren(BM_Entry* entry);
+
+/* Given a node, return the next node that has the same parent (if any). */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_GetNext(BM_Entry* entry);
+
+/* Given a node, returns its parent (or NULL if this is the root) */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_GetParent(BM_Entry* entry);
+
+/* Does this node have a sibling somewhere below it? */
+extern XP_Bool BM_HasNext(BM_Entry* entry);
+
+/* Does this node have a sibling somewhere above it?  Note that there is *not*
+   an API to actually get that sibling, as this is not a simple call.  However,
+   determing the existance of such a child is easy, and that's what Windows
+   needs to paint its pipes. */
+extern XP_Bool BM_HasPrev(BM_Entry* entry);
+
+
+
+/* Routines to change the name/address/description of an entry.  These routines
+   will take care of updating the display as necessary. */
+extern void BM_SetName(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry,
+					   const char* newName);
+extern void BM_SetAddress(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry,
+						  const char* newAddress);
+extern void BM_SetTarget(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry,
+						  const char* newTarget);
+extern void BM_SetDescription(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry,
+							  const char* newDesc);
+
+/* Only meaningful in addressbook (on an address or header or alias to same) */
+extern XP_Bool BM_SetNickName(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry,
+						   const char* newName);
+
+/* The user just hit "Cancel" on the properties window, which was editing
+   the given item.  This gives the bookmarks code a chance to delete the
+   item if it was just newly created. */
+extern void BM_CancelEdit(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry);
+
+
+/* fold or unfold the header according to "fold" and all its subfolders if
+	foldAll is TRUE */
+extern void BM_FoldHeader(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* entry, XP_Bool fold,
+						  XP_Bool refresh, XP_Bool foldAll);
+
+							
+/* clear all the selection flags, and cause a redisplay if refresh is set. */
+extern void BM_ClearAllSelection(MWContext* context, XP_Bool refresh);
+
+/* Clear all the child selections of the passes header and redisplay if refresh
+   is set. */
+extern void BM_ClearAllChildSelection(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* at,
+									  XP_Bool refresh);
+
+/* Select everything. */
+extern void BM_SelectAll(MWContext* context, XP_Bool refresh);
+
+
+/* selects the item, call BMFE_Refresh on it if "refresh" and calls
+	BM_ClearSelection first if extend is FALSE */
+extern void BM_SelectItem(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* item, XP_Bool refresh,
+						  XP_Bool extend, XP_Bool select);
+
+/* Adds a range of bookmarks to the current selection.  To be called by the FE
+   when the user Shift-Clicks in the window.  This will unselect everything and
+   then select a range of bookmarks, from the last bookmark that was selected
+   with BM_SelectItem to the one given here. */
+extern void BM_SelectRangeTo(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* item);
+
+/* toggles the selected state of the item, call BMFE_Refresh on it if "refresh"
+	and calls BM_ClearSelection if extend is FALSE */
+extern void BM_ToggleItem(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* item, XP_Bool refresh,
+						  XP_Bool extend );
+
+/* returns the first selected entry */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_FirstSelectedItem(MWContext* context);
+
+
+extern BM_Date BM_GetLastVisited(BM_Entry *);
+extern BM_Date BM_GetAdditionDate(BM_Entry *);
+
+/* return the number of bookmarks */
+extern int32 BM_GetCount(MWContext* context);
+
+/* return the number of visible bookmarks */
+extern int32 BM_GetVisibleCount(MWContext* context);
+
+/* returns an integer index of the item in the list */
+extern int32 BM_GetIndex(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* item);
+
+/* returns an integer index of the item in the list and does not pay attention
+   to the is_folded value */
+extern int32 BM_GetUnfoldedIndex(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* item);
+
+/* returns the object associated with the index returned by BM_GetIndex() */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_AtIndex(MWContext* context, int32 index);
+
+/* returns the object associated with the index returned by
+   BM_GetUnfoldedIndex() */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_AtUnfoldedIndex(MWContext* context, int32 index);
+
+
+/* returns an integer depth of the item in the list starting
+	at zero */
+extern int32 BM_GetDepth(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* item);
+
+
+/* Execute a find operation according to the data in the given structure.  This
+   will cause the appropriate entry to be selected and made visible. */
+extern void BM_DoFindBookmark(MWContext* context, BM_FindInfo* findInfo);
+
+/* For addressbook only: find and return the entry (if any) for the e-mail
+   address within the given mailto: url. (used by libmsg) */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_FindAddress(MWContext* context, const char* mailtourl);
+
+
+/* For addressbook only: edit the entry for the e-mail address within the
+   given mailto: url, creating the entry if necessary.  (used by libmsg) */
+extern void BM_EditAddress(MWContext* context, const char* mailtourl);
+
+
+/* For addressbook only: if the given list of addresses includes a nickname
+   from the addresses, then return a new string with the addresses expanded.
+   If expandfull is True, then all mailing list entries are expanded too,
+   otherwise, mailing list entries are only expanded to include their name.
+   (used by libmsg). */
+extern char* BM_ExpandHeaderString(MWContext* context, const char* value,
+								   XP_Bool expandfull);
+								   
+
+/* Checks every bookmark context for a url and updates the last accessed
+   time.  (For use by global history code; FE's probably don't need this.) */
+extern void BM_UpdateBookmarksTime(URL_Struct* URL_s, BM_Date cur_time);
+
+/* returns TRUE if the second argument is a direct descendent of the first
+   argument, returns FALSE otherwise */
+extern XP_Bool BM_IsDescendent(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* parent,
+							   BM_Entry* possible_child);
+
+
+/* The front end can use this call to determine what the indentation depth is
+   needed to display all the icons in the bookmarks.  The XFE uses this to
+   dynamically resize the icon column. In true C style, the number returned is
+   actually one bigger than the biggest depth the FE will ever get. */
+extern int BM_GetMaxDepth(MWContext* context);
+
+
+/* This is called during a drag operation.  The user is dragging some bookmarks
+   and is currently pointing at the given line.  (If under is True, then the
+   user is really pointing between the given line and the next line.)  This
+   returns TRUE if the FE should draw a box around the given line, and FALSE if
+   it should underline it. */
+extern XP_Bool BM_IsDragEffectBox(MWContext* context, int line, XP_Bool under);
+
+
+/* Actually do a drop in a drag-n-drop reordering operation.  The arguments are
+   the same as BM_IsDragEffectBox(); the selected items will be moved. */
+extern void BM_DoDrop(MWContext* ctnx, int line, XP_Bool under);
+
+
+
+
+/* find and return the widest visible entry in the bookmarks tree.  This makes
+   sense only if your FE has defined a meaningful BMFE_MeasureEntry(). */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_WidestEntry(MWContext* context);
+
+
+
+/* insert an item after another item in the bm if the insert_after item is NULL
+   or not found the item will be inserted at the end of the list */
+extern void BM_InsertItemAfter(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* insert_after,
+							   BM_Entry* insertee);
+
+/* insert an item in a header if "insert_after" is a Header type, or after the
+   item if "insert after" is not a header type. if the insert_after item is
+   NULL or not found the item will be inserted at the end of the bm */
+extern void BM_InsertItemInHeaderOrAfterItem(MWContext* context,
+											 BM_Entry* insert_after,
+											 BM_Entry* insertee );
+
+/* Cause the given item to be inserted at the end of the given header.  The
+   header passed in here is usually BM_GetAddHeader(). */
+extern void BM_AppendToHeader(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* header,
+							  BM_Entry* entry);
+
+extern void BM_PrependChildToHeader(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* parent, BM_Entry* child);
+
+/* Removes the given item from bookmarks without deleting it*/
+extern void BM_RemoveChildFromHeader(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* parent, BM_Entry* child);
+
+/* Cause the given bookmark to be displayed in a browser window somewhere.
+   The given item must be an URL (BM_IsUrl must return TRUE). */
+extern void BM_GotoBookmark(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* item);
+
+
+/* Reads the hostlist from disk, what else?  Pass in the bm filename and a
+   relative URL which represents the original location of the html file.  If
+   you are reading the default bm you should pass in a file URL of the form
+   file://localhost/PATH */
+extern void BM_ReadBookmarksFromDisk(MWContext* context, const char* filename,
+									 const char* relative_url);
+
+/* saves the bm to a file.  If the given filename is NULL, then save it back to
+   where it was loaded from and only if changes have been made.  Returns
+   negative on failure. */
+extern int32 BM_SaveBookmarks(MWContext* context, const char* filename);
+
+
+/* Returns the filename that the bookmarks are saved in. */
+extern const char* BM_GetFileName(MWContext* context);
+
+/* read in a new bookmarks file (esp for LI use). */
+extern void BM_Open_File(MWContext* context, char* newFile);
+
+/* ability to set the modified to true or false (esp for LI use). */
+extern void BM_SetModified(MWContext* context, XP_Bool mod);
+
+/* Whether the file will be written when Save is called. */
+extern XP_Bool BM_Modified(MWContext* context);
+
+/* Convert a number of selections in a bm list into a block of memory that the
+   user can use for cut and paste operations */
+extern char* BM_ConvertSelectionsToBlock(MWContext* context,
+										 XP_Bool bLongFormat,
+										 int32* lTotalLen);
+
+/* Take a block of memory and insert the bm items it represents into the
+   current bm */
+extern void BM_InsertBlockAt(MWContext* context, char* pOriginalBlock,
+							 BM_Entry* addTo, XP_Bool bLongFormat,
+							 int32 lTotalLen);
+
+
+/* select all aliases for an entry */
+extern void BM_SelectAliases(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* forEntry );
+
+
+/* Count how many aliases there are to the given entry. */
+extern int32 BM_CountAliases(MWContext* context, BM_Entry* forEntry);
+
+
+/* Make an alias for each of the currently selected entries. */
+extern void BM_MakeAliases(MWContext* context);
+
+
+/* Returns the real item that an alias points to.  The given entry must be an
+   alias (BM_IsAlias must return TRUE on it). */
+extern BM_Entry* BM_GetAliasOriginal(BM_Entry*);
+
+
+
+/* Start a What's Changed operation.  Before calling this routine, it's up to
+   the FE to present a dialog like this when What's Changed starts:
+
+   			 Look for documents that have changed on:
+             (o) All bookmarks
+             ( ) Selected bookmarks 
+
+             [ Start Checking ] [ Cancel ]
+
+   Then the FE calls this routine when the user clicks Start Checking.  The FE
+   will immediately get called via BMFE_UpdateWhatsChanged(), and the FE should
+   change the dialog box's appearance to match. */
+extern int BM_StartWhatsChanged(MWContext* context,
+								XP_Bool do_only_selected);
+
+
+/* Cancel a running What's Changed operation. */
+extern int BM_CancelWhatsChanged(MWContext* context);
+
+
+
+/* Returns whether the given command can be executed right now.  Should be
+   used to decide whether to disable a menu item for this command. */
+extern XP_Bool BM_FindCommandStatus(MWContext* context,
+									BM_CommandType command);
+
+/* Execute the given command. */
+extern void BM_ObeyCommand(MWContext* context, BM_CommandType command );
+
+/* Clean up the undo queue */
+void BM_ResetUndo(MWContext * context);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* BMLIST_H */

mozilla/include/cdefs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Berkeley Software Design, Inc.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)cdefs.h	8.7 (Berkeley) 1/21/94
+ */
+
+#ifndef	_CDEFS_H_
+#define	_CDEFS_H_
+
+#ifdef __BEGIN_DECLS
+#undef __BEGIN_DECLS
+#endif
+#ifdef __END_DECLS
+#undef __END_DECLS
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+#define	__BEGIN_DECLS	extern "C" {
+#define	__END_DECLS	}
+#else
+#define	__BEGIN_DECLS
+#define	__END_DECLS
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The __CONCAT macro is used to concatenate parts of symbol names, e.g.
+ * with "#define OLD(foo) __CONCAT(old,foo)", OLD(foo) produces oldfoo.
+ * The __CONCAT macro is a bit tricky -- make sure you don't put spaces
+ * in between its arguments.  __CONCAT can also concatenate double-quoted
+ * strings produced by the __STRING macro, but this only works with ANSI C.
+ */
+#undef __P
+#undef __CONCAT
+#undef __STRING
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2)
+#define	__P(protos)	protos		/* full-blown ANSI C */
+#define	__CONCAT(x,y)	x ## y
+#define	__STRING(x)	#x
+
+#define	__const		const		/* define reserved names to standard */
+#define	__signed	signed
+#define	__volatile	volatile
+#ifndef _WINDOWS
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+#define	__inline	inline		/* convert to C++ keyword */
+#else
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+#define	__inline			/* delete GCC keyword */
+#endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+#endif /* !__cplusplus */
+#endif /* !_WINDOWS */
+
+#else	/* !(__STDC__ || __cplusplus) */
+#define	__P(protos)	()		/* traditional C preprocessor */
+#define	__CONCAT(x,y)	x/**/y
+#define	__STRING(x)	"x"
+
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+#define	__const				/* delete pseudo-ANSI C keywords */
+#define	__inline
+#define	__signed
+#define	__volatile
+/*
+ * In non-ANSI C environments, new programs will want ANSI-only C keywords
+ * deleted from the program and old programs will want them left alone.
+ * When using a compiler other than gcc, programs using the ANSI C keywords
+ * inline, signed etc. as normal identifiers should define -DNO_ANSI_KEYWORDS.
+ * When using "gcc -traditional", we assume that this is the intent; if
+ * __GNUC__ is defined but __STDC__ is not, we leave the new keywords alone.
+ */
+#ifndef	NO_ANSI_KEYWORDS
+#define	inline				/* delete ANSI C keywords */
+#define	signed
+#define	volatile
+#endif
+#endif	/* !__GNUC__ */
+#endif	/* !(__STDC__ || __cplusplus) */
+
+/*
+ * GCC1 and some versions of GCC2 declare dead (non-returning) and
+ * pure (no side effects) functions using "volatile" and "const";
+ * unfortunately, these then cause warnings under "-ansi -pedantic".
+ * GCC2 uses a new, peculiar __attribute__((attrs)) style.  All of
+ * these work for GNU C++ (modulo a slight glitch in the C++ grammar
+ * in the distribution version of 2.5.5).
+ */
+#if !defined(__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2 || __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5
+#define	__attribute__(x)	/* delete __attribute__ if non-gcc or gcc1 */
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
+#define	__dead		__volatile
+#define	__pure		__const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Delete pseudo-keywords wherever they are not available or needed. */
+#ifndef __dead
+#define	__dead
+#define	__pure
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AIXV3
+/* Wont compile without const. Need a cleaner way to handle this. */
+#ifdef const
+#undef const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !_CDEFS_H_ */

mozilla/include/cgi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __cgi_h_
+#define __cgi_h_
+
+/*
+** CGI assist library. Portability layer for writing correctly behaving
+** CGI programs.
+*/
+#include "ds.h"
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+/*
+** Read in the input, generating a single long string out of it.  CGI
+** programs normally get the value of various forms elements as input.
+*/
+extern char *CGI_GatherInput(FILE *in);
+
+/*
+** Given a null terminated string, compress it in place, converting
+** "funny characters" into their ascii equivalent. Maps "+" to space and
+** %xx to the binary version of xx, where xx is a pair of hex digits.
+*/
+extern void CGI_CompressString(char *s);
+
+/*
+** Convert a string into an argument vector. This seperates the incoming
+** string into pieces, and calls CGI_CompressString to compress the
+** pieces. This allocates memory for the return value only.
+*/
+extern char **CGI_ConvertStringToArgVec(char *string, int *argcp);
+
+/*
+** Look for the variable called "name" in the argv. Return a pointer to
+** the value portion of the variable if found, zero otherwise.  this does
+** not malloc memory.
+*/
+extern char *CGI_GetVariable(char *name, int argc, char **argv);
+
+/* Return non-zero if the variable string is not empty */
+#define CGI_IsEmpty(var) (!(var) || ((var)[0] == 0))
+
+/*
+** Return true if the server that started the cgi running is using
+** security (https).
+*/
+extern DSBool CGI_IsSecureServer(void);
+
+/*
+** Concatenate strings to produce a single string.
+*/
+extern char *CGI_Cat(char *, ...);
+
+/* Escape a string, cgi style */
+char *CGI_Escape(char *in);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* __cgi_h_ */

mozilla/include/client.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * This file should be included after xp_mcom.h
+ *
+ * All definitions for intermodule communications in the Netscape
+ * client should be contained in this file
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CLIENT_H_
+#define _CLIENT_H_
+
+#define NEW_FE_CONTEXT_FUNCS
+
+/* include header files needed for prototypes/etc */
+
+#include "xp_mcom.h"
+
+#include "ntypes.h" /* typedefs for commonly used Netscape data structures */
+#include "fe_proto.h" /* all the standard FE functions */
+#include "proto.h" /* library functions */
+
+/* global data structures */
+#include "structs.h"
+#include "merrors.h"
+
+#ifndef XP_MAC /* don't include everything in the world */
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* include other bits of the Netscape client library */
+#include "lo_ele.h"  /* Layout structures */
+#include "net.h"
+#include "gui.h"
+#include "shist.h"
+#include "hotlist.h"
+#include "glhist.h"
+#include "mime.h"
+
+#endif /* !XP_MAC */
+
+#endif /* _CLIENT_H_ */
+

mozilla/include/csid.h

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+/*	csid.h	*/
+
+#ifndef _CSID_H_
+#define _CSID_H_
+
+/* Codeset type */
+#define SINGLEBYTE   0x0000 /* 0000 0000 0000 0000 =    0 */
+#define MULTIBYTE    0x0100 /* 0000 0001 0000 0000 =  256 */
+#define STATEFUL     0x0200 /* 0000 0010 0000 0000 =  512 */
+#define WIDECHAR     0x0300 /* 0000 0011 0000 0000 =  768 */
+#define CODESET_MASK 0x0F00 /* 0000 1111 0000 0000 = 3840 */
+
+/*
+ * Check for double byte encodings
+ * (should distinguish 2 byte from true multibyte)
+ */
+#define IS_16BIT_ENCODING(x) (((x)&CODESET_MASK) == MULTIBYTE)
+
+/* line-break on spaces */
+#define CS_SPACE   0x0400 /* 0000 0100 0000 0000 = 1024 */
+
+/* Auto Detect Mode */
+#define CS_AUTO    0x0800 /* 0000 1000 0000 0000 = 2048 */
+
+
+/* Code Set IDs */
+/* CS_DEFAULT: used if no charset param in header */
+/* CS_UNKNOWN: used for unrecognized charset */
+
+                    /* type                  id   */
+#define CS_DEFAULT    (SINGLEBYTE         |   0) /*    0 */
+#define CS_ASCII      (SINGLEBYTE         |   1) /*    1 */
+#define CS_LATIN1     (SINGLEBYTE         |   2) /*    2 */
+#define CS_JIS        (STATEFUL           |   3) /*  515 */
+#define CS_SJIS       (MULTIBYTE          |   4) /*  260 */
+#define CS_EUCJP      (MULTIBYTE          |   5) /*  261 */
+
+#define CS_JIS_AUTO   (CS_AUTO|STATEFUL   |   3) /* 2563 */
+#define CS_SJIS_AUTO  (CS_AUTO|MULTIBYTE  |   4) /* 2308 */
+#define CS_EUCJP_AUTO (CS_AUTO|MULTIBYTE  |   5) /* 2309 */
+
+#define CS_MAC_ROMAN  (SINGLEBYTE         |   6) /*    6 */
+#define CS_BIG5       (MULTIBYTE          |   7) /*  263 */
+#define CS_GB_8BIT    (MULTIBYTE          |   8) /*  264 */
+#define CS_CNS_8BIT   (MULTIBYTE          |   9) /*  265 */
+#define CS_LATIN2     (SINGLEBYTE         |  10) /*   10 */
+#define CS_MAC_CE     (SINGLEBYTE         |  11) /*   11 */
+
+#define CS_KSC_8BIT   (MULTIBYTE|CS_SPACE |  12) /* 1292 */
+#define CS_KSC_8BIT_AUTO   (CS_AUTO | MULTIBYTE|CS_SPACE |  12)
+
+#define CS_2022_KR    (STATEFUL           |  13) /*  525 */
+#define CS_8859_3     (SINGLEBYTE         |  14) /*   14 */
+#define CS_8859_4     (SINGLEBYTE         |  15) /*   15 */
+#define CS_8859_5     (SINGLEBYTE         |  16) /*   16 ISO Cyrillic */
+#define CS_8859_6     (SINGLEBYTE         |  17) /*   17 ISO Arabic */
+#define CS_8859_7     (SINGLEBYTE         |  18) /*   18 ISO Greek */
+#define CS_8859_8     (SINGLEBYTE         |  19) /*   19 ISO Hebrew */
+#define CS_8859_9     (SINGLEBYTE         |  20) /*   20 */
+#define CS_SYMBOL     (SINGLEBYTE         |  21) /*   21 */
+#define CS_DINGBATS   (SINGLEBYTE         |  22) /*   22 */
+#define CS_DECTECH    (SINGLEBYTE         |  23) /*   23 */
+#define CS_CNS11643_1 (MULTIBYTE          |  24) /*  280 */
+#define CS_CNS11643_2 (MULTIBYTE          |  25) /*  281 */
+#define CS_JISX0208   (MULTIBYTE          |  26) /*  282 */
+#define CS_JISX0201   (SINGLEBYTE         |  27) /*   27 */
+#define CS_KSC5601    (MULTIBYTE          |  28) /*  284 */
+#define CS_TIS620     (SINGLEBYTE         |  29) /*   29 */
+#define CS_JISX0212   (MULTIBYTE          |  30) /*  286 */
+#define CS_GB2312     (MULTIBYTE          |  31) /*  287 */
+#define CS_UCS2       (WIDECHAR           |  32) /*  810 */
+#define CS_UCS4       (WIDECHAR           |  33) /*  811 */
+#define CS_UTF8       (MULTIBYTE          |  34) /*  290 */
+#define CS_UTF7       (STATEFUL           |  35) /*   35 */
+#define CS_NPC        (MULTIBYTE          |  36) /*  292 */
+#define CS_X_BIG5     (MULTIBYTE          |  37) /*  293 */
+#define CS_USRDEF2    (SINGLEBYTE         |  38) /*   38 */
+
+#define CS_KOI8_R     (SINGLEBYTE         |  39) /*   39 */
+#define CS_MAC_CYRILLIC     (SINGLEBYTE   |  40) /*   40 */
+#define CS_CP_1251    (SINGLEBYTE         |  41) /*   41 CP1251 Windows Cyrillic */
+#define CS_MAC_GREEK  (SINGLEBYTE         |  42) /*   42 */
+/* CS_CP_1253 should be deleted, we should use CS_8859_7 instead */
+#define CS_CP_1253    (SINGLEBYTE         |  43) /*   43 CP1253 Windows Greek */
+#define CS_CP_1250    (SINGLEBYTE         |  44) /*   44 CP1250 Windows C. Europe */
+/* CS_CP_1254 should be deleted, we should use CS_8859_9 instead */
+#define CS_CP_1254    (SINGLEBYTE         |  45) /*   45 CP1254 Windows Turkish */
+#define CS_MAC_TURKISH (SINGLEBYTE        |  46) /*   46 */
+#define CS_GB2312_11  (MULTIBYTE          |  47) /*  303 */
+#define CS_JISX0208_11 (MULTIBYTE         |  48) /*  304 */
+#define CS_KSC5601_11 (MULTIBYTE          |  49) /*  305 */
+#define CS_CNS11643_1110 (MULTIBYTE       |  50) /*  306 */
+#define CS_UCS2_SWAP    (WIDECHAR         |  51) /*  819 */
+#define CS_IMAP4_UTF7       (STATEFUL     |  52) /*  564 */
+#define CS_CP_850     (SINGLEBYTE         |  53) /*   53  PC Latin 1 */
+#define CS_CP_852     (SINGLEBYTE         |  54) /*   54  PC Latin 2 */
+#define CS_CP_855     (SINGLEBYTE         |  55) /*   55  PC Cyrillic */
+#define CS_CP_857     (SINGLEBYTE         |  56) /*   56  PC Turkish */
+#define CS_CP_862     (SINGLEBYTE         |  57) /*   57  PC Hebrew */
+#define CS_CP_864     (SINGLEBYTE         |  58) /*   58  PC Arabic */
+#define CS_CP_866     (SINGLEBYTE         |  59) /*   59  PC Russian */
+#define CS_CP_874     (SINGLEBYTE         |  60) /*   60  PC Thai    */
+#define CS_CP_1257    (SINGLEBYTE         |  61) /*   61  Windows Baltic */
+#define CS_CP_1258    (SINGLEBYTE         |  62) /*   62  Windows Vietnamese */
+#define INTL_CHAR_SET_MAX                    63  /* must be highest + 1 */
+
+
+#define CS_USER_DEFINED_ENCODING (SINGLEBYTE | 254) /* 254 */
+#define CS_UNKNOWN    (SINGLEBYTE         | 255) /* 255 */
+
+#define IS_UTF8_CSID(x) (((x)&0xFF)== (CS_UTF8&0xFF))
+#define IS_UNICODE_CSID(x) \
+			(   (((x)&0xFF)== (CS_UCS2&0xFF)) \
+			 || (((x)&0xFF)== (CS_UTF8&0xFF)) \
+			 || (((x)&0xFF)== (CS_UTF7&0xFF)) )
+
+/* The trigger is passing the parameter to 
+   PA_FetchParamValue() to satisfy its signature */
+#ifdef XP_MAC
+#define CS_FE_ASCII CS_MAC_ROMAN
+#else
+#define CS_FE_ASCII CS_LATIN1
+#endif
+
+
+/* Codeset # sorted by number */
+#if 0
+
+0    CS_DEFAULT     0
+1    CS_ASCII     1
+2    CS_LATIN1     2
+6    CS_MAC_ROMAN     6
+10   CS_LATIN2    10
+11   CS_MAC_CE    11
+14   CS_8859_3    14
+15   CS_8859_4    15
+16   CS_8859_5    16
+17   CS_8859_6    17
+18   CS_8859_7    18 
+19   CS_8859_8    19
+20   CS_8859_9    20
+21   CS_SYMBOL    21
+22   CS_DINGBATS    22
+23   CS_DECTECH    23
+27   CS_JISX0201    27
+29   CS_TIS620    29
+35   CS_UTF7    35
+38   CS_USRDEF2    38
+39   CS_KOI8_R    39
+40   CS_MAC_CYRILLIC    40
+41   CS_CP_1251    41
+42   CS_MAC_GREEK    42
+43   CS_CP_1253    43
+44   CS_CP_1250    44
+45   CS_CP_1254    45
+46   CS_MAC_TURKISH    46
+53   CS_CP_850  53
+54   CS_CP_852  54
+55   CS_CP_855  55
+56   CS_CP_857  56
+57   CS_CP_862  57
+58   CS_CP_864  58
+59   CS_CP_866  59
+59   CS_CP_874  60
+60   CS_CP_1257   61
+61   CS_CP_1258   62
+62   INTL_CHAR_SET_MAX  63
+254  CS_USER_DEFINED_ENCODING  254
+255  CS_UNKNOWN  255
+260  CS_SJIS   260
+261  CS_EUCJP   261
+263  CS_BIG5   263
+264  CS_GB_8BIT   264
+265  CS_CNS_8BIT   265
+280  CS_CNS11643_1   280
+281  CS_CNS11643_2   281
+282  CS_JISX0208   282
+284  CS_KSC5601   284
+286  CS_JISX0212   286
+287  CS_GB2312   287
+290  CS_UTF8   290
+292  CS_NPC   292
+293  CS_X_BIG5   293
+303  CS_GB2312_11   303
+304  CS_JISX0208_11   304
+305  CS_KSC5601_11   305
+306  CS_CNS11643_1110   306
+515  CS_JIS   515
+525  CS_2022_KR   525
+564  CS_IMAP4_UTF7 564
+810  CS_UCS2   810
+811  CS_UCS4   811
+819  CS_UCS2_SWAP   819
+1292 CS_KSC_8BIT  1292
+2308 CS_SJIS_AUTO  2308
+2309 CS_EUCJP_AUTO  2309
+2563 CS_JIS_AUTO  2563
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _CSID_H_ */

mozilla/include/ctxtfunc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/* the context function table
+ *
+ * This was typedef'd to ContextFuncs in structs.h
+ */
+#ifndef _ContextFunctions_
+#define _ContextFunctions_
+
+#include "il_types.h"
+#include "cl_types.h"
+#include "xp_obs.h"
+
+struct _ContextFuncs {
+#define MAKE_FE_FUNCS_STRUCT
+#include "mk_cx_fn.h"
+};
+
+#endif /* _ContextFunctions_ */
+

mozilla/include/cvactive.h

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef CV_ACTIVE
+#define CV_ACTIVE
+
+#include "net.h"
+
+/* define a constant to be passed to CV_MakeMultipleDocumentStream
+ * as the data_object to signify that it should return
+ * MK_END_OF_MULTIPART_MESSAGE when it gets to the end
+ * of the multipart instead of waiting for the complete
+ * function to be called
+ */
+#define CVACTIVE_SIGNAL_AT_END_OF_MULTIPART 999
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+extern NET_StreamClass * 
+CV_MakeMultipleDocumentStream (int         format_out,
+                               void       *data_object,
+                               URL_Struct *URL_s,
+                               MWContext  *window_id);
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* CV_ACTIVE */

mozilla/include/dirprefs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DIRPREFS_H_
+#define _DIRPREFS_H_
+
+#define kCurrentListVersion 1 
+
+/* DIR_Server.dirType */
+typedef enum
+{
+	LDAPDirectory,
+	HTMLDirectory,
+	PABDirectory
+} DirectoryType;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	cn,
+	givenname,
+	sn,
+	mail,
+	telephonenumber,
+	o,
+	ou,
+	l,
+	street,
+	auth,
+	custom1,
+	custom2,
+	custom3,
+	custom4,
+	custom5
+} DIR_AttributeId;
+
+
+typedef struct _DIR_ReplicationInfo DIR_ReplicationInfo;
+
+
+typedef struct DIR_Server
+{
+	char *description;		    /* human readable name                    */
+	char *serverName;		    /* network host name                      */
+	char *searchBase;		    /* DN suffix to search at                 */
+	char *fileName;			    /* XP path name of local DB               */
+	char *prefId;               /* name of this server's tree in JS prefs */
+	int port;				    /* network port number                    */
+	int maxHits;			    /* maximum number of hits to return       */
+	XP_Bool isSecure;           /* use SSL?                               */
+	XP_Bool saveResults;    
+	XP_Bool efficientWildcards; /* server can match substrings            */
+	char *lastSearchString;	    /* required if saving results             */
+	DirectoryType dirType;	
+	uint32 flags;               
+
+	/* site-configurable attributes and filters */
+	XP_List *customFilters;
+	XP_List *customAttributes;
+	char *tokenSeps;
+	XP_Bool stopFiltersOnHit;
+	XP_Bool isOffline;
+
+	/* site-configurable list of attributes whose values are DNs */
+	char **dnAttributes;
+    int dnAttributesCount;
+
+	/* site-configurable list of attributes we shouldn't display in HTML */
+	char **suppressedAttributes;
+	int suppressedAttributesCount;
+
+	/* site-configurable list of attributes for the Basic Search dialog */
+	DIR_AttributeId *basicSearchAttributes;
+	int basicSearchAttributesCount;
+
+	/* site-configurable URL to open LDAP results */
+	char *customDisplayUrl;
+
+	/* authentication fields */
+	XP_Bool enableAuth;		/* Use DN and password when binding?		*/
+	XP_Bool savePassword;	/* Remember the DN and password we gave?	*/
+	char *authDn;			/* DN to give to authenticate as			*/
+	char *password;			/* Password for the DN						*/
+
+	/* replication fields */
+	DIR_ReplicationInfo *replInfo;
+
+} DIR_Server;
+
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+/* Return the list of directory servers
+ * each front end hangs on to the list
+ */
+XP_List * FE_GetDirServers(void);
+
+/* Since the strings in DIR_Server are allocated, we have bottleneck
+ * routines to help with memory mgmt
+ */
+int		DIR_CopyServer (DIR_Server *in, DIR_Server **out);
+int		DIR_DeleteServer (DIR_Server *);
+int		DIR_InitServer (DIR_Server *);
+
+int		DIR_ValidateServer (DIR_Server *);
+XP_Bool	DIR_AreServersSame (DIR_Server *first, DIR_Server *second);
+int		DIR_DeleteServerList(XP_List *wholeList);
+
+int		DIR_GetLdapServers (XP_List *wholeList, XP_List *subList);
+int		DIR_ReorderLdapServers (XP_List *wholeList);
+
+/* These two routines should be called to initialize and save 
+ * directory preferences from the XP Java Script preferences
+ */
+int		DIR_GetServerPreferences (XP_List **list, const char* pabFile);
+int		DIR_SaveServerPreferences (XP_List *wholeList);
+
+/* This routine will clean up files for deleted directories */
+int		DIR_CleanUpServerPreferences(XP_List *deletedList);
+
+
+#if 1 
+
+/* Returns a pointer into the list (not allocated, so don't free) */
+int		DIR_GetPersonalAddressBook (XP_List *wholeList, DIR_Server **pab);
+int		DIR_GetComposeNameCompletionAddressBook (XP_List *wholeList, DIR_Server **cab);
+
+#else
+
+/* Returns an allocated list of all personal address books, excluding
+ * LDAP directories, replicated directories, and CABs
+ */
+XP_List *DIR_GetPersonalAddressBooks (XP_List *wholeList);
+XP_List *DIR_GetAddressBooksForCompletion (XP_List *wholeList);
+
+#endif
+
+void	DIR_GetServerFileName(char** filename, const char* leafName);
+void	DIR_SetServerFileName(DIR_Server* pServer, const char* leafName);
+
+/* APIs for site-configurability of LDAP attribute names and 
+ * search filter behavior.
+ *
+ * Strings are NOT allocated, and arrays are NULL-terminated
+ */
+const char  *DIR_GetAttributeName (DIR_Server *server, DIR_AttributeId id);
+const char **DIR_GetAttributeStrings (DIR_Server *server, DIR_AttributeId id);
+const char  *DIR_GetFirstAttributeString (DIR_Server *server, DIR_AttributeId id);
+const char  *DIR_GetFilterString (DIR_Server *server);
+const char  *DIR_GetTokenSeparators (DIR_Server *server);
+XP_Bool	     DIR_RepeatFilterForTokens (DIR_Server *server, const char *filter);
+XP_Bool	     DIR_SubstStarsForSpaces (DIR_Server *server, const char *filter);
+XP_Bool      DIR_UseCustomAttribute (DIR_Server *server, DIR_AttributeId id);
+
+XP_Bool      DIR_IsDnAttribute (DIR_Server *s, const char *attr);
+XP_Bool      DIR_IsAttributeExcludedFromHtml (DIR_Server *s, const char *attr);
+
+int DIR_AttributeNameToId (const char *attrName, DIR_AttributeId *id);
+
+/* APIs for authentication */
+void		DIR_SetAuthDN (DIR_Server *s, const char *dn);
+void		DIR_SetPassword (DIR_Server *s, const char *password);
+
+/* APIs for unescaping LDAP special chars */
+char   *DIR_Unescape (const char *src, XP_Bool makeHtml);
+XP_Bool DIR_IsEscapedAttribute (DIR_Server *s, const char *attrib);
+
+/* APIs for replication */
+int DIR_ValidateRootDSE (DIR_Server *s, int32 gen, int32 first, int32 last);
+
+/* API for building a URL */
+char *DIR_BuildUrl (DIR_Server *s, const char *dn, XP_Bool forAddToAB);
+
+/* Flags manipulation */
+
+#define DIR_AUTO_COMPLETE_ENABLED          0x00000001
+#define DIR_ENABLE_AUTH                    0x00000002
+#define DIR_SAVE_PASSWORD                  0x00000004
+#define DIR_UTF8_DISABLED                  0x00000008  /* not used by the FEs */
+#define DIR_IS_SECURE                      0x00000010
+#define DIR_SAVE_RESULTS                   0x00000020  /* not used by the FEs */
+#define DIR_EFFICIENT_WILDCARDS            0x00000040  /* not used by the FEs */
+#define DIR_LDAPV3_SUPPORTED               0x00000080  /* not used by the FEs */
+#define DIR_LDAPV3_NOT_SUPPORTED           0x00000100  /* not used by the FEs */
+#define DIR_VIRTUAL_LISTBOX_SUPPORTED      0x00000200  /* not used by the FEs */
+#define DIR_VIRTUAL_LISTBOX_NOT_SUPPORTED  0x00000400  /* not used by the FEs */
+
+void DIR_SetAutoCompleteEnabled (XP_List *list, DIR_Server *server, XP_Bool onOrOff);
+
+XP_Bool DIR_TestFlag  (DIR_Server *server, uint32 flag);
+void    DIR_SetFlag   (DIR_Server *server, uint32 flag);
+void    DIR_ClearFlag (DIR_Server *server, uint32 flag);
+void    DIR_ForceFlag (DIR_Server *server, uint32 flag, XP_Bool forceOnOrOff);
+
+char *DIR_ConvertToServerCharSet   (DIR_Server *s, char *src, int16 srcCsid);
+char *DIR_ConvertFromServerCharSet (DIR_Server *s, char *src, int16 dstCsid);
+
+#ifdef MOZ_LDAP
+
+/* Does the LDAP client lib work for SSL */
+#include "ldap.h"
+int DIR_SetupSecureConnection (LDAP *ld);
+
+#endif /* MOZ_LDAP */
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+
+#endif /* dirprefs.h */

mozilla/include/ds.h

@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DS_h_
+#define __DS_h_
+#ifdef XP_WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif /* XP_WIN32 */
+
+#ifdef XP_OS2
+#define INCL_WIN
+#define INCL_GPI
+#define TID OS2TID   /* global rename in OS2 H's!               */
+#include <os2.h>
+#undef TID           /* and restore                             */
+#endif
+
+#include "xp_mcom.h"
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+/* Typedefs */
+typedef struct DSArrayStr DSArray;
+typedef struct DSLinkStr DSLink;
+typedef struct DSListStr DSList;
+typedef struct DSArenaStr DSArena;
+
+#define DS_MIN(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b))
+#define DS_MAX(a,b) ((a)>(b)?(a):(b))
+
+/*
+** Your basic boolean. Done as an enum to cause compiler warnings when a
+** boolean procedure doesn't return the right value.
+** LISA SEZ: Please do not use this; use PRBool instead.  Eventually
+** (as soon as I can "make it so") DSBool is going away in favor of PRBool.
+*/
+typedef enum DSBoolEnum {
+    DSTrue = 1,
+    DSFalse = 0
+} DSBool;
+
+/*
+** A status code. Status's are used by procedures that return status
+** values. Again the motivation is so that a compiler can generate
+** warnings when return values are wrong. Correct testing of status codes:
+**
+**	DSStatus rv;
+**	rv = some_function (some_argument);
+**	if (rv != DSSuccess)
+**		do_an_error_thing();
+**
+*/
+typedef enum DSStatusEnum {
+    DSWouldBlock = -2,
+    DSFailure = -1,
+    DSSuccess = 0
+} DSStatus;
+
+/*
+** A comparison code. Used for procedures that return comparision
+** values. Again the motivation is so that a compiler can generate
+** warnings when return values are wrong.
+*/
+typedef enum DSComparisonEnum {
+    DSLessThan = -1,
+    DSEqual = 0,
+    DSGreaterThan = 1
+} DSComparison;
+
+typedef void (*DSElementFreeFunc)(void *e1, DSBool freeit);
+typedef int (*DSElementCompareFunc)(void *e1, void *e2);
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Simple variable length array of pointers. The array keeps a NULL
+** pointer at the end of the array.
+*/
+struct DSArrayStr {
+    void **things;
+    DSElementFreeFunc freeElement;
+};
+
+extern DSArray *DS_CreateArray(int slots);
+extern DSStatus DS_GrowArray(DSArray *da, int slots);
+extern void DS_SetArrayMethods(DSArray *da, DSElementFreeFunc free);
+extern void DS_DestroyArray(DSArray *da, DSBool freeit);
+extern void DS_Sort(DSArray *da, DSElementCompareFunc compare);
+extern int DS_Elements(DSArray *da);
+extern DSStatus DS_AddElement(DSArray *da, void *element);
+extern void DS_RemoveElement(DSArray *da, void *element);
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Circular linked list. Each link contains a pointer to the object that
+** is actually in the list.
+*/
+struct DSLinkStr {
+    DSLink *next;
+    DSLink *prev;
+    void *thing;
+};
+
+struct DSListStr {
+    DSLink link;
+};
+
+#define DS_InitList(lst)	     \
+{				     \
+    (lst)->link.next = &(lst)->link; \
+    (lst)->link.prev = &(lst)->link; \
+    (lst)->link.thing = 0;	     \
+}
+
+#define DS_ListEmpty(lst) \
+    ((lst)->link.next == &(lst)->link)
+
+#define DS_ListHead(lst) \
+    ((lst)->link.next)
+
+#define DS_ListTail(lst) \
+    ((lst)->link.prev)
+
+#define DS_ListIterDone(lst,lnk) \
+    ((lnk) == &(lst)->link)
+
+#define DS_AppendLink(lst,lnk)	    \
+{				    \
+    (lnk)->next = &(lst)->link;	    \
+    (lnk)->prev = (lst)->link.prev; \
+    (lst)->link.prev->next = (lnk); \
+    (lst)->link.prev = (lnk);	    \
+}
+
+#define DS_InsertLink(lst,lnk)	    \
+{				    \
+    (lnk)->next = (lst)->link.next; \
+    (lnk)->prev = &(lst)->link;	    \
+    (lst)->link.next->prev = (lnk); \
+    (lst)->link.next = (lnk);	    \
+}
+
+#define DS_RemoveLink(lnk)	     \
+{				     \
+    (lnk)->next->prev = (lnk)->prev; \
+    (lnk)->prev->next = (lnk)->next; \
+    (lnk)->next = 0;		     \
+    (lnk)->prev = 0;		     \
+}
+
+extern DSLink *DS_NewLink(void *thing);
+extern DSLink *DS_FindLink(DSList *lst, void *thing);
+extern void DS_DestroyLink(DSLink *lnk, DSBool freeit);
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Memory manager
+*/
+
+/*
+** at one time XP_Block was a float* to force clients to cast things
+** before use. Now DSBlock is defined since that will be most convenient
+** for almost all uses.
+*/
+
+typedef unsigned char *DSBlock;
+/*
+** Allocate some memory. Always allocates at least one byte of memory.
+*/
+extern void *DS_Alloc(size_t bytes);
+
+/*
+** Reallocate some memory, growing or shrinking the memory.
+*/
+extern void *DS_Realloc(void *oldptr, size_t bytes);
+
+/*
+** Allocate and then zero some memory. Always allocates at least one byte
+** of memory.
+*/
+extern void *DS_Zalloc(size_t bytes);
+
+/*
+** Allocate a block of memory. Always allocates at least one byte of
+** memory.
+*/
+extern DSBlock DS_AllocBlock(size_t bytes);
+
+/*
+** Reallocate a block of memory, growing or shrinking the memory block.
+*/
+extern DSBlock DS_ReallocBlock(DSBlock block, size_t newBytes);
+
+/*
+** Free a block of memory. Safe to use on null pointers.
+*/
+extern void DS_FreeBlock(DSBlock block);
+
+/*
+** Free a chunk of memory. Safe to use on null pointers.
+*/
+extern void DS_Free(void *ptr);
+
+/*
+** Zero and then free a chunk of memory. Safe to use on null pointers.
+*/
+extern void DS_Zfree(void *ptr, size_t bytes);
+
+/*
+ * Low cost Malloc Arenas.
+ *
+ * The chunks are a linked list.
+ * The beginning of each chunk is a pointer to the next chunk.
+ */
+struct DSArenaStr {
+    unsigned long chunkSize;	/* size of each chunk */
+    unsigned int refCount;	/* reference count */
+    void ** firstChunk;		/* pointer to first chunk */
+    void ** lastChunk;		/* pointer to last chunk */
+    void * pLast;		/* last item allocated */
+    void * pCur;		/* beginning of free area */
+    void * pCurEnd;		/* end of free area in current chunk */
+};
+
+/* make a new arena */
+extern DSArena *
+DS_NewArena(unsigned long chunkSize);
+
+/* destroy an arena, and free all memory associated with it */
+extern void
+DS_FreeArena(DSArena *arena, DSBool zero);
+
+/* malloc a chunk of data from the arena */
+extern void *
+DS_ArenaAlloc(DSArena *arena, unsigned long size);
+
+/* malloc a chunk of data from the arena, zero filling it */
+extern void *
+DS_ArenaZalloc(DSArena *arena, unsigned long size);
+
+/* change the size of an object, works best if it was the last object
+ * allocated
+ */
+extern void *
+DS_ArenaGrow(DSArena *arena, void *pOld, unsigned long oldsize,
+	     unsigned long newsize);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* __DS_h_ */

mozilla/include/dserr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DS_ERR_h_
+#define __DS_ERR_h_
+
+#define DS_ERROR_BASE				(-0x1000)
+#define DS_ERROR_LIMIT				(DS_ERROR_BASE + 1000)
+
+#define IS_DS_ERROR(code) \
+    (((code) >= DS_ERROR_BASE) && ((code) < DS_ERROR_LIMIT))
+
+/*
+** DS library error codes
+*/
+#define DS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY			(DS_ERROR_BASE + 0)
+
+#endif /* __DS_ERR_h_ */

mozilla/include/edttypes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,653 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  File defines external editor types.
+ *
+ * These types are remapped internally to the editor.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _edt_types_h_
+#define _edt_types_h_
+
+#ifndef EDITOR_TYPES
+#define ED_Element void
+#define ED_Buffer void
+#define ED_TagCursor void
+#define ED_BitArray void
+#endif
+
+#include "xp_core.h"
+
+/* Number of "Netscape Colors" All are in 
+ * Color cube 
+*/
+#define   MAX_NS_COLORS        70
+
+typedef int32  ED_BufferOffset;
+
+/*
+ * Handle to Internal structure used for maintaining links.
+*/
+typedef struct ED_Link* ED_LinkId;
+#define ED_LINK_ID_NONE     0
+
+/* this id is passed to FE_GetImageData.. when it returns, we know to pass
+ *  the call to EDT_SetImageData
+*/
+#define ED_IMAGE_LOAD_HACK_ID -10
+
+typedef enum {
+    ED_ELEMENT_NONE,            /* Not returned from EDT_GetCurrentElement, needed to have a "not known" value */
+    ED_ELEMENT_SELECTION,       /* a selection instead of a single element */
+    ED_ELEMENT_TEXT,
+    ED_ELEMENT_IMAGE,
+    ED_ELEMENT_HRULE,
+    ED_ELEMENT_UNKNOWN_TAG,
+    ED_ELEMENT_TARGET,
+    ED_ELEMENT_TABLE,           /* Keep these at the end so we can use type >= ED_ELEMENT_TABLE to test for any of them */
+    ED_ELEMENT_CELL,
+    ED_ELEMENT_ROW,             /* May not need these. Currently returning ED_ELEMENT_CELL instead */
+    ED_ELEMENT_COL
+} ED_ElementType;
+
+typedef enum {
+    ED_CARET_BEFORE = 0,
+    ED_CARET_AFTER  = 1
+} ED_CaretObjectPosition;
+
+#define TF_NONE         0
+#define TF_BOLD         1
+#define TF_ITALIC       2
+#define TF_FIXED        4
+#define TF_SUPER        8
+#define TF_SUB          0x10
+#define TF_STRIKEOUT    0x20
+#define TF_BLINK        0x40
+#define TF_FONT_COLOR   0x80     /* set if font has color */
+#define TF_FONT_SIZE    0x100    /* set if font has size */
+#define TF_HREF         0x200
+#define TF_SERVER       0x400
+#define TF_SCRIPT       0x800
+#define TF_STYLE        0x1000
+#define TF_UNDERLINE    0x2000
+#define TF_FONT_FACE    0x4000
+#define TF_NOBREAK      0x8000
+#define TF_SPELL        0x10000
+#define TF_INLINEINPUT  0x20000
+#define TF_INLINEINPUTTHICK  0x40000
+#define TF_INLINEINPUTDOTTED  0x80000
+#define TF_FONT_WEIGHT 0x100000
+#define TF_FONT_POINT_SIZE 0x200000
+
+typedef int32 ED_TextFormat; /* Prefered type for the editor text format. */
+typedef ED_TextFormat ED_ETextFormat; /* Alias for old code. Remove when possible. */
+
+/* Similar to ED_TextFormat. Used when multiple cells are represented in EDT_TableCellData */
+
+#define CF_NONE         0
+#define CF_ALIGN        1
+#define CF_VALIGN       2
+#define CF_COLSPAN      4     
+#define CF_ROWSPAN      8    
+#define CF_HEADER       0x10 
+#define CF_NOWRAP       0x20 
+#define CF_WIDTH        0x40 
+#define CF_HEIGHT       0x80 
+#define CF_BACK_COLOR   0x100
+#define CF_BACK_IMAGE   0x200
+#define CF_BACK_NOSAVE  0x400
+#define CF_EXTRA_HTML   0x800
+
+typedef int32 ED_CellFormat; /* Prefered type for the editor cell format. */
+
+/*
+ * The names here are confusing, and have a historical basis that is
+ * lost in the mists of time. The trouble is that the "ED_ALIGN_CENTER"
+ * tag is really "abscenter", while the ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER tag is
+ * really "center". (and the same for the TOP and BOTTOM tags.)
+ *
+ * Someday, if we have a lot of spare time we could switch the names. 
+ */
+
+/* CLM: Swapped bottom and center tags -- should match latest extensions now?
+ *      Note: BASELINE is not written out (this is default display mode)
+*/
+typedef enum {
+    ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT        = -1,
+    ED_ALIGN_CENTER         = 0,    /* abscenter    */
+    ED_ALIGN_LEFT           = 1,    /* left         */
+    ED_ALIGN_RIGHT          = 2,    /* right        */
+    ED_ALIGN_TOP            = 3,    /* texttop      */
+    ED_ALIGN_BOTTOM         = 4,    /* absbottom    */
+    ED_ALIGN_BASELINE       = 5,    /* baseline     */
+    ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER      = 6,    /* center       */
+    ED_ALIGN_ABSBOTTOM      = 7,    /* bottom       */
+    ED_ALIGN_ABSTOP         = 8     /* top          */
+} ED_Alignment;
+
+
+/*------------------- TABLE SIZING AND SELECTION --------------------*/
+
+/*  SizeStyle defines */
+#define  ED_SIZE_NONE           0
+#define  ED_SIZE_TOP            0x0001
+#define  ED_SIZE_RIGHT          0x0002
+#define  ED_SIZE_BOTTOM         0x0004
+#define  ED_SIZE_LEFT           0x0008
+#define  ED_SIZE_ADD_ROWS       0x0010
+#define  ED_SIZE_ADD_COLS       0x0020
+
+/*  Hotspot at corners */
+#define  ED_SIZE_TOP_RIGHT      (ED_SIZE_TOP | ED_SIZE_RIGHT)
+#define  ED_SIZE_BOTTOM_RIGHT   (ED_SIZE_BOTTOM | ED_SIZE_RIGHT)
+#define  ED_SIZE_TOP_LEFT       (ED_SIZE_TOP | ED_SIZE_LEFT)
+#define  ED_SIZE_BOTTOM_LEFT    (ED_SIZE_BOTTOM | ED_SIZE_LEFT)
+
+typedef intn ED_SizeStyle;
+
+typedef enum {                /* Return value for EDT_GetTableHitRegion) */
+    ED_HIT_NONE,
+    ED_HIT_SEL_TABLE,         /* Upper left corner */
+    ED_HIT_SEL_COL,           /* Near top table border */
+    ED_HIT_SEL_ROW,           /* Near left table border */
+    ED_HIT_SEL_CELL,          /* Near top cell border */
+    ED_HIT_SEL_ALL_CELLS,     /* Upper left corner when Ctrl is pressed */
+    ED_HIT_SIZE_TABLE_WIDTH,  /* Near right table border */
+    ED_HIT_SIZE_TABLE_HEIGHT, /* Near bottom table border */
+    ED_HIT_SIZE_COL,          /* Near right border of a cell and between columns */
+    ED_HIT_SIZE_ROW,          /* Near bottom border of a cell and between columns */
+    ED_HIT_ADD_ROWS,          /* Lower left corner */
+    ED_HIT_ADD_COLS,          /* Lower right corner */
+    ED_HIT_DRAG_TABLE,        /* Near bottom border and between rows when table or cell is already selected */
+    ED_HIT_CHANGE_COLSPAN,    /* Near Right border of cell having COLSPAN (Not used yet) */
+    ED_HIT_CHANGE_ROWSPAN     /* Bottom edge of cell having ROWSPAN (Not used yet) */
+} ED_HitType;
+
+typedef enum {             /* Return types for EDT_GetTableDragDropRegion */
+    ED_DROP_NONE,               /* Don't allow drop - when pasting wouldn't change anything */
+    ED_DROP_NORMAL,             /* No special table behavior - do the same as any HTML drop */
+    ED_DROP_INSERT_BEFORE,      /* Between columns - near left border of cell when source = column */
+    ED_DROP_INSERT_AFTER,       /* Between columns - near right border of cell when source = column */
+    ED_DROP_INSERT_ABOVE,       /* Between rows - near top border of cell when source = row */
+    ED_DROP_INSERT_BELOW,       /* Between rows - near bottom border of cell when source = row */
+    ED_DROP_REPLACE_CELL,       /* Inside cell - when we want to replace cell contents */
+    ED_DROP_APPEND_CONTENTS     /* Inside cell - when we append to existing contents */
+} ED_DropType;
+
+struct _EDT_DragTableData {
+    ED_HitType  iSourceType;         /* One of the ED_HIT_SEL_... enums */
+    ED_DropType iDropType;           /* One of above enum values */
+    LO_Element  *pFirstSelectedCell; /* First cell in source being dragged */
+    LO_Element  *pDragOverCell;      /* Cell being dragged over */
+    intn         iRows;              /* Number of rows */
+    intn         iColumns;           /*  and columns in selection */
+    int32        X;                  /* Location to place highlighting or make caret */
+    int32        Y;                  /*  to show where to drop cells */
+    int32        iWidth;
+    int32        iHeight;
+};
+typedef struct _EDT_DragTableData EDT_DragTableData;
+
+
+typedef enum {             /* Return values from EDT_GetMergeCellsType */
+    ED_MERGE_NONE,
+    ED_MERGE_NEXT_CELL,
+    ED_MERGE_SELECTED_CELLS
+} ED_MergeType;
+
+/* Used with EDT_ChangeTableSelection to tell if we should move
+ *   to next Cell, Row, or Columns along with changing the selected cells
+*/
+typedef enum {             
+    ED_MOVE_NONE,
+    ED_MOVE_PREV,
+    ED_MOVE_NEXT
+} ED_MoveSelType;
+
+/*--------------------------- HREF --------------------------------*/
+
+struct _EDT_HREFData {
+    char *pURL;
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_HREFData EDT_HREFData;
+
+/*--------------------------- Image --------------------------------*/
+
+struct _EDT_ImageData {
+    XP_Bool bIsMap;        
+/*    char *pUseMap;  created with XP_ALLOC()    Now in pExtra, hardts */
+    ED_Alignment align;
+    char *pSrc;         
+    char *pLowSrc;
+    char *pName;
+    char *pAlt;
+    int32  iWidth;
+    int32  iHeight;
+    XP_Bool bWidthPercent;         /* Range: 1 - 100 if TRUE, else = pixels (default) */
+    XP_Bool bHeightPercent;
+    int32 iHSpace;
+    int32 iVSpace;
+    int32 iBorder;
+/* Added hardts */
+    XP_Bool bNoSave;
+/* Added by CLM: */
+    int32  iOriginalWidth;        /* Width and Height we got on initial loading */
+    int32  iOriginalHeight;
+    EDT_HREFData *pHREFData;
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_ImageData EDT_ImageData;
+
+/*--------------------------- Target --------------------------------*/
+
+struct _EDT_TargetData {
+    char *pName;
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_TargetData EDT_TargetData;
+
+/*--------------------------- Character  --------------------------------*/
+#define ED_FONT_POINT_SIZE_DEFAULT 0
+#define ED_FONT_POINT_SIZE_MIN 1
+#define ED_FONT_POINT_SIZE_MAX 1000
+
+#define ED_FONT_WEIGHT_MIN 100
+#define ED_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL 400
+#define ED_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLD 700
+#define ED_FONT_WEIGHT_MAX 900
+
+enum {
+    ED_FONT_VARIABLE,
+    ED_FONT_FIXED,
+    ED_FONT_LOCAL
+};
+
+struct _EDT_CharacterData {
+    ED_TextFormat mask;             /* bits to set or get */
+    ED_TextFormat values;           /* values of the bits in the mask */
+    LO_Color *pColor;               /* color if mask bit is set */
+    int32 iSize;                    /* size if mask bit is set */
+    EDT_HREFData *pHREFData;        /* href if mask bit is set */
+    ED_LinkId linkId;               /* internal use only */
+    char* pFontFace;                /* FontFace name */
+    int16  iWeight;                 /* font weight range = 100-900, 400=Normal, 700=Bold*/
+    int16  iPointSize;              /* not sure what default is! Use 0 to mean "default" */
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_CharacterData EDT_CharacterData;
+
+/*--------------------------- Horizonal Rule --------------------------------*/
+
+struct _EDT_HorizRuleData {
+    ED_Alignment align;         /* only allows left and right alignment */
+    int32  size;                  /* value 1 to 100 indicates line thickness */     
+    int32  iWidth;                /* CM: default = 100% */
+    XP_Bool bWidthPercent;         /* Range: 1 - 100 if TRUE(default), else = pixels */
+    XP_Bool bNoShade;              
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_HorizRuleData EDT_HorizRuleData;
+
+/*--------------------------- ContainerData --------------------------------*/
+
+struct _EDT_ContainerData {
+    ED_Alignment align;         /* only allows left and right alignment */
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_ContainerData EDT_ContainerData;
+
+/*--------------------------- TableData --------------------------------*/
+
+struct _EDT_TableData {
+    ED_Alignment align; /* ED_ALIGN_LEFT, ED_ALIGN_ABSCENTER, ED_ALIGN_RIGHT */
+    ED_Alignment malign; /* margin alignment: ED_ALIGN_DEFAULT, ED_ALIGN_LEFT, ED_ALIGN_RIGHT */
+    XP_Bool bUseCols; /* TRUE means COLS= will be output, which speeds up layout in 4.0 */
+    int32 iRows;
+    int32 iColumns;
+    XP_Bool bBorderWidthDefined;
+    int32 iBorderWidth;
+    int32 iCellSpacing;
+    int32 iCellPadding;
+    int32 iInterCellSpace;
+    XP_Bool bWidthDefined;
+    XP_Bool bWidthPercent;
+    int32 iWidth;
+    int32 iWidthPixels;
+    XP_Bool bHeightDefined;
+    XP_Bool bHeightPercent;
+    int32 iHeight;
+    int32 iHeightPixels;
+    LO_Color *pColorBackground;     /* null in the default case */
+    char *pBackgroundImage; /* null in the default case */
+    XP_Bool bBackgroundNoSave;
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_TableData EDT_TableData;
+
+/* iTableMode param for SetTableMode() */
+#define ED_TABLE_PERCENT           0x0001   /* Convert table and all cells to use % of parent width */
+#define ED_TABLE_PIXELS            0x0002   /* Convert table and all cells to use absolute pixels */
+#define ED_TABLE_USE_CELL_WIDTH    0x0004   /* Set WIDTH param for all cells (facilitates table resizing) */
+#define ED_TABLE_NO_CELL_WIDTH     0x0008   /* Remove WIDTH param for all cells */
+#define ED_TABLE_USE_COLS          0x0010   /* Set COLS param for table (use only 1st row for column widths) */
+#define ED_TABLE_NO_COLS           0x0020   /* Remove COLS param for table (all cell widths used) */
+
+/*--------------------------- TableCaptionData --------------------------------*/
+
+struct _EDT_TableCaptionData {
+    ED_Alignment align;
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_TableCaptionData EDT_TableCaptionData;
+
+/*--------------------------- TableRowData --------------------------------*/
+
+struct _EDT_TableRowData {
+    ED_Alignment align;
+    ED_Alignment valign;
+    LO_Color *pColorBackground;     /* null in the default case */
+    char *pBackgroundImage; /* null in the default case */
+    XP_Bool bBackgroundNoSave;
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_TableRowData EDT_TableRowData;
+
+/*--------------------------- TableCellData --------------------------------*/
+
+struct _EDT_TableCellData {
+    ED_CellFormat mask;             /* bits to tell us what we know for all cells */
+    ED_HitType iSelectionType;      /* Either: ED_HIT_SEL_CELL, ED_HIT_SEL_COL, ED_HIT_SEL_ROW, or ED_HIT_NONE */
+    intn iSelectedCount;            /* Number of cells selected. Usually >= 1 */
+    ED_Alignment align;
+    ED_Alignment valign;
+    int32 iColSpan;
+    int32 iRowSpan;
+    XP_Bool bHeader; /* TRUE == th, FALSE == td */
+    XP_Bool bNoWrap;
+    int32 X;
+    int32 Y;
+    intn  iRow;
+    XP_Bool bWidthDefined;
+    XP_Bool bWidthPercent;
+    int32 iWidth;
+    int32 iWidthPixels;
+    XP_Bool bHeightDefined;
+    XP_Bool bHeightPercent;
+    int32 iHeight;
+    int32 iHeightPixels;
+    LO_Color *pColorBackground;     /* null in the default case */
+    char *pBackgroundImage; /* null in the default case */
+    XP_Bool bBackgroundNoSave;
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_TableCellData EDT_TableCellData;
+
+/*--------------------------- LayerData --------------------------------*/
+
+struct _EDT_LayerData {
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_LayerData EDT_LayerData;
+
+/*--------------------------- DivisionData --------------------------------*/
+
+struct _EDT_DivisionData {
+    ED_Alignment align;
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_DivisionData EDT_DivisionData;
+
+/*--------------------------- Page Properties --------------------------------*/
+struct _EDT_MetaData {
+    XP_Bool bHttpEquiv;        /* true, http-equiv="fdsfds", false name="fdsfds" */
+    char *pName;            /* http-equiv's or name's value */
+    char *pContent;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_MetaData EDT_MetaData;
+
+struct _EDT_PageData {
+    LO_Color *pColorBackground;     /* null in the default case */
+    LO_Color *pColorLink;
+    LO_Color *pColorText;
+    LO_Color *pColorFollowedLink;
+    LO_Color *pColorActiveLink;
+    char *pBackgroundImage;
+    XP_Bool bBackgroundNoSave;
+    char *pFontDefURL; /* For Web Fonts. */
+    XP_Bool bFontDefNoSave;
+    char *pTitle;
+    XP_Bool bKeepImagesWithDoc;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_PageData EDT_PageData;
+
+typedef enum {
+    ED_COLOR_BACKGROUND,
+    ED_COLOR_LINK,
+    ED_COLOR_TEXT,
+    ED_COLOR_FOLLOWED_LINK
+} ED_EColor;
+
+/*
+ * CLM: Java and PlugIn data structures
+*/
+ struct _EDT_ParamData {
+    char *pName;
+    char *pValue;
+};
+typedef struct _EDT_ParamData EDT_ParamData;
+
+typedef int32 EDT_ParamID;
+
+struct _EDT_PlugInData {
+    EDT_ParamID   ParamID;               /* Identifies which Param list is associated */
+    char          *pSrc;
+    XP_Bool          bHidden;
+    ED_Alignment  align;
+    int32           iWidth;
+    int32           iHeight;
+    XP_Bool          bWidthPercent;         /* Range: 1 - 100 if TRUE, else = pixels default) */
+    XP_Bool          bHeightPercent;
+    XP_Bool          bForegroundPalette;    /* PC systems only. For controling 256-color palette wars */
+    int32           iHSpace;
+    int32           iVSpace;
+    int32           iBorder;
+};
+typedef struct _EDT_PlugInData EDT_PlugInData;
+
+struct _EDT_JavaData {
+    EDT_ParamID   ParamID;
+    char          *pCode;
+    char          *pCodebase;
+    char          *pName;
+    ED_Alignment  align;
+    char          *pSrc;
+    int32           iWidth;
+    int32           iHeight;
+    XP_Bool          bWidthPercent;         /* Range: 1 - 100 if TRUE, else = pixels default) */
+    XP_Bool          bHeightPercent;
+    int32           iHSpace;
+    int32           iVSpace;
+    int32           iBorder;
+};
+typedef struct _EDT_JavaData EDT_JavaData;
+
+/* CLM: Error codes for file writing
+ *      Return 0 if no error
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    ED_ERROR_NONE,
+    ED_ERROR_READ_ONLY,           /* File is marked read-only */
+    ED_ERROR_BLOCKED,             /* Can't write at this time, edit buffer blocked */
+    ED_ERROR_BAD_URL,             /* URL was not a "file:" type or no string */
+    ED_ERROR_FILE_OPEN,
+    ED_ERROR_FILE_WRITE,
+    ED_ERROR_CREATE_BAKNAME,
+    ED_ERROR_DELETE_BAKFILE,
+    ED_ERROR_FILE_RENAME_TO_BAK,
+    ED_ERROR_CANCEL,
+    ED_ERROR_FILE_EXISTS,         /* We really didn't save -- file existed and no overwrite */
+    ED_ERROR_SRC_NOT_FOUND,
+    ED_ERROR_FILE_READ,
+
+    /* The following are used internally by the editor and will not be passed to the front end. */
+    ED_ERROR_PUBLISHING,          /* When netlib encounters an error http or ftp publishing. */
+    ED_ERROR_TAPEFS_COMPLETION    /* The tape file system for saving encountered an error when
+                                     the Complete() method was called.  E.g. an error sending a 
+                                     mail message. */          
+} ED_FileError;
+
+typedef enum {
+    ED_TAG_OK,
+    ED_TAG_UNOPENED,
+    ED_TAG_UNCLOSED,
+    ED_TAG_UNTERMINATED_STRING,
+    ED_TAG_PREMATURE_CLOSE,
+    ED_TAG_TAGNAME_EXPECTED
+} ED_TagValidateResult;
+
+typedef enum {
+    ED_LIST_TYPE_DEFAULT,
+    ED_LIST_TYPE_DIGIT,         
+    ED_LIST_TYPE_BIG_ROMAN,
+    ED_LIST_TYPE_SMALL_ROMAN,
+    ED_LIST_TYPE_BIG_LETTERS,
+    ED_LIST_TYPE_SMALL_LETTERS,
+    ED_LIST_TYPE_CIRCLE,
+    ED_LIST_TYPE_SQUARE,
+    ED_LIST_TYPE_DISC,
+    ED_LIST_TYPE_CITE /* For Mail Quoting */
+} ED_ListType;
+
+
+struct _EDT_ListData {
+    /* This should be TagType, but there are problems with the include file dependencies. */
+    int8 iTagType;              /* P_UNUM_LIST, P_NUM_LIST, P_BLOCKQUOTE, */
+                                /* P_DIRECTOR, P_MENU, P_DESC_LIST */
+    XP_Bool bCompact;
+    ED_ListType eType;
+    int32 iStart;                /* automatically maps, start is one */
+    char *pBaseURL;              /* If an ED_LIST_TYPE_CITE, this is the URL from the enclosing <BASE> tag. 
+                                    Don't expose this to users because not actually written out in the HTML. */
+    char *pExtra;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_ListData EDT_ListData;
+
+typedef enum {
+    ED_BREAK_NORMAL,            /* just break the line, ignore images */
+    ED_BREAK_LEFT,              /* break so it passes the image on the left */
+    ED_BREAK_RIGHT,             /* break past the right image */
+    ED_BREAK_BOTH               /* break past both images */
+} ED_BreakType;
+
+typedef enum {
+    ED_SAVE_OVERWRITE_THIS,
+    ED_SAVE_OVERWRITE_ALL,
+    ED_SAVE_DONT_OVERWRITE_THIS,
+    ED_SAVE_DONT_OVERWRITE_ALL,
+    ED_SAVE_CANCEL
+} ED_SaveOption;
+
+/* After saving, what to do with the editor buffer. */
+typedef enum {
+    ED_FINISHED_GOTO_NEW,       /* Point the editor to the location of the 
+                                   newly saved document. */
+    ED_FINISHED_REVERT_BUFFER,  /* Revert the buffer to the state before
+                                   the save operation began. */
+    ED_FINISHED_SAVE_DRAFT,     /* Like ED_FINISHED_REVERT_BUFFER, except clears the dirty flag
+                                   on success. */
+    ED_FINISHED_MAIL_SEND      /*  If we succeed we're going to throw the buffer
+                                   away, so don't revert it.  If failure, revert the buffer.
+                                   Used for mail compose, we don't 
+                                   want the editor to start any operation that 
+                                   causes problems when libmsg destroys the editor
+                                   context. */
+} ED_SaveFinishedOption;
+
+
+/* For FE_SaveDialogCreate */
+typedef enum {
+  ED_SAVE_DLG_SAVE_LOCAL,  /* "saving files to local disk" */
+  ED_SAVE_DLG_PUBLISH,     /* "uploading files to remote server" */
+  ED_SAVE_DLG_PREPARE_PUBLISH /* "preparing files to publish" */
+} ED_SaveDialogType;
+
+typedef int32 EDT_ClipboardResult;
+#define EDT_COP_OK 0
+#define EDT_COP_DOCUMENT_BUSY 1
+#define EDT_COP_SELECTION_EMPTY 2
+#define EDT_COP_SELECTION_CROSSES_TABLE_DATA_CELL 3
+/* For the result EDT_COP_CLIPBOARD_BAD the XP code has already
+ * given the user an error dialog. So FE code should not
+ * give an additional error dialog. (Only occurs on
+ * paste and paste-like operations.)
+ */
+#define EDT_COP_CLIPBOARD_BAD 4
+
+
+#ifdef FIND_REPLACE
+
+#define ED_FIND_FIND_ALL_WORDS  1       /* used to enumerate all words in a */
+                                        /*  buffer */
+#define ED_FIND_MATCH_CASE      2       /* default is to ignore case */
+#define ED_FIND_REPLACE         4       /* call back the replace routine */
+#define ED_FIND_WHOLE_BUFFER    8       /* start search from the top */
+#define ED_FIND_REVERSE         0x10    /* reverse search from this point */
+
+typedef intn ED_FindFlags;
+
+typedef void (*EDT_PFReplaceFunc)( void *pMWContext, 
+                                  char *pFoundWord, 
+                                  char **pReplaceWord );
+
+struct _EDT_FindAndReplaceData {
+    char* pSearchString;
+    ED_FindFlags fflags;
+    EDT_PFReplaceFunc pfReplace;
+};
+
+typedef struct _EDT_FindAndReplaceData EDT_FindAndReplaceData;
+
+#endif /* FIND_REPLACE */
+
+/* Callback function for image encoder */
+
+typedef int32 EDT_ImageEncoderReference;
+typedef unsigned char EDT_ImageEncoderStatus;
+#define ED_IMAGE_ENCODER_OK 0
+#define ED_IMAGE_ENCODER_USER_CANCELED 1
+#define ED_IMAGE_ENCODER_EXCEPTION 2
+
+typedef void (*EDT_ImageEncoderCallbackFn)(EDT_ImageEncoderStatus status, void* hook);
+
+#endif

mozilla/include/fe_rgn.h

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+/* Region-related definitions and prototypes */
+
+#ifndef _FE_RGN_H_
+#define _FE_RGN_H_
+
+#ifdef LAYERS
+
+#include "xp_core.h"
+#include "xp_rect.h"
+/******************Definitions and Types************/
+
+/* For Windows only: Should we use the MFC CRgn class for region stuff? */
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+#undef FE_RGN_USE_MFC
+#endif /* XP_WIN */
+
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+
+#ifdef FE_RGN_USE_MFC
+#define FE_GetMDRegion(rgn) ((CRgn *)rgn)
+#else 
+/* 
+ * Note that the resultant CRgn * does not have to be 
+ * explicitly deleted. It is considered a temporary object
+ * by the MFC and is deleted the next time we have idle
+ * time in the event loop.
+ */
+#define FE_GetMDRegion(rgn) ((HRGN)rgn)
+#endif /* FE_RGN_USE_MFC */
+
+#elif defined(XP_UNIX)
+#define FE_GetMDRegion(rgn) ((Region)rgn)
+#elif defined(XP_MAC)
+#define FE_GetMDRegion(rgn) ((RgnHandle)rgn)
+#else
+#define FE_GetMDRegion(rgn) (rgn)
+#endif /* XP_WIN */
+
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+#define FE_MAX_REGION_COORDINATE 0x7FFFFFFF
+#else
+#define FE_MAX_REGION_COORDINATE 0x7FFF
+#endif
+
+/* Setting the clip region to this effectively unsets the clip */
+#define FE_NULL_REGION NULL
+
+#define FE_CLEAR_REGION(region)    \
+    do {FE_SubtractRegion((region), (region), (region)); } while (0)
+
+/* Function called by FE_ForEachRectInRegion */
+typedef void (*FE_RectInRegionFunc)(void *closure, XP_Rect *rect);
+
+/*******************Prototypes**********************/
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+extern FE_Region FE_CreateRegion(void);
+
+/* Creates a region from a rectangle. Returns */
+/* NULL if region can't be created.           */
+extern FE_Region FE_CreateRectRegion(XP_Rect *rect);
+
+/* Destroys region. */
+extern void FE_DestroyRegion(FE_Region region);
+
+/* Makes a copy of a region. If dst is NULL, creates a new region */
+extern FE_Region FE_CopyRegion(FE_Region src, FE_Region dst);
+
+/* Set an existing region to a rectangle */
+extern FE_Region FE_SetRectRegion(FE_Region region, XP_Rect *rect);
+
+/* dst = src1 intersect sr2       */
+/* dst can be one of src1 or src2 */
+extern void FE_IntersectRegion(FE_Region src1, FE_Region src2, FE_Region dst);
+
+/* dst = src1 union src2          */
+/* dst can be one of src1 or src2 */
+extern void FE_UnionRegion(FE_Region src1, FE_Region src2, FE_Region dst);
+
+/* dst = src1 - src2              */
+/* dst can be one of src1 or src2 */
+extern void FE_SubtractRegion(FE_Region src1, FE_Region src2, FE_Region dst);
+
+/* Returns TRUE if the region contains no pixels */
+extern XP_Bool FE_IsEmptyRegion(FE_Region region);
+
+/* Returns the bounding rectangle of the region */
+extern void FE_GetRegionBoundingBox(FE_Region region, XP_Rect *bbox);
+
+/* TRUE if rgn1 == rgn2 */
+extern XP_Bool FE_IsEqualRegion(FE_Region rgn1, FE_Region rgn2);
+
+/* Moves a region by the specified offsets */
+extern void FE_OffsetRegion(FE_Region region, int32 xOffset, int32 yOffset);
+
+/* Is any part of the rectangle in the specified region */
+extern XP_Bool FE_RectInRegion(FE_Region region, XP_Rect *rect);
+
+/* For each rectangle that makes up this region, call the func */
+extern void FE_ForEachRectInRegion(FE_Region region, 
+								   FE_RectInRegionFunc func,
+								   void * closure);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+extern void FE_HighlightRect(void *context, XP_Rect *rect, int how_much);
+extern void FE_HighlightRegion(void *context, FE_Region region, int how_much);
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* LAYERS */
+
+#endif /* _FE_RGN_H_ */

mozilla/include/fullsoft.h

@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *  fullsoft.h
+ *
+ *  Created: 10/15/97
+ *  Author:  Matt Kendall
+ *
+ *  Copyright (C) 1997-98, Full Circle Software, Inc., All Rights Reserved
+ *
+ *  Full Circle "Spiral" Application API Definition
+ *  - mkk 1/19/98 renamed from "spiral.h" to "fullsoft.h"
+ *
+ *--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !defined(__FULLSOFT_H)
+#define __FULLSOFT_H
+
+/* define NO_FC_API to disable all calls to the Full Circle library */
+/* define FC_TRACE to enable the Full Circle TRACE macro */
+/* define FC_ASSERT to enable the Full Circle ASSERT macro */
+/* define FC_TRACE_PARAM to enable the Full Circle TRACE_PARAM macro */
+/* define FC_ASSERT_PARAM to enable the Full Circle TRACE_PARAM macro */
+
+#if !defined(FAR)
+#define FAR
+#endif /* !FAR */
+
+#if !defined(FCAPI)
+#define FCAPI
+#endif /* defined FCAPI */
+
+
+typedef const char FAR *      FC_KEY ;
+typedef const char FAR *      FC_TRIGGER ;
+typedef unsigned long         FC_DATE ;
+typedef unsigned long         FC_UINT32 ;
+typedef       void FAR *      FC_PVOID ;
+typedef const char FAR *      FC_STRING ;
+typedef       void FAR *      FC_CONTEXT ;
+
+#define                       FC_CONTEXT_NONE   ((FC_CONTEXT) -1)
+
+typedef enum {
+	FC_DATA_TYPE_BINARY,
+	FC_DATA_TYPE_STRING,
+	FC_DATA_TYPE_INTEGER,
+	FC_DATA_TYPE_DATE,
+	FC_DATA_TYPE_COUNTER
+} FC_DATA_TYPE ;
+
+typedef enum {
+	FC_ERROR_OK = 0,
+	FC_ERROR_CANT_INITIALIZE,
+	FC_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED,
+	FC_ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED,
+	FC_ERROR_FAILED,
+	FC_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
+	FC_ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER
+} FC_ERROR ;
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* define NO_FC_API to disable all calls to the Full Circle library */
+	
+#if !defined(NO_FC_API)
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCInitialize( void ) ;
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCCreateKey(
+    FC_KEY key,
+    FC_DATA_TYPE type,
+    FC_UINT32 first_count,
+    FC_UINT32 last_count,
+    FC_UINT32 max_element_size) ;
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCCreatePersistentKey(
+    FC_KEY key,
+    FC_DATA_TYPE type,
+    FC_UINT32 first_count,
+    FC_UINT32 last_count,
+    FC_UINT32 max_element_size) ;
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCAddDataToKey(
+    FC_KEY key,
+    FC_PVOID buffer,
+    FC_UINT32 data_length) ;
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCAddIntToKey(
+    FC_KEY key,
+    FC_UINT32 data) ;
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCAddStringToKey(
+    FC_KEY key,
+    FC_STRING string) ;
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCAddDateToKey(
+	FC_KEY key,
+	FC_DATE date) ;
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCSetCounter(
+    FC_KEY key,
+    FC_UINT32 value) ;
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCIncrementCounter(
+    FC_KEY key,
+    FC_UINT32 value) ;
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCRegisterMemory(
+    FC_KEY key,
+    FC_DATA_TYPE type,
+    FC_PVOID buffer,
+    FC_UINT32 length,
+    FC_UINT32 dereference_count,
+    FC_CONTEXT context) ;
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCUnregisterMemory( FC_CONTEXT context ) ;
+
+FC_ERROR FCAPI
+FCTrigger( FC_TRIGGER trigger ) ;
+
+void FCAPI
+FCTrace(FC_STRING fmt, ... ) ;
+
+void FCAPI
+FCAssert() ;
+
+void FCAPI
+FCTraceParam(
+    FC_UINT32 track,
+    FC_UINT32 level,
+    FC_STRING fmt,
+    ... ) ;
+
+void FCAPI
+FCAssertParam(
+    FC_UINT32 track,
+    FC_UINT32 level ) ;
+
+#if defined(FC_ASSERT)
+#if defined(ASSERT)
+#undef ASSERT
+#endif /* defined ASSERT */
+#define ASSERT(a) { if( !(a) ) FCAssert() ; }
+#endif /* FC_ASSERT */
+
+#if defined(FC_TRACE)
+#if defined(TRACE)
+#undef TRACE
+#endif /* defined TRACE */
+#define TRACE FCTrace
+#endif /* FC_TRACE */
+
+#if defined(FC_ASSERT_PARAM)
+#if defined(ASSERT_PARAM)
+#undef ASSERT_PARAM
+#endif /* defined ASSERT_PARAM */
+#define ASSERT_PARAM(a,b,c) { if ( !(c) ) FCAssertParam(a,b) ; }
+#endif /* FC_ASSERT_PARAM */
+
+#if defined(FC_TRACE_PARAM)
+#if defined(TRACE_PARAM)
+#undef TRACE_PARAM
+#endif /* defined TRACE_PARAM */
+#define TRACE_PARAM FCTraceParam
+#endif /* FC_TRACE_PARAM */
+
+#else /* NO_FC_API */
+
+#define FCInitialize()                      FC_ERROR_OK
+#define FCCreateKey(a,b,c,d,e)              FC_ERROR_OK
+#define FCCreatePersistentKey(a,b,c,d,e)    FC_ERROR_OK 
+#define FCAddDataToKey(a,b,c)               FC_ERROR_OK 
+#define FCAddIntToKey(a,b)                  FC_ERROR_OK 
+#define FCAddStringToKey(a,b)               FC_ERROR_OK
+#define FCAddDateToKey(a,b)                 FC_ERROR_OK
+#define FCRegisterMemory(a,b,c,d,e,f)       FC_ERROR_OK
+#define FCUnregisterMemory(a)               FC_ERROR_OK
+#define FCTrigger(a)                        FC_ERROR_OK
+#define FCSetCounter(a,b)                   FC_ERROR_OK
+#define FCIncrementCounter(a,b)             FC_ERROR_OK
+
+#if defined(FC_ASSERT)
+#define ASSERT(f)    ((void)0)
+#endif /* FC_ASSERT */
+
+#if defined(FC_TRACE)
+void FCAPI FCTrace(FC_STRING fmt,...) ;
+#define TRACE 1 ? (void)0 : FCTrace
+#endif /* FC_TRACE */
+
+#if defined(FC_ASSERT_PARAM)
+#define ASSERT_PARAM(a,b,c)    ((void)0)
+#endif /* FC_ASSERT_PARAM */
+
+#if defined(FC_TRACE_PARAM)
+void FCAPI FCTraceParam(
+    FC_UINT32 track,
+    FC_UINT32 level,
+    FC_STRING fmt,
+    ... ) ;
+
+#define TRACE_PARAM 1 ? (void) 0 : FCTraceParam
+#endif /* FC_TRACE_PARAM */
+
+#endif /* NO_FC_API */
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus)
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __FULLSOFT_H */

mozilla/include/garray.h

@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+// 
+// Warning:  This is a C++ file.  
+//
+//
+// This implements cross platform Growable arrays of Pointers.
+//
+#ifndef _GARRAY_H_
+#define _GARRAY_H_
+
+//
+//    On Unix (well at least Solaris) we are having troubles with
+//    templates, so hey, we won't use them...djw.
+//
+//    On Mac we are having troubles as well, so add me to the list.
+//    Now, why even have templates?...jar
+//
+#if ! ( defined(XP_WIN16) || defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_MAC) )
+#define TEMPLATE_SUPPORT    1
+#endif
+
+
+class CXP_GrowableArray {
+protected:
+    void **m_pData;
+    int m_iSize;
+    int m_iAllocSize;
+
+    int NewSize( int iMinSize){
+        int iNewSize = MAX( m_iAllocSize,16) ;
+        while( iNewSize < iMinSize ){
+            iNewSize = iNewSize+iNewSize;
+        }
+        return iNewSize;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // this is the routine that does the actual work.  Should be in 
+    //  its own file.
+    //
+    void GuaranteeSize(int iSize){ 
+        if(m_iAllocSize <= iSize){
+            int iNewSize = NewSize( iSize );
+            if( m_iAllocSize ){
+                void ** pNewData = new void*[iNewSize];
+                XP_BCOPY( m_pData, pNewData, m_iAllocSize * sizeof(void*) );
+                delete [] m_pData;
+                m_pData = pNewData;
+            }
+            else{
+                m_pData = new void*[iNewSize];
+            }
+            m_iAllocSize = iNewSize;
+        } 
+    }
+
+public:
+    CXP_GrowableArray(int iStartSize=0): m_pData(0),m_iSize(0),m_iAllocSize(0){ 
+        if( iStartSize ){
+            GuaranteeSize( iStartSize );
+        }
+    };
+
+    ~CXP_GrowableArray(){ delete [] m_pData; }
+
+    int Size(){ return m_iSize; }
+
+    void SetSize( int iSize ){ 
+        GuaranteeSize( iSize );
+        m_iSize = iSize;
+    }
+
+    void* operator[](int nIndex) const { return m_pData[nIndex]; }
+    void*& operator[](int nIndex){ return m_pData[nIndex]; }
+
+    int Add(void* newElement){ 
+        GuaranteeSize(m_iSize+1);
+        m_pData[m_iSize] = newElement;
+        /* Return index to last item in list */
+        return m_iSize++;
+    }
+
+    int Delete( int nIndex ){ 
+        if( nIndex < m_iSize )
+        {
+            for( int i = nIndex; i < m_iSize-1; i++ )
+            {
+               /* Suffle remaining pointers down */
+               m_pData[nIndex] = m_pData[nIndex+1];
+            }
+            m_iSize--;
+        }
+        /* Return index to last item in list */
+        return (m_iSize-1);
+    }
+
+    int Delete( void* element ){ 
+        for( int i = 0; i < m_iSize; i++ )
+        {
+            if( m_pData[i] == element )
+            {
+                return Delete(i);
+            }
+        }
+        return (m_iSize-1);
+    }
+
+    int Find( void* element ){ 
+        for( int i = 0; i < m_iSize; i++ )
+        {
+            if( m_pData[i] == element )
+            {
+                return i;
+            }
+        }
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    void Empty(){
+        m_iSize = 0;
+    }
+};
+
+class CXP_PtrStack : public CXP_GrowableArray{
+public:
+    int m_iTop;
+    CXP_PtrStack(): m_iTop(-1){}
+    Bool IsEmpty(){ return m_iTop == -1; }
+    void Push( void* t ){ 
+        if( ++m_iTop >= Size() ) {
+            Add( t );
+        }
+        else {
+            (*this)[m_iTop] = t;
+        }
+    }
+    void* Top(){ return (*this)[m_iTop]; }
+    void* Pop(){ return (*this)[m_iTop--];}
+    void Reset(){ m_iTop = -1; }
+    int StackSize() { return m_iTop + 1; }
+};
+
+#ifdef TEMPLATE_SUPPORT
+
+template<class PTRTYPE>
+class TXP_GrowableArray: public CXP_GrowableArray {
+public:
+    PTRTYPE operator[](int nIndex) const { return (PTRTYPE)(int32)m_pData[nIndex]; }
+    PTRTYPE& operator[](int nIndex){ return *(PTRTYPE*)&m_pData[nIndex]; }
+    int Add(PTRTYPE newElement){ return CXP_GrowableArray::Add( (void*) newElement ); }
+};
+
+#define Declare_GrowableArray(NAME,PTRTYPE) \
+    typedef TXP_GrowableArray<PTRTYPE> TXP_GrowableArray_##NAME;
+
+#else
+
+#define Declare_GrowableArray(NAME,PTRTYPE)                                 \
+    class TXP_GrowableArray_##NAME: public CXP_GrowableArray {                          \
+    public:                                                                             \
+        PTRTYPE operator[](int nIndex) const { return (PTRTYPE)(int32)m_pData[nIndex]; }\
+        PTRTYPE& operator[](int nIndex){ return *(PTRTYPE*)&m_pData[nIndex]; }          \
+        int Add(PTRTYPE newElement){ return CXP_GrowableArray::Add( (void*) newElement ); } \
+    };                                                                                 \
+
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// PtrStack Imlementation
+//
+#ifdef TEMPLATE_SUPPORT
+template<class PTRTYPE>
+class TXP_PtrStack : public TXP_GrowableArray<PTRTYPE> {
+public:
+    int m_iTop;
+    TXP_PtrStack(): m_iTop(-1){}
+    Bool IsEmpty(){ return m_iTop == -1; }
+    void Push( PTRTYPE t ){ 
+        if( ++m_iTop >= Size() ) {
+            Add( t );
+        }
+        else {
+            (*this)[m_iTop] = t;
+        }
+    }
+    PTRTYPE Top(){ return (*this)[m_iTop]; }
+    PTRTYPE Pop(){ return (*this)[m_iTop--];}
+    void Reset(){ m_iTop = -1; }
+    int StackSize(){ return m_iTop + 1; }
+};
+
+#define Declare_PtrStack(NAME,PTRTYPE) \
+    typedef TXP_PtrStack<PTRTYPE> TXP_PtrStack_##NAME;
+
+#else // No template support
+
+#define Declare_PtrStack(NAME, PTRTYPE) \
+    class TXP_PtrStack_##NAME : public CXP_PtrStack {                   \
+    public:                                                             \
+        void Push( PTRTYPE t ){ CXP_PtrStack::Push((void*)(int32)t); }  \
+        PTRTYPE Top(){ return (PTRTYPE)(int32)CXP_PtrStack::Top(); }    \
+        PTRTYPE Pop(){ return (PTRTYPE)(int32)CXP_PtrStack::Pop(); }    \
+        PTRTYPE operator[](int nIndex) const { return (PTRTYPE)(int32)m_pData[nIndex]; }\
+        PTRTYPE& operator[](int nIndex){ return *(PTRTYPE*)&m_pData[nIndex]; }          \
+        int Add(PTRTYPE newElement){ return CXP_GrowableArray::Add( (void*)(int32)newElement ); } \
+    };                                                                  \
+
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+

mozilla/include/glhist.h

@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef GLHIST_H
+#define GLHIST_H
+
+#include "ntypes.h"
+
+typedef enum gh_SortColumn 
+{
+   eGH_NoSort = -1,
+   eGH_NameSort,
+   eGH_LocationSort,
+   eGH_FirstDateSort,
+   eGH_LastDateSort,
+   eGH_VisitCountSort
+}gh_SortColumn;
+
+typedef struct _gh_HistEntry 
+{
+    char *  address;
+    time_t  last_accessed;
+    time_t  first_accessed;
+    int32   iCount;
+	int32   iFlags;
+    char *  pszName;
+}gh_HistEntry;
+
+typedef struct _gh_HistEntryData
+{
+    time_t  last_accessed;
+    time_t  first_accessed;
+    int32   iCount;
+    int32   iFlags;    
+    char *  pszName;
+}gh_HistEntryData;
+
+typedef enum gh_FilterOp 
+{
+   eGH_FOEquals,
+   eGH_FOEqualsNot,
+   
+   eGH_FOGreater,
+   eGH_FOGreaterEqual,
+   eGH_FOLess,
+   eGH_FOLessEqual,
+   
+   eGH_FOHas,
+   eGH_FOHasNot
+}gh_FilterOp;
+
+typedef enum gh_FilterLogOp
+{
+   eGH_FLOAnd,
+   eGH_FLOOr
+}gh_FilterLogOp;
+
+typedef struct _gh_FilterCondition
+{
+   enum gh_SortColumn enCol;
+   enum gh_FilterOp   enOp;
+   
+   union
+   {
+      char *  pszTest;
+      int32   iTest;
+   } tests;
+}gh_FilterCondition;
+
+typedef struct _gh_Filter
+{
+   int32                         iNumConditions;
+   gh_FilterCondition *          pConditions;
+   gh_FilterLogOp *              enOps;
+}gh_Filter;
+
+typedef struct _gh_NotifyMsg
+{
+   int32   iNotifyMsg;
+   char *  pszKey;
+   void *  pUserData;
+} gh_NotifyMsg;
+
+typedef void *  GHHANDLE;
+typedef void *  GHURHANDLE;
+
+#define GH_NOTIFY_UPDATE   1
+#define GH_NOTIFY_DELETE   2
+
+#ifdef XP_WIN
+ typedef int (__cdecl *GHISTORY_NOTIFYPROC)( gh_NotifyMsg *pMsg );
+#else
+ typedef int (*GHISTORY_NOTIFYPROC)( gh_NotifyMsg *pMsg );
+#endif
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+/* if the url was found in the global history then the then number of seconds since
+ * the last access is returned.  if the url is not found -1 is returned
+ */
+extern int GH_CheckGlobalHistory(char * url);
+
+/* add or update the url in the global history
+ */
+extern void GH_UpdateGlobalHistory(URL_Struct * URL_s);
+
+/* save the global history to a file and remove the list from memory
+ */
+/*extern void GH_CleanupGlobalHistory(void);*/
+
+/* save the global history to a file and remove the list from memory
+ */
+extern void GH_SaveGlobalHistory(void);
+
+/* free the global history list
+ */
+extern void GH_FreeGlobalHistory(void);
+
+/* clear the entire global history list
+ */
+extern void GH_ClearGlobalHistory(void);
+
+#if defined(XP_MAC) || defined(XP_UNIX)
+/* set the maximum time for an object in the Global history in
+ * number of seconds
+ */
+extern void GH_SetGlobalHistoryTimeout(int32 timeout_interval);
+#endif
+
+/* start global history tracking
+ */
+extern void GH_InitGlobalHistory(void);
+
+/* create an HTML stream and push a bunch of HTML about
+ * the global history
+ *
+ * returns -1
+ */
+extern int NET_DisplayGlobalHistoryInfoAsHTML( MWContext *context, URL_Struct *URL_s, int format_out );
+
+/* 
+// Context/Handle based functions to retrieve a pseudo cursor on the
+// Global History list (using a specified sort/index).
+*/
+extern GHHANDLE        GH_GetContext( enum gh_SortColumn   enGHSort, 
+                                      gh_Filter *          pFilter, 
+                                      GHISTORY_NOTIFYPROC  pfNotifyProc,
+                                      GHURHANDLE           hUR,                            
+                                      void *               pUserData );
+extern void            GH_ReleaseContext( GHHANDLE pContext, Bool bReleaseUR );
+extern gh_HistEntry *  GH_GetRecord( GHHANDLE pContext, uint32 uRow );
+extern void            GH_DeleteRecord( GHHANDLE pContext, uint32 uRow, Bool bGroup );
+extern uint32          GH_GetNumRecords( GHHANDLE pContext );
+extern gh_SortColumn   GH_GetSortField( GHHANDLE pContext );
+extern int             GH_UpdateURLTitle( URL_Struct *pUrl, char *pszTitle, Bool bFrameCell );
+extern int32           GH_GetRecordNum( GHHANDLE pContext, char *pszLocation );
+extern int             GH_GetMRUPage( char *pszURL, int iMaxLen );
+extern void            GH_FileSaveAsHTML( GHHANDLE pContext, MWContext *pMWContext );
+extern GHURHANDLE      GH_GetURContext( GHHANDLE pContext );
+extern void            GH_SupportUndoRedo( GHHANDLE pContext );
+extern void            GH_Undo( GHHANDLE pContext );
+extern void            GH_Redo( GHHANDLE pContext );
+extern Bool            GH_CanUndo( GHHANDLE pContext );
+extern Bool            GH_CanRedo( GHHANDLE pContext );
+
+/* AutoComplete stuff */
+enum autoCompStatus {foundDone, notFoundDone, stillSearching, dontCallOnIdle};
+extern enum autoCompStatus urlMatch(const char *criteria, char **result, Bool freshStart, Bool scroll);
+extern void NET_RegisterEnableUrlMatchCallback(void);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* GLHIST_H */

mozilla/include/gui.h

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GUI_H_
+#define _GUI_H_
+
+/* These are defined in libnet/mkhttp.c.
+
+  XP_AppName      The name of the client program - usually "Netscape", but
+                  possibly something else for bundled versions, like the
+                  MCI client.
+
+  XP_AppCodeName  The name sent at the HTTP vendor ID string; regardless of 
+                  the value of XP_AppName, this must be "Mozilla" or 
+                  everything will break.
+
+  XP_AppVersion   The version number of the client as a string.  This is the
+                  string sent along with the vendor ID string, so it should be
+                  of the form "1.1N (Windows)" or "1.1N (X11; SunOS 4.1.3)".
+
+  XP_AppLanguage  The language of the navigator client.  Usually a two-letter
+                  code (EN, FR) but could be a 5-letter code for translations
+                  where a sub-language designation is appropriate (FR_CA)
+
+  XP_AppPlatform  The compiled flavor of the navigator (as opposed to what 
+                  it may actually be running on).
+ */
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+#if defined(XP_WIN) || defined(XP_OS2)
+extern char *XP_AppName, *XP_AppCodeName, *XP_AppVersion;
+extern char *XP_AppLanguage, *XP_AppPlatform;
+#else
+extern const char *XP_AppName, *XP_AppCodeName, *XP_AppVersion;
+extern const char *XP_AppLanguage, *XP_AppPlatform;
+#endif
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+/* this define is needed for error message efficiency
+ *
+ * please don't comment it out for UNIX - LJM
+ */
+/* this is constant across languages - do NOT localize it */
+#define XP_CANONICAL_CLIENT_NAME "Netscape"
+
+/* name of the program */
+/* XP_LOCAL_CLIENT_NAME was never used consistently: use XP_AppName instead. */
+
+#endif /* _GUI_H_ */

mozilla/include/hotlist.h

@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HOTLIST_H
+#define HOTLIST_H
+
+#include "xp_mcom.h"
+#include "ntypes.h"
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+typedef enum HOT_Type {
+  HOT_URLType, HOT_HeaderType, HOT_SeparatorType } HOT_Type;
+
+typedef struct HotlistStruct_ {
+    HOT_Type  type;
+    Bool      is_folded;        /* if it's a header is it folded? */
+    XP_List  *children;         /* a list of children, only headers have these */
+    char     *name;             /* a title */
+    char     *address;          /* the URL address */
+    char     *description;      /* random text */
+    time_t    last_visit;
+    time_t    addition_date;
+    char     *content_type;
+    struct HotlistStruct_  *parent; /* My hotlist parent */
+    XP_List  *lParent;          /* The XP_List object that points to my parent or NULL */
+} HotlistStruct;
+
+/* tell the hotlist code that the hotlist has been modified
+ * so that it gets saved the next time SaveHotlist is called
+ */
+extern void HOT_SetModified(void);
+
+/* changes a entry to a header type from a non header type
+ * and vice versa.  If the object was a header and
+ * has children, the children will be blown away. (very bad)
+ */
+extern void HOT_ChangeEntryType(HotlistStruct * entry, HOT_Type new_type);
+
+/* Fold or unfold a hotlist header
+ * 
+ * set the Boolean to True to fold the list and
+ * False to unfold
+ */
+extern void HOT_FoldHeader(HotlistStruct * item, Bool fold);
+
+/* checks the hotlist for a url and updates the last accessed
+ * time
+ */
+extern void HOT_UpdateHotlistTime(URL_Struct *URL_s, time_t cur_time);
+
+/* Performs regular expression match on hotlist name and address
+ * fields.  Returns the found object, or NULL if not
+ * found.
+ *
+ * start_obj specifies the object to start searching
+ * on.  The start_num object WILL NOT be searched but all those
+ * after it will be.
+ * To search the whole list give NULL as start_obj.
+ *
+ * If headers became unfolded because of the search then redisplay_all
+ * will be set to TRUE
+ */
+extern HotlistStruct * HOT_SearchHotlist(char * search_string, 
+										HotlistStruct * start_obj, 
+										Bool * redisplay_all);
+
+/* returns TRUE if the second argument is a direct
+ * descendent of the first argument.
+ *
+ * returns FALSE otherwise
+ */
+extern Bool HOT_IsDescendent(HotlistStruct *parent, HotlistStruct *possible_child);
+
+
+/* Reads the hostlist from disk, what else?
+ *
+ * pass in the hotlist filename and a relative URL which represents
+ * the original location of the html file.  If you are reading the
+ * default hotlist you should pass in a file URL of the form
+ * file://localhost/PATH
+ *
+ */
+extern void HOT_ReadHotlistFromDisk (char * filename, char * relative_url);
+
+/* returns an integer index of the item in the list
+ */
+extern int HOT_GetIndex(HotlistStruct * item);
+
+/* returns an integer index of the item in the list
+ * and does not pay attention to the is_folded value
+ */
+extern int HOT_GetUnfoldedIndex(HotlistStruct * item);
+
+/* returns the object associated with the index returned by 
+ * HOT_GetIndex()
+ */
+extern HotlistStruct * HOT_IndexOf(int index);
+
+/* returns the object associated with the index returned by 
+ * HOT_GetUnfoldedIndex()
+ */
+extern HotlistStruct * HOT_UnfoldedIndexOf(int index);
+
+/* returns an integer depth of the item in the list starting at zero
+ */
+extern int HOT_GetDepth(HotlistStruct * item);
+
+/* return a pointer to the main hotlist list
+ *
+ * returns NULL if nothing has ever been
+ * added to the hotlist
+ */
+extern XP_List * HOT_GetHotlistList(void);
+
+/* saves the hotlist to a configuration file
+ */
+extern int HOT_SaveHotlist (char * filename);
+
+/* Free's the entire hotlist
+ */
+extern void HOT_FreeHotlist (void);
+
+
+/* create a hotlist entry struct and fill it in with
+ * the passed in data
+ *
+ * returns NULL on out of memory error.
+ */
+extern HotlistStruct *
+HOT_CreateEntry(HOT_Type type,
+                const char *name,
+                const char *address,
+                const char *content_type,
+                time_t      last_visit);
+
+/* free's a hotlist entry
+ */
+extern void HOT_FreeEntry(HotlistStruct * entry);
+
+/* create a completely new copy of the entry passed in
+ */
+extern HotlistStruct * HOT_CopyEntry(HotlistStruct * entry);
+
+/* insert an item before another item in the hotlist
+ *
+ * if the insert_before item is NULL or not found the item
+ * will be inserted at the begining of the list
+ */
+extern void HOT_InsertItemBefore(HotlistStruct * insert_before, HotlistStruct * insertee);
+
+/* insert an item after another item in the hotlist
+ *
+ * if the insert_after item is NULL or not found the item
+ * will be inserted at the end of the list
+ */
+extern void HOT_InsertItemAfter(HotlistStruct * insert_after, HotlistStruct * insertee);
+
+/* insert an item in a header if "insert_after" is a
+ * Header type, or after the item if "insert after" is
+ * not a header type.
+ *
+ * if the insert_after item is NULL or not found the item
+ * will be inserted at the end of the hotlist
+ */
+extern void
+HOT_InsertItemInHeaderOrAfterItem(HotlistStruct * insert_after,
+                                  HotlistStruct * insertee);
+
+/* remove an item from the hotlist and free's it
+ *
+ * returns TRUE on success, FALSE if not found
+ */
+extern Bool HOT_RemoveItem(HotlistStruct * old_item);
+
+/* remove an item from the hotlist and doesn't free it
+ *
+ * returns TRUE on success, FALSE if not found
+ */
+extern Bool HOT_RemoveItemFromList(HotlistStruct * old_item);
+
+/* move an item up in the list
+ */
+extern void HOT_MoveObjectUp(HotlistStruct * item);
+
+/* move an item down in the list
+ */
+extern void HOT_MoveObjectDown(HotlistStruct * item);
+
+/* returns True if the object can be moved Up
+ * False if the object cannot be moved Up or if
+ * it cannot be found in the list
+ */
+extern Bool HOT_ObjectCanGoUp(HotlistStruct * item);
+
+/* returns True if the object can be moved down
+ * False if the object cannot be moved down or if
+ * it cannot be found in the list
+ */
+extern Bool HOT_ObjectCanGoDown(HotlistStruct * item);
+
+/* Whether the file will be written when Save is called. */
+extern Bool HOT_Modified(void);
+
+/*
+ *	Gets the top node of the hotlist
+*/
+extern HotlistStruct*
+HOT_GetHotlist (void);
+
+
+/*
+ * Convert a number of selections in a hotlist list into a block of
+ *   memory that the user can use for cut and paste operations
+ */
+extern char *
+HOT_ConvertSelectionsToBlock(HotlistStruct ** list, 
+                             int iCount, 
+                             int bLongFormat, 
+                             int32 * lTotalLen);
+/*
+ * Take a block of memory and insert the hotlist items it represents into
+ *   the current hotlist
+ */
+extern void
+HOT_InsertBlockAt(char * pOriginalBlock, 
+                  HotlistStruct * item, 
+                  int bLongFormat, 
+                  int32 lTotalLen);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* HOTLIST_H */
+
+

mozilla/include/imap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+#ifndef __imap__
+#define __imap__
+
+#include "structs.h"
+#include "msgcom.h"
+
+
+/* used for communication between libmsg and libnet */
+#define kNoFlags     0x00	/* RFC flags */
+#define kMarked      0x01
+#define kUnmarked    0x02
+#define kNoinferiors 0x04
+#define kNoselect    0x08
+#define kImapTrash   0x10	/* Navigator flag */
+#define kJustExpunged 0x20	/* This update is a post expunge url update. */
+#define kPersonalMailbox	0x40	/* this mailbox is in the personal namespace */
+#define kPublicMailbox		0x80	/* this mailbox is in the public namespace */
+#define kOtherUsersMailbox	0x100	/* this mailbox is in the other users' namespace */
+
+/* flags for individual messages */
+/* currently the ui only offers \Seen and \Flagged */
+#define kNoImapMsgFlag			0x0000
+#define kImapMsgSeenFlag		0x0001
+#define kImapMsgAnsweredFlag	0x0002
+#define kImapMsgFlaggedFlag		0x0004
+#define kImapMsgDeletedFlag		0x0008
+#define kImapMsgDraftFlag		0x0010
+#define kImapMsgRecentFlag		0x0020
+#define	kImapMsgForwardedFlag	0x0040		/* Not always supported, check mailbox folder */
+#define kImapMsgMDNSentFlag		0x0080		/* Not always supported. check mailbox folder */
+
+#define kImapMsgSupportUserFlag 0x8000		/* This seems to be the most cost effective way of
+											 * piggying back the server support user flag
+											 * info.
+											 */
+
+typedef enum {
+	kPersonalNamespace = 0,
+	kOtherUsersNamespace,
+	kPublicNamespace,
+	kDefaultNamespace,
+	kUnknownNamespace
+} EIMAPNamespaceType;
+
+
+typedef int32 imap_uid;
+
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+class TImapFlagAndUidState;
+#else
+typedef struct TImapFlagAndUidState TImapFlagAndUidState;
+#endif
+
+/* forward declaration */
+typedef void ImapActiveEntry;
+
+/* url used to signify that filtering is complete so
+   we can tell the fe that the inbox thread pane is 
+   loaded */
+#define kImapFilteringCompleteURL "Mailbox://?filteringcomplete"
+
+/* url used to signify that online/offline synch is complete */
+#define kImapOnOffSynchCompleteURL "Mailbox://?onoffsynchcomplete"
+
+/* if a url creator does not know the hierarchySeparator, use this */
+#define kOnlineHierarchySeparatorUnknown ' '
+
+struct mailbox_spec {
+	int32 		  	folder_UIDVALIDITY;
+	int32			number_of_messages;
+	int32 		  	number_of_unseen_messages;
+	int32			number_of_recent_messages;
+	
+	uint32			box_flags;
+	
+	char          *allocatedPathName;
+	char			hierarchySeparator;
+	const char		*hostName;
+	
+	TNavigatorImapConnection *connection;
+	TImapFlagAndUidState     *flagState;
+	
+	XP_Bool			folderSelected;
+	XP_Bool			discoveredFromLsub;
+
+	const char		*smtpPostAddress;
+};
+
+typedef struct mailbox_spec mailbox_spec;
+
+
+enum EIMAPSubscriptionUpgradeState {
+	kEverythingDone,
+	kBringUpSubscribeUI
+};
+
+enum ImapOnlineCopyState {
+	kInProgress,
+	kSuccessfulCopy,
+	kFailedCopy,
+	kSuccessfulDelete,
+	kFailedDelete,
+	kReadyForAppendData,
+	kFailedAppend
+};
+
+struct folder_rename_struct {
+	char 		*fOldName;
+	char		*fNewName;
+};
+
+
+typedef struct folder_rename_struct folder_rename_struct;
+
+
+/* this file defines the syntax of the imap4 url's and offers functions
+   that create url strings.  If the functions do not offer enough 
+   functionality then let kevin know before you starting creating strings
+   from scratch. */
+#include "xp_mcom.h"
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+/* need mailbox status urls to get the number of message and the
+  number of unread messages */
+
+/* Selecting a mailbox */
+/* imap4://HOST?select?MAILBOXPATH */
+char *CreateImapMailboxSelectUrl(const char *imapHost, 
+								 const char *mailbox,
+								 char  hierarchySeparator,
+								 const char *undoDeleteIdentifierList);
+
+/* lite select, used to verify UIDVALIDITY while going on/offline */
+char *CreateImapMailboxLITESelectUrl(const char *imapHost, 
+								 	const char *mailbox,
+								 	char  hierarchySeparator);
+
+/* expunge, used in traditional imap delete model */
+char *CreateImapMailboxExpungeUrl(const char *imapHost, 
+								 	const char *mailbox,
+								 	char  hierarchySeparator);
+
+/* Creating a mailbox */
+/* imap4://HOST?create?MAILBOXPATH */
+char *CreateImapMailboxCreateUrl(const char *imapHost, const char *mailbox, char  hierarchySeparator);
+
+/* discover the children of this mailbox */
+char *CreateImapChildDiscoveryUrl(const char *imapHost, const char *mailbox, char  hierarchySeparator);
+
+/* discover the n-th level children of this mailbox */
+char *CreateImapLevelChildDiscoveryUrl(const char *imapHost, const char *mailbox, char  hierarchySeparator, int n);
+
+/* discover the mailboxes of this account  */
+char *CreateImapAllMailboxDiscoveryUrl(const char *imapHost);
+
+/* discover the mailboxes of this account, and the subscribed mailboxes  */
+char *CreateImapAllAndSubscribedMailboxDiscoveryUrl(const char *imapHost);
+
+/* deleting a mailbox */
+/* imap4://HOST?delete?MAILBOXPATH */
+char *CreateImapMailboxDeleteUrl(const char *imapHost, const char *mailbox, char  hierarchySeparator);
+
+/* renaming a mailbox */
+/* imap4://HOST?rename?OLDNAME?NEWNAME */
+char *CreateImapMailboxRenameLeafUrl(const char *imapHost, 
+								     const char *oldBoxPathName,
+								     char  hierarchySeparator,
+								     const char *newBoxLeafName);
+
+/* renaming a mailbox, moving hierarchy */
+/* imap4://HOST?movefolderhierarchy?OLDNAME?NEWNAME */
+/* oldBoxPathName is the old name of the child folder */
+/* destinationBoxPathName is the name of the new parent */
+char *CreateImapMailboxMoveFolderHierarchyUrl(const char *imapHost, 
+								              const char *oldBoxPathName,
+								              char  oldHierarchySeparator,
+								              const char *destinationBoxPathName,
+								              char  newHierarchySeparator);
+
+/* listing available mailboxes */
+/* imap4://HOST?list */
+char *CreateImapListUrl(const char *imapHost,
+						const char *mailbox,
+						const char hierarchySeparator);
+
+/* biff */
+char *CreateImapBiffUrl(const char *imapHost,
+						const char *mailbox,
+						char  hierarchySeparator,
+						uint32 uidHighWater);
+
+
+
+/* fetching RFC822 messages */
+/* imap4://HOST?fetch?<UID/SEQUENCE>?MAILBOXPATH?x */
+/*   'x' is the message UID or sequence number list */
+/* will set the 'SEEN' flag */
+char *CreateImapMessageFetchUrl(const char *imapHost,
+								const char *mailbox,
+								char  hierarchySeparator,
+								const char *messageIdentifierList,
+								XP_Bool messageIdsAreUID);
+								
+								
+/* fetching the headers of RFC822 messages */
+/* imap4://HOST?header?<UID/SEQUENCE>?MAILBOXPATH?x */
+/*   'x' is the message UID or sequence number list */
+/* will not affect the 'SEEN' flag */
+char *CreateImapMessageHeaderUrl(const char *imapHost,
+								 const char *mailbox,
+								 char  hierarchySeparator,
+								 const char *messageIdentifierList,
+								 XP_Bool messageIdsAreUID);
+								 
+
+/* search an online mailbox */
+/* imap4://HOST?search?<UID/SEQUENCE>?MAILBOXPATH?SEARCHSTRING */
+char *CreateImapSearchUrl(const char *imapHost,
+						  const char *mailbox,
+						  char  hierarchySeparator,
+						  const char *searchString,
+						  XP_Bool messageIdsAreUID);
+
+/* delete messages */
+/* imap4://HOST?deletemsg?<UID/SEQUENCE>?MAILBOXPATH?x */
+/*   'x' is the message UID or sequence number list */
+char *CreateImapDeleteMessageUrl(const char *imapHost,
+								 const char *mailbox,
+								 char  hierarchySeparator,
+								 const char *messageIds,
+								 XP_Bool idsAreUids);
+								 
+/* delete all messages */
+/* imap4://HOST?deleteallmsgs?MAILBOXPATH */
+char *CreateImapDeleteAllMessagesUrl(const char *imapHost,
+								     const char *mailbox,
+									 char  hierarchySeparator);
+
+/* store +flags url */
+/* imap4://HOST?store+flags?<UID/SEQUENCE>?MAILBOXPATH?x?f */
+/*   'x' is the message UID or sequence number list */
+/*   'f' is the byte of flags */
+char *CreateImapAddMessageFlagsUrl(const char *imapHost,
+								   const char *mailbox,
+								   char  hierarchySeparator,
+								   const char *messageIds,
+								   imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+								   XP_Bool idsAreUids);
+/* store -flags url */
+/* imap4://HOST?store-flags?<UID/SEQUENCE>?MAILBOXPATH?x?f */
+/*   'x' is the message UID or sequence number list */
+/*   'f' is the byte of flags */
+char *CreateImapSubtractMessageFlagsUrl(const char *imapHost,
+								        const char *mailbox,
+								   		char  hierarchySeparator,
+								        const char *messageIds,
+								        imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+								        XP_Bool idsAreUids);
+
+/* set flags url, make the flags match */
+char *CreateImapSetMessageFlagsUrl(const char *imapHost,
+								        const char *mailbox,
+								   		char  hierarchySeparator,
+								        const char *messageIds,
+								        imapMessageFlagsType flags,
+								        XP_Bool idsAreUids);
+
+
+/* copy messages from one online box to another */
+/* imap4://HOST?onlineCopy?<UID/SEQUENCE>?
+         SOURCEMAILBOXPATH?x?DESTINATIONMAILBOXPATH */
+/*   'x' is the message UID or sequence number list */
+char *CreateImapOnlineCopyUrl(const char *imapHost,
+							  const char *sourceMailbox,
+							  char  sourceHierarchySeparator,
+							  const char *messageIds,
+							  const char *destinationMailbox,
+							  char  destinationHierarchySeparator,
+							  XP_Bool idsAreUids,
+							  XP_Bool isMove);	/* cause delete after copy */
+
+/* copy a message from an online box to an offline box */
+/* imap4://HOST?ontooffCopy?SOURCEMAILBOXPATH?number=x?
+         DESTINATIONMAILBOXPATH */
+/*   'x' is the message sequence number */
+char *CreateImapOnToOfflineCopyUrl( const char *imapHost,
+							  		const char *sourceMailbox,
+							  		char  sourceHierarchySeparator,
+							  		const char *messageIds,
+							  		const char *destinationMailbox,
+							  		XP_Bool idsAreUids,
+							  		XP_Bool isMove);	/* cause delete after copy */
+
+/* copy messages from an offline box to an online box */
+/* imap4://HOST?offtoonCopy?DESTINATIONMAILBOXPATH */
+/*   the number of messages and their sizes are negotiated later */
+char *CreateImapOffToOnlineCopyUrl(const char *imapHost,
+							       const char *destinationMailbox,
+							  	   char  destinationHierarchySeparator);
+
+/* Subscribe to a mailbox on the given IMAP host */
+char *CreateIMAPSubscribeMailboxURL(const char *imapHost, const char *mailboxName);
+
+/* Unsubscribe from a mailbox on the given IMAP host */
+char *CreateIMAPUnsubscribeMailboxURL(const char *imapHost, const char *mailboxName);
+
+/* get mail account rul */
+/* imap4://HOST?NETSCAPE */
+char *CreateImapManageMailAccountUrl(const char *imapHost);
+
+/* append message from file */
+/* imap4://HOST?appendmsgfromfile?MSGFILEPATH?DESTINATIONMAILBOXPATH */
+char *CreateImapAppendMessageFromFileUrl(const char *imapHost,
+										 const char *destinationMailboxPath,
+										 const char hierarchySeparator,
+										 XP_Bool isDraft);
+
+/* refresh the ACL for a folder */
+char *CreateIMAPRefreshACLForFolderURL(const char *imapHost, const char *mailbox);
+
+/* refresh the ACL for all folders on given host*/
+char *CreateIMAPRefreshACLForAllFoldersURL(const char *imapHost);
+
+/* Run the auto-upgrade to IMAP Subscription */
+char *CreateIMAPUpgradeToSubscriptionURL(const char *imapHost, XP_Bool subscribeToAll);
+
+NET_StreamClass *CreateIMAPDownloadMessageStream(ImapActiveEntry *ce, uint32 msgSize);
+
+void UpdateIMAPMailboxInfo(mailbox_spec *adoptedBoxSpec, MWContext *currentContext);
+
+#define kUidUnknown -1
+int32 GetUIDValidityForSpecifiedImapFolder(const char *hostName, const char *canonicalimapName, MWContext *currentContext);
+
+enum EMailboxDiscoverStatus {
+    	eContinue,
+		eContinueNew,
+    	eListMyChildren,
+    	eNewServerDirectory,
+    	eCancelled };
+
+enum EMailboxDiscoverStatus DiscoverIMAPMailbox(mailbox_spec *adoptedBoxSpec, MSG_Master *master, MWContext *currentContext);
+
+void ReportSuccessOfOnlineCopy(MWContext *currentContext, enum ImapOnlineCopyState copyState);
+void ReportSuccessOfOnlineDelete(MWContext *currentContext, const char *mailboxName);
+void ReportFailureOfOnlineCreate(MWContext *currentContext, const char *mailboxName);
+void ReportSuccessOfOnlineRename(MWContext *currentContext, folder_rename_struct *names);
+void ReportMailboxDiscoveryDone(MWContext *currentContext, URL_Struct *URL_s);
+void ReportSuccessOfChildMailboxDiscovery(MWContext *currentContext);
+void NotifyHeaderFetchCompleted(MWContext *currentContext, TNavigatorImapConnection *imapConnection);
+
+void ReportLiteSelectUIDVALIDITY(MSG_Pane *receivingPane, uint32 UIDVALIDITY);
+
+typedef void (UploadCompleteFunctionPointer)(void*);
+void BeginMessageUpload(MWContext *currentContext, 
+						PRFileDesc *ioSocket,
+						UploadCompleteFunctionPointer *completeFunction, 
+						void *completionFunctionArgument);
+
+void IMAP_DoNotDownLoadAnyMessageHeadersForMailboxSelect(TNavigatorImapConnection *connection);
+void IMAP_DownLoadMessagesForMailboxSelect(TNavigatorImapConnection *connection,
+									       uint32 *messageKeys,	/* uint32* is adopted */
+									       uint32 numberOfKeys);
+									       
+void IMAP_DownLoadMessageBodieForMailboxSelect(TNavigatorImapConnection *connection,
+									           uint32 *messageKeys,	/* uint32* is adopted */
+									           uint32 numberOfKeys);
+
+void IMAP_BodyIdMonitor(TNavigatorImapConnection *connection, XP_Bool enter);
+
+const char *IMAP_GetCurrentConnectionUrl(TNavigatorImapConnection *connection);
+
+void IMAP_UploadAppendMessageSize(TNavigatorImapConnection *connection, uint32 msgSize, imapMessageFlagsType flags);
+void IMAP_ResetAnyCachedConnectionInfo();
+
+XP_Bool IMAP_CheckNewMail(TNavigatorImapConnection *connection);
+XP_Bool IMAP_NewMailDetected(TNavigatorImapConnection *connection);
+
+TImapFlagAndUidState *IMAP_CreateFlagState(int numberOfMessages);
+void				  IMAP_DeleteFlagState(TImapFlagAndUidState *state);
+int 				  IMAP_GetFlagStateNumberOfMessages(TImapFlagAndUidState *state);
+	
+imap_uid 		     IMAP_GetUidOfMessage(int zeroBasedIndex, TImapFlagAndUidState *state);
+imapMessageFlagsType IMAP_GetMessageFlags(int zeroBasedIndex, TImapFlagAndUidState *state);
+imapMessageFlagsType IMAP_GetMessageFlagsFromUID(imap_uid uid, XP_Bool *foundIt, TImapFlagAndUidState *state);
+
+void                 IMAP_TerminateConnection (TNavigatorImapConnection *connection);
+
+char				*IMAP_CreateOnlineSourceFolderNameFromUrl(const char *url);
+
+void				 IMAP_FreeBoxSpec(mailbox_spec *victim);
+
+const char			*IMAP_GetPassword();
+void				 IMAP_SetPassword(const char *password);
+
+/* called once only by MSG_InitMsgLib */
+void 				IMAP_StartupImap();
+
+/* called once only by MSG_ShutdownMsgLib */
+void 				IMAP_ShutdownImap();
+
+/* used to prevent recursive listing of mailboxes during discovery */
+int64 IMAP_GetTimeStampOfNonPipelinedList();
+
+/* returns TRUE if either we have a password or we were preAuth'd by SSL certs */
+XP_Bool IMAP_HaveWeBeenAuthenticated();
+
+/* used by libmsg when creating an imap message display stream */
+int IMAP_InitializeImapFeData (ImapActiveEntry * ce);
+MSG_Pane *IMAP_GetActiveEntryPane(ImapActiveEntry * ce);
+NET_StreamClass *IMAP_CreateDisplayStream(ImapActiveEntry * ce, XP_Bool clearCacheBit, uint32 msgSize);
+
+/* used by libmsg when a new message is loaded to interrupt the load of the previous message */
+void				IMAP_PseudoInterruptFetch(MWContext *context);
+
+void IMAP_URLFinished(URL_Struct *URL_s);
+
+XP_Bool IMAP_HostHasACLCapability(const char *hostName);
+
+/**** IMAP Host stuff - used for communication between MSG_IMAPHost (in libmsg) and TImapHostInfo (in libnet) ****/
+
+/* obsolete? */
+/*void	IMAP_SetNamespacesFromPrefs(const char *hostName, char *personalDir, char *publicDir, char *otherUsersDir);*/
+
+/* Sets the preference of whether or not we should always explicitly LIST the INBOX for given host */
+void	IMAP_SetShouldAlwaysListInboxForHost(const char *hostName, XP_Bool shouldList);
+
+/* Gets the number of namespaces in use for a given host */
+int		IMAP_GetNumberOfNamespacesForHost(const char *hostName);
+
+/* Sets the currently-used default personal namespace for a given host.  Used for updating from libnet when
+   we get a NAMESPACE response. */
+void MSG_SetNamespacePrefixes(MSG_Master *master, const char *hostName, EIMAPNamespaceType type, const char *prefix);
+
+
+/* Check to see if we need upgrade to IMAP subscription */
+extern XP_Bool	MSG_ShouldUpgradeToIMAPSubscription(MSG_Master *mast);
+extern void		MSG_ReportSuccessOfUpgradeToIMAPSubscription(MWContext *context, enum EIMAPSubscriptionUpgradeState *state);
+
+/* Adds a set of ACL rights for the given folder on the given host for the given user.  If userName is NULL, it means
+   the currently authenticated user (i.e. my rights). */
+extern void MSG_AddFolderRightsForUser(MSG_Master *master, const char *hostName, const char*mailboxName, const char *userName, const char *rights);
+
+/* Clears all ACL rights for the given folder on the given host for all users. */
+extern void MSG_ClearFolderRightsForFolder(MSG_Master *master, const char *hostName, const char *mailboxName);
+
+/* Refreshes the icon / flags for a given folder, based on new ACL rights */
+extern void MSG_RefreshFolderRightsViewForFolder(MSG_Master *master, const char *hostName, const char *mailboxName);
+
+extern XP_Bool MSG_GetFolderNeedsSubscribing(MSG_FolderInfo *folder);
+
+/* Returns TRUE if this folder needs an auto-refresh of the ACL (on a folder open, for example) */
+extern XP_Bool MSG_GetFolderNeedsACLListed(MSG_FolderInfo *folder);
+
+/* Returns TRUE if this folder has NEVER (ever) had an ACL retrieved for it */
+extern XP_Bool MSG_IsFolderACLInitialized(MSG_Master *master, const char *folderName, const char *hostName);
+
+extern char *IMAP_SerializeNamespaces(char **prefixes, int len);
+extern int IMAP_UnserializeNamespaces(const char *str, char **prefixes, int len);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif

mozilla/include/intl_csi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+/* intl_csi.h */
+
+#ifndef INTL_CSI_H
+#define INTL_CSI_H
+/*
+Using the i18n Character-Set-Information (CSI) accessor functions:
+1) include the header file
+
+  #include "intl_csi.h"
+
+2) get the i18n CSI object (generally from MWContext)
+
+  INTL_CharSetInfo csi = LO_GetDocumentCharacterSetInfo(context);
+
+3) access (read/set) the data element
+
+  int16 doc_csid = INTL_GetCSIDocCSID(csi);
+  INTL_SetCSIDocCSID(csi, new_doc_csid);
+
+  int16 win_csid = INTL_GetCSIWinCSID(csi);
+  INTL_SetCSIWinCSID(csi, new_win_csid);
+
+  char *mime_name = INTL_GetCSIMimeCharset(csi);
+  INTL_SetCSIMimeCharset(csi, new_mime_charset);
+
+  int16 relayout_flag = INTL_GetCSIRelayoutFlag(csi);
+  INTL_SetCSIRelayoutFlag(csi, new_relayout_flag);
+
+*/
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+#include "ntypes.h"
+#include "libi18n.h"
+
+/**
+ * Cookie for INTL_CSIInfo.
+ * 
+ * This is a Magic Cookie to validate the pointer to INTL_CSIInfo in MWContext.
+ * 
+ */
+#define INTL_TAG  0x494E544C  
+
+/**@name Character Set Information (CSI) */
+/*@{*/
+/**
+ * Allocate a new charset info object, and clear it with zeroes.
+ *
+ * @return The new charset info object
+ * @see INTL_CSIInitialize, INTL_CSIDestroy
+ */
+PUBLIC INTL_CharSetInfo INTL_CSICreate(void);
+
+/**
+ * Frees the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param obj  Specifies the charset info object
+ * @see INTL_CSICreate
+ */
+PUBLIC void INTL_CSIDestroy(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj
+);
+
+/**
+ * Sets all the charset info object fields to initial values.
+ *
+ * The override, HTTP, HTML META, document and window charset IDs are all set
+ * to CS_DEFAULT. The MIME charset is set to NULL. The relayout flag is set
+ * to METACHARSET_NONE.
+ *
+ * @param obj  Specifies the charset info object
+ * @see INTL_CSIInitialize
+ */
+PUBLIC void INTL_CSIReset(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj
+);
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the charset info object.
+ *
+ * <UL>
+ * <LI>
+ * If the given is_metacharset_reload argument is FALSE, INTL_CSIReset is
+ * called, passing the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * <LI>
+ * If the given is_metacharset_reload argument is TRUE, the charset info
+ * object's relayout flag is set to METACHARSET_RELAYOUTDONE.
+ *
+ * <LI>
+ * Otherwise, if the override charset ID is previously set in this object, 
+ * it is set in the document charset ID field.
+ *
+ * <LI>
+ * Otherwise, if the given HTTP charset is known, it is set in the HTTP
+ * charset field.
+ *
+ * <LI>
+ * Otherwise, the document charset ID field is set to the given
+ * defaultDocCharSetID, unless the type is mail/news, in which case CS_DEFAULT
+ * is used. This is because the META charset in mail/news is sometimes wrong.
+ *
+ * <LI>
+ * Finally, the window charset ID is set, based on the document charset ID.
+ * </UL>
+ *
+ * @param obj  Specifies the charset info object
+ * @param is_metacharset_reload TRUE if it is currently reloading because 
+ *                              the layout code found HTML META charset.
+ *                              FALSE otherwise.
+ * @param http_charset Specifies the charset name if it is presented in 
+ *                     HTTP Content-Type header
+ * @param type Specifies the context type
+ * @param defaultDocCharSetID Specifies the default document charset ID.
+ * @see
+ */
+PUBLIC void INTL_CSIInitialize(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj,
+    XP_Bool is_metacharset_reload, 
+    char *http_charset,
+    int type,
+    uint16 defaultDocCharSetID
+);
+
+/**
+ * Sets HTML META charset info in the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * <UL>
+ * <LI>
+ * If the given charset is unknown, this function returns. 
+ * 
+ * <LI>
+ * If the given context type is mail or news, this function returns, 
+ * since mail/news sometimes has wrong HTML META charsets.
+ *
+ * <LI>
+ * If the relayout flag is set to something other than METACHARSET_NONE, this
+ * function returns, to avoid setting the META charset more than once.
+ *
+ * <LI>
+ * Otherwise, the HTML META charset field is set, and the relayout flag is
+ * set to METACHARSET_HASCHARSET. 
+ * If the previous document charset was known,
+ * and was different from the new META charset, the relayout flag is set to
+ * METACHARSET_REQUESTRELAYOUT. 
+ * The window charset ID is also checked against the new one. 
+ * If they are different, the relayout flag is set to
+ * METACHARSET_REQUESTRELAYOUT.
+ * </UL>
+ *
+ * @param obj  Specifies the charset info object
+ * @param charset_tag  Specifies the HTML META charset
+ * @param type         Specifies the context type
+ * @see INTL_GetCSIMetaDocCSID, INTL_GetCSIRelayoutFlag
+ */
+PUBLIC void INTL_CSIReportMetaCharsetTag(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj,
+    char *charset_tag,
+    int type
+);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the context's charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param context  Specifies the context
+ * @return The context's charset info object
+ * @see INTL_CSICreate
+ */
+PUBLIC INTL_CharSetInfo LO_GetDocumentCharacterSetInfo(
+    MWContext *context
+);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the document charset ID of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param obj  Specifies the charset info object
+ * @return The document charset ID
+ * @see INTL_SetCSIDocCSID
+ */
+PUBLIC int16 INTL_GetCSIDocCSID(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj
+);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the document charset ID field of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * The document charset ID field is only set if the higher precedence fields
+ * (override, HTTP and META) are all set to CS_DEFAULT.
+ *
+ * @param obj         Specifies the charset info object
+ * @param docCharSetID  Specifies the document charset ID
+ * @see INTL_GetCSIDocCSID
+ */
+PUBLIC void INTL_SetCSIDocCSID(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj,
+    int16 docCharSetID
+);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the override document charset ID of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param obj  Specifies the charset info object
+ * @return The override document charset ID
+ * @see INTL_SetCSIOverrideDocCSID
+ */
+PUBLIC int16 INTL_GetCSIOverrideDocCSID(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj
+);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the override document charset ID of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param obj         Specifies the charset info object
+ * @param overrideDocCharSetID  Specifies the override document charset ID
+ * @see INTL_GetCSIOverrideDocCSID
+ */
+PUBLIC void INTL_SetCSIOverrideDocCSID(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj,
+    int16 overrideDocCharSetID
+);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the HTML META document charset ID of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param obj  Specifies the charset info object
+ * @return The HTML META document charset ID
+ * @see INTL_SetCSIMetaDocCSID
+ */
+PUBLIC int16 INTL_GetCSIMetaDocCSID(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj
+);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the HTML META document charset ID of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * The HTML META document charset ID field is only set if the higher precedence
+ * fields (override and HTTP) are all set to CS_DEFAULT.
+ *
+ * @param obj         Specifies the charset info object
+ * @param metaCharSetID  Specifies the HTML META document charset ID
+ * @see INTL_GetCSIMetaDocCSID
+ */
+PUBLIC void INTL_SetCSIMetaDocCSID(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj,
+    int16 metaCharSetID
+);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the HTTP document charset ID of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param obj  Specifies the charset info object
+ * @return The HTTP document charset ID
+ * @see INTL_SetCSIHTTPDocCSID
+ */
+PUBLIC int16 INTL_GetCSIHTTPDocCSID(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj
+);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the HTTP document charset ID of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * The HTTP document charset ID field is only set if the higher precedence
+ * field (override) is set to CS_DEFAULT.
+ *
+ * @param obj         Specifies the charset info object
+ * @param httpDocCharSetID  Specifies the HTTP document charset ID
+ * @see INTL_GetCSIHTTPDocCSID
+ */
+PUBLIC void INTL_SetCSIHTTPDocCSID(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj,
+    int16 httpDocCharSetID
+);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the window charset ID of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param obj  Specifies the charset info object
+ * @return The window charset ID
+ * @see INTL_SetCSIWinCSID
+ */
+PUBLIC int16 INTL_GetCSIWinCSID(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj
+);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the window charset ID field of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param obj         Specifies the charset info object
+ * @param winCharSetID  Specifies the window charset ID
+ * @see INTL_GetCSIWinCSID
+ */
+PUBLIC void INTL_SetCSIWinCSID(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj,
+    int16 winCharSetID
+);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the MIME charset field of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param obj  Specifies the charset info object
+ * @return The MIME charset
+ * @see INTL_SetCSIMimeCharset
+ */
+PUBLIC char *INTL_GetCSIMimeCharset(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj
+);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the MIME charset field of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * If the charset info object already contains a pointer to a MIME charset,
+ * that charset is freed. Then the given charset is copied, and the copy is
+ * converted to lower case. The copy is then set in the MIME charset field.
+ *
+ * @param obj         Specifies the charset info object
+ * @param mime_charset  Specifies the MIME charset
+ * @see INTL_GetCSIMimeCharset
+ */
+PUBLIC void INTL_SetCSIMimeCharset(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj,
+    char *mime_charset
+);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the relayout field of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param obj  Specifies the charset info object
+ * @return The relayout field
+ * @see INTL_SetCSIRelayoutFlag
+ */
+PUBLIC int16 INTL_GetCSIRelayoutFlag(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj
+);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the relayout field of the given charset info object.
+ *
+ * @param obj         Specifies the charset info object
+ * @param relayout  Specifies the relayout field
+ * @see INTL_GetCSIRelayoutFlag
+ */
+PUBLIC void INTL_SetCSIRelayoutFlag(
+    INTL_CharSetInfo obj,
+    int16 relayout
+);
+/*@}*/
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* INTL_CSI_H */

mozilla/include/itapefs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ITAPEFS_H
+#define ITAPEFS_H
+
+#ifdef EDITOR
+//
+// Abstract output file stream.
+//
+class IStreamOut {
+public:
+    IStreamOut();
+    virtual ~IStreamOut();
+
+    virtual void Write( char *pBuffer, int32 iCount )=0;
+
+    // NOTICE: the implementation is not pure.  There is a default
+    //  implementation that implements this function interms of 
+    //  'Write'.
+    virtual int Printf( char * pFormat, ... );
+
+    enum EOutStreamStatus {
+        EOS_NoError,
+        EOS_DeviceFull,
+        EOS_FileError
+    };
+
+    virtual EOutStreamStatus Status(){ return EOS_NoError; }
+
+    // implemented in terms of the interface.
+    void WriteInt( int32 i ){ Write( (char*)&i, sizeof( int32 ) ); }
+    void WriteZString( char* pString);
+    void WritePartialZString( char* pString, int32 start, int32 end);
+private:
+    char* stream_buffer; // used to implement Printf
+};
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Abstract File System
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+typedef void
+EDT_ITapeFileSystemComplete( XP_Bool bSuccess, void *pArg );
+
+class ITapeFileSystem {
+    PRBool m_FirstBinary; // is the first file really binary, not text?
+public:
+    ITapeFileSystem() { m_FirstBinary = PR_FALSE; }
+    // ITapeFileSystem::File, ITapeFileSystem::Publish, or
+    // ITapeFileSystem::MailSend, 
+    enum {File,Publish,MailSend};
+    virtual intn GetType() = 0;
+
+    // This function is called before anything else.  It tells the file
+    //  system the base url for the URLs added in AddFile().
+    // An actual file, not a directory.
+    virtual void SetSourceBaseURL( char* pURL )=0;
+
+    // DESCRIPTION:
+    //
+    // Add a name to the file system.  It is up to the file system to localize
+    //  the name.  For example, I could add 'http://home.netsacpe.com/
+    //  and the file system might decide that it should be called 'index.html'
+    //  if the file system were DOS, the url might be converted to INDEX.HTML
+    //
+    // pMIMEType may be NULL.  In this case if the tape file system needs the
+    // MIME type, it must figure it out by itself.
+    //
+    // RETURNS: index of the file (0 based), OR
+    // ITapeFileSystem::Error if an error adding name, OR
+    // ITapeFileSystem::SourceDestSame if adding
+    // this name would result in the source and destination being the same, and thus 
+    // no point in copying the file.  
+    //   
+    // The first file added must be the root HTML document. (It is ok for the root
+    // document to have the same source and dest URL).
+    //
+    virtual intn AddFile( char* pURL, char *pMIMEType, int16 iCharSetID)=0;
+
+    // Return the number of files added to the file system.
+    virtual intn GetNumFiles()=0;
+
+    // Returns the absolute version of the URL given in AddFile(), using the 
+    // URL given in SetSourceBaseURL() as the base.
+    // Allocated with XP_STRDUP().
+    virtual char* GetSourceURL(intn iFileIndex)=0;
+
+    // Return the absolute destination of the HTML doc if meaningful, else return 
+    // NULL.  Almost the same as "GetDestPathURL()+GetDestURL(0)" except that this call
+    // will work before file 0 has been added to the file system.
+    virtual char* GetDestAbsURL()=0;
+
+    // Gets the name of the RELATIVE url to place in the file.  String is 
+    //  allocated with XP_STRDUP();
+    //  
+    virtual char* GetDestURL( intn iFileIndex )=0;
+
+    // Return the path URL associated with the ITapeFilesystem or NULL if there is none.
+    // If NULL is returned, all URLs returned by GetDestURL() must be absolute.
+    //
+    // i.e. for a file or remote HTTP based ITapeFileSystem, this is the directory where the images are 
+    // stored.  For a MHTML ITapeFileSystem this is NULL.
+    //
+    // String is allocated with XP_STRDUP().
+    virtual char* GetDestPathURL() = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Returns the name to display when saving the file, can be the same as 
+    //  GetURLName. String is allocated with XP_STRDUP();
+    //
+    virtual char* GetHumanName( intn iFileIndex )=0;
+
+    enum {
+        Error = -1, SourceDestSame = -2
+    };
+
+    // Does the file referenced by iFileIndex already exist?
+    // E.g. for the MHTML version, this will always return FALSE.
+    virtual XP_Bool FileExists(intn iFileIndex) = 0;
+
+    // Will we be creating a new non-temporary file on the local machine.
+    // Used to update SiteManager.
+    virtual XP_Bool IsLocalPersistentFile(intn iFileIndex) = 0;
+
+	// ### mwelch Added so that multipart/related message saver can properly construct
+	//            messages using quoted/forwarded part data.
+	// Tell the tape file system the mime type of a particular part.
+	// Calling this overrides any previously determined mime type for this part.
+	virtual void CopyURLInfo(intn iFileIndex, const URL_Struct *pURL) = 0;
+	
+    //
+    // Opens the output stream. Returns a stream that can be written to or NULL if error.  All
+    //  'AddFile's occur before the first OpenStream.
+    // Do not delete the returned stream, just call CloseStream() when done.
+    //
+    virtual IStreamOut *OpenStream( intn iFileIndex )=0;
+
+    virtual void CloseStream( intn iFileIndex )=0;
+
+    // Called on completion, TRUE if completed successfully, FALSE if it failed.
+    // The caller should not reference the ITapeFileSystem after calling Complete().
+    // Caller does not free up memory for ITapeFileSystem, Complete() causes file system to delete itself.
+    //  
+    // The tape file system will call pfComplete with pArg and with whether the ITapeFileSystem 
+    // completed successfully.  Note: the ITapeFileSystem may call pfComplete() with TRUE even if
+    // ITapeFileSystem::Complete() was given FALSE.
+    // pfComplete may be NULL.  Call to pfComplete may be synchronous or asynchronous.  
+    //
+    // The ITapeFileSystem will call pfComplete(success,pArg) before deleting itself.  I.e. the ITapeFileSystem is still valid 
+    // when it calls pfComplete().
+    virtual void Complete( Bool bSuccess, EDT_ITapeFileSystemComplete *pfComplete, void *pArg )=0;
+
+    inline PRBool IsFirstBinary(void) { return m_FirstBinary; }
+    inline void SetFirstBinary(void) { m_FirstBinary = PR_TRUE; }
+    inline void ResetFirstBinary(void) { m_FirstBinary = PR_FALSE; }
+};
+
+#endif // EDITOR
+
+#endif

mozilla/include/libc_r.h

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/* libc_r.h  --  macros, defines, etc. to make using reentrant libc calls */
+/*               a bit easier.  This was initially done for AIX pthreads, */
+/*               but should be usable for anyone...                       */
+
+/* Most of these use locally defined space instead of static library space. */
+/* Because of this, we use the _INIT_R to declare/allocate space (stack),   */
+/* and the plain routines to actually do it..._WARNING_: avoid allocating   */
+/* memory wherever possible.  Memory allocation is fairly expensive, at     */
+/* least on AIX...use arrays instead (which allocate from the stack.)       */
+/* I know the names are a bit strange, but I wanted to be fairly certain    */
+/* that we didn't have any namespace corruption...in general, the inits are */
+/* R_<name>_INIT_R(), and the actual calls are R_<name>_R().                */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC_R_H
+#define _LIBC_R_H
+
+/************/
+/*  strtok  */
+/************/
+#define R_STRTOK_INIT_R() \
+    char *r_strtok_r=NULL
+
+#define R_STRTOK_R(return,source,delim) \     
+    return=strtok_r(source,delim,&r_strtok_r)
+
+#define R_STRTOK_NORET_R(source,delim) \
+    strtok_r(source,delim,&r_strtok_r)
+
+/**************/
+/*  strerror  */
+/**************/
+#define R_MAX_STRERROR_LEN_R 8192     /* Straight from limits.h */
+
+#define R_STRERROR_INIT_R() \
+    char r_strerror_r[R_MAX_STRERROR_LEN_R]
+
+#define R_STRERROR_R(val) \
+    strerror_r(val,r_strerror_r,R_MAX_STRERROR_LEN_R)
+
+/*****************/
+/*  time things  */
+/*****************/
+#define R_ASCTIME_INIT_R() \
+    char r_asctime_r[26]
+
+#define R_ASCTIME_R(val) \
+    asctime_r(val,r_asctime_r)
+
+#define R_CTIME_INIT_R() \
+    char r_ctime_r[26]
+
+#define R_CTIME_R(val) \
+    ctime_r(val,r_ctime_r)
+
+#define R_GMTIME_INIT_R() \
+    struct tm r_gmtime_r
+
+#define R_GMTIME_R(time) \
+    gmtime_r(time,&r_gmtime_r)
+
+#define R_LOCALTIME_INIT_R() \
+   struct tm r_localtime_r
+
+#define R_LOCALTIME_R(val) \
+   localtime_r(val,&r_localtime_r)
+    
+/***********/
+/*  crypt  */
+/***********/
+#include <crypt.h>
+#define R_CRYPT_INIT_R() \
+    CRYPTD r_cryptd_r; \
+    bzero(&r_cryptd_r,sizeof(CRYPTD)) 
+
+#define R_CRYPT_R(pass,salt) \
+    crypt_r(pass,salt,&r_cryptd_r)
+
+/**************/
+/*  pw stuff  */
+/**************/
+#define R_MAX_PW_LEN_R 1024
+/* The following must be after the last declaration, but */
+/* before the first bit of code...                       */
+#define R_GETPWNAM_INIT_R(pw_ptr) \
+    struct passwd r_getpwnam_pw_r; \
+    char r_getpwnam_line_r[R_MAX_PW_LEN_R]; \
+    pw_ptr = &r_getpwnam_pw_r
+
+#define R_GETPWNAM_R(name) \
+    getpwnam_r(name,&r_getpwnam_pw_r,r_getpwnam_line_r,R_MAX_PW_LEN_R)
+
+/*******************/
+/*  gethost stuff  */
+/*******************/
+#define R_GETHOSTBYADDR_INIT_R() \
+    struct hostent r_gethostbyaddr_r; \
+    struct hostent_data r_gethostbyaddr_data_r
+
+#define R_GETHOSTBYADDR_R(addr,len,type,xptr_ent) \
+    bzero(&r_gethostbyaddr_r,sizeof(struct hostent)); \
+    bzero(&r_gethostbyaddr_data_r,sizeof(struct hostent_data)); \
+    xptr_ent = &r_gethostbyaddr_r; \
+    if (gethostbyaddr_r(addr,len,type, \
+       &r_gethostbyaddr_r,&r_gethostbyaddr_data_r) == -1) { \
+           xptr_ent = NULL; \
+    }
+
+#define R_GETHOSTBYNAME_INIT_R() \
+    struct hostent r_gethostbyname_r; \
+    struct hostent_data r_gethostbyname_data_r
+
+#define R_GETHOSTBYNAME_R(name,xptr_ent) \
+    bzero(&r_gethostbyname_r,sizeof(struct hostent)); \
+    bzero(&r_gethostbyname_data_r,sizeof(struct hostent_data)); \
+    xptr_ent = &r_gethostbyname_r; \
+    if (gethostbyname_r(name, \
+       &r_gethostbyname_r,&r_gethostbyname_data_r) == -1) { \
+          xptr_ent = NULL; \
+    }
+
+#endif /* _LIBC_R_H */

mozilla/include/libcnv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+//"libcnv.h"
+#ifndef _LIBCNV_H
+#define _LIBCNV_H
+#ifndef _IMAGE_CONVERT
+#error _IMAGE_CONVERT SYMBOL NEEDED BEFORE INCLUSION
+#endif /*_IMAGE_CONVERT*/
+
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+typedef unsigned char BYTE;
+typedef uint32 DWORD;
+#endif
+
+#include "xp_core.h"/*defines of int32 ect*/
+#include "xp_file.h"
+#include "xp_mem.h"/*XP_HUGE*/
+
+#define MAXIMAGEPATHLEN 255
+
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    CONV_CANCEL,
+    CONV_OK,
+    CONVERR_INVALIDSOURCE,
+    CONVERR_INVALIDDEST,
+    CONVERR_INVALIDFILEHEADER,
+    CONVERR_INVALIDIMAGEHEADER,
+    CONVERR_INVALIDBITDEPTH,
+    CONVERR_INVALIDCOLORMAP,
+    CONVERR_BADREAD,
+    CONVERR_OUTOFMEMORY,
+    CONVERR_JPEGERROR,
+    CONVERR_COMPRESSED,
+    CONVERR_BADPLANES,
+    CONVERR_BADWRITE,
+    CONVERR_INVALIDPARAMS,
+    CONVERR_UNKNOWN,
+    NUM_CONVERR
+}CONVERT_IMAGERESULT;
+
+
+
+typedef BYTE * CONVERT_IMG_ROW;
+typedef CONVERT_IMG_ROW * CONVERT_IMG_ARRAY;
+
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	conv_unknown,
+	conv_png,
+	conv_jpeg,
+	conv_bmp,
+	conv_pict,
+	conv_xpm,
+    conv_rgb,
+    conv_plugin
+}convimgenum;
+
+
+typedef struct tagCONVERT_IMG_STREAM
+{
+	XP_HUGE_CHAR_PTR m_mem;
+	FILE *m_file;/*used only with type 0 -must allready be opened for read or write does not use current index ect.*/
+	int16 m_type;/*0=CONVERT_FILE 1=CONVERT_MEMORY*/
+	DWORD m_streamsize;/* 0== unlimited */
+	DWORD m_currentindex;
+}CONVERT_IMG_STREAM;
+
+
+
+/*Sent in a BITMAP structure*/
+#define CONVERT_MEMORY 1
+#define CONVERT_FILE 0
+
+
+typedef struct tagCONVERT_IMGCONTEXT CONVERT_IMGCONTEXT;
+typedef struct tagCONVERT_IMG_INFO CONVERT_IMG_INFO;
+
+typedef CONVERT_IMAGERESULT (*CONVERT_DIALOGIMAGECALLBACK)(CONVERT_IMGCONTEXT *input,
+                                             CONVERT_IMGCONTEXT *outputarray,
+                                             CONVERT_IMG_INFO *imginfo,
+                                             int16 numoutput,
+                                             CONVERT_IMG_ARRAY imagearray);
+typedef CONVERT_IMAGERESULT (*CONVERT_COMPLETECALLBACK)(CONVERT_IMGCONTEXT *outputarray,int16 p_numoutputs,void *hook);
+
+typedef void (*CONVERT_BUFFERCALLBACK)(void *);/*j_common_ptr);*/
+
+
+
+typedef struct tagCONVERT_CALLBACKS
+{
+    CONVERT_DIALOGIMAGECALLBACK m_dialogimagecallback;
+    CONVERT_BUFFERCALLBACK m_displaybuffercallback;
+    CONVERT_COMPLETECALLBACK m_completecallback;
+}CONVERT_CALLBACKS;
+
+
+
+typedef struct tagCONVERT_IMGCONTEXT
+{
+	convimgenum m_imagetype;
+	CONVERT_IMG_STREAM m_stream;/*used with m_streamtype 1,2*/
+    int16 m_quality;
+    char m_filename[MAXIMAGEPATHLEN];/*will not be used to open FILE *. used for output. maybe in future will open file?*/
+    CONVERT_CALLBACKS m_callbacks;
+#ifdef XP_OS2
+    XP_OS2_ARG(void *m_parentwindow);/*used for callbacks to bring up dialog boxes. void * = CWnd *for Windows*/
+#else
+    XP_WIN_ARG(void *m_parentwindow);/*used for callbacks to bring up dialog boxes. void * = CWnd *for Windows*/
+#endif
+    void *m_pMWContext;//used for callbacks to insert the image. and for plugins
+}CONVERT_IMGCONTEXT;
+
+
+
+typedef struct tagCONVERT_IMG_INFO
+{
+	BYTE *m_colormap;
+	int16 m_numcolorentries;
+	uint16 m_X_density;
+	uint16 m_Y_density;
+	int16 m_density_unit;
+	int16 m_in_color_space;
+	int16 m_input_components;
+	int16 m_data_precision;
+	int16 m_image_width;/*pixel width*/
+	int16 m_image_height;/*pixel_height*/
+	int16 m_bitsperpixel;
+	int16 m_row_width;/*width in bytes*/
+	int16 m_stride; /*row_width-(pixel_width*bpp)/8 */
+	DWORD m_image_size; /*informational purposes*/
+}CONVERT_IMG_INFO;
+
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" 
+{
+#endif
+
+
+    
+/****************************/    
+/*API CALLS AND DECLARATIONS*/
+/****************************/    
+
+/*converts input to p_numoutput many outputs*/
+/*p_outpuffilenames must be a PREALLOCATED array of char *s at least p_numoutputs char *s  these pointers will
+point to output filenames that YOU will be responsible to destroy!
+    you may pass in null for p_outputfilenames and it wil*/
+CONVERT_IMAGERESULT convert_stream2image(CONVERT_IMGCONTEXT p_input,CONVERT_IMG_INFO *p_imageinfo,int16 p_numoutputs,char **p_outputfilenames);
+
+/*quantize_pixels will change the imagearray to have only maxcolors distinct values*/
+CONVERT_IMAGERESULT convert_quantize_pixels(CONVERT_IMG_ARRAY imagearray,int16 imagewidth,int16 imageheight,int16 maxcolorvalue);
+
+/*given a imagecontext, it will tell you if it is a png,bmp,gif ect*/
+convimgenum select_file_type (CONVERT_IMGCONTEXT * p_input);
+
+/****************************/    
+/*END API CALLS AND DECLARATIONS*/
+/****************************/    
+
+
+/****************************/    
+/*STREAM DECLARATIONS*/
+/****************************/    
+
+/*CONV_IMG_FREAD taken from JPEG libraries for independence from common header file*/
+#define CONV_IMG_FREAD(file,buf,sizeofbuf)  \
+  ((size_t) fread((void *) (buf), (size_t) 1, (size_t) (sizeofbuf), (file)))
+
+#define	ReadOK(file,buffer,len)	(CONV_IMG_FREAD(file,buffer,len) == ((size_t) (len)))
+
+int16 read_mem_stream(CONVERT_IMG_STREAM *p_stream,void *p_dest,uint16 p_bytecount);
+BYTE read_mem_stream_byte(CONVERT_IMG_STREAM *p_stream);
+int16 read_param(CONVERT_IMG_STREAM *p_input,void *p_dest,uint16 p_bytecount);
+BYTE read_param_byte(CONVERT_IMG_STREAM *p_input);
+/****************************/    
+/*END STREAM DECLARATIONS*/
+/****************************/    
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+

mozilla/include/libevent.h

@@ -0,0 +1,748 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Header file for event passing between the mozilla thread and
+ *   the mocha thread
+ */
+
+#ifndef libevent_h___
+#define libevent_h___
+
+#include "libmocha.h"
+#include "prtypes.h"
+#ifndef NSPR20
+#include "prevent.h"
+#else
+#include "plevent.h"
+#endif
+#include "shist.h"
+#include "fe_proto.h"
+#include "lo_ele.h"
+
+NSPR_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+extern PREventQueue * mozilla_event_queue;
+
+/* 
+ * XXX - should we use the same event values as layer events?
+ */
+
+/* Event bits stored in the low end of decoder->event_mask. */
+#define EVENT_MOUSEDOWN 0x00000001
+#define EVENT_MOUSEUP   0x00000002
+#define EVENT_MOUSEOVER 0x00000004      /* user is mousing over a link */
+#define EVENT_MOUSEOUT  0x00000008      /* user is mousing out of a link */
+#define EVENT_MOUSEMOVE 0x00000010  
+#define EVENT_MOUSEDRAG 0x00000020
+#define EVENT_CLICK     0x00000040      /* input element click in progress */
+#define EVENT_DBLCLICK  0x00000080
+#define EVENT_KEYDOWN   0x00000100
+#define EVENT_KEYUP     0x00000200
+#define EVENT_KEYPRESS	0x00000400
+#define EVENT_DRAGDROP  0x00000800      /* not yet implemented */
+#define EVENT_FOCUS     0x00001000      /* input focus event in progress */
+#define EVENT_BLUR      0x00002000      /* loss of focus event in progress */
+#define EVENT_SELECT    0x00004000      /* input field selection in progress */
+#define EVENT_CHANGE    0x00008000      /* field value change in progress */
+#define EVENT_RESET     0x00010000      /* form submit in progress */
+#define EVENT_SUBMIT    0x00020000      /* form submit in progress */
+#define EVENT_SCROLL    0x00040000      /* window is being scrolled */
+#define EVENT_LOAD      0x00080000      /* layout parsed a loaded document */
+#define EVENT_UNLOAD    0x00100000
+#define EVENT_XFER_DONE	0x00200000      /* document has loaded */
+#define EVENT_ABORT     0x00400000
+#define EVENT_ERROR     0x00800000
+#define EVENT_LOCATE	0x01000000
+#define EVENT_MOVE	0x02000000
+#define EVENT_RESIZE    0x04000000
+#define EVENT_FORWARD   0x08000000
+#define EVENT_HELP	0x10000000		/* for handling of help events */
+#define EVENT_BACK      0x20000000
+
+/* #define EVENT_PRINT     0x20000000	*//* To be removed per joki */
+
+#define STATUS_STOP      0x00000001      /* stop processing */
+#define STATUS_IGNORE    0x00000002      /* no new messages */
+
+#define	EVENT_ALT_MASK	    0x00000001
+#define	EVENT_CONTROL_MASK  0x00000002
+#define	EVENT_SHIFT_MASK    0x00000004
+#define	EVENT_META_MASK	    0x00000008
+
+#define ARGTYPE_NULL	0x00000001
+#define ARGTYPE_INT32	0x00000002
+#define ARGTYPE_BOOL	0x00000004
+#define ARGTYPE_STRING	0x00000008
+
+#define SIZE_MAX	0x00000001
+#define SIZE_MIN        0X00000002
+/*
+ * When the event has been processed by the backend, there will be
+ *   a front-end callback that gets called.  If the event processed
+ *   successfully, the callback will be passed EVENT_OK.  If the
+ *   event wasn't successful (i.e. the user canceled it) the return
+ *   status will be EVENT_CANCEL.  If something radical happened
+ *   and the front-end should do nothing (i.e. mocha changed the
+ *   underlying context) the status will be EVENT_PANIC and the
+ *   front end should treat the context and element passed to the
+ *   exit routine as bogus
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    EVENT_OK,
+    EVENT_CANCEL,
+    EVENT_PANIC
+} ETEventStatus;
+
+/*
+ * When a given event gets processed we may need to tell the front
+ *   end about it so that they can update the UI / continue the 
+ *   operation.  The context, lo_element, lType and whatever
+ *   field are all supplied by the original ET_SendEvent() call.
+ *   See ET_SendEvent() for a description of the values for
+ *   the status parameter
+ */
+typedef void
+(*ETClosureFunc)(MWContext * pContext, LO_Element * lo_element, 
+                 int32 lType, void * whatever, ETEventStatus status);
+
+/*
+ * Someone has initiated a call to LM_EvaluateBuffer().  This function
+ *   gets called back with the result
+ */
+ typedef void
+(*ETEvalAckFunc)(void * data, char * result_string, size_t result_length,
+		 char * wysiwyg_url, char * base_href, Bool valid);
+
+/*
+ * This function is called back after a layer's state has been restored
+ * in a resize_relayout.
+ */
+ typedef void
+ (*ETRestoreAckFunc)(void * data, LO_BlockInitializeStruct *param);
+
+/*
+ * Typedef for a function taking a void pointer and
+ *   returning nothing
+ */
+ typedef void
+(*ETVoidPtrFunc)(void * data);
+
+/*
+ * Typedef for a function taking a void pointer and
+ *   returning a bool
+ */
+ typedef PRBool
+(*ETBoolPtrFunc)(void * data);
+
+/*
+ * Typedef for a function taking a void pointer and
+ *   returning a int32
+ */
+ typedef int32
+(*ETIntPtrFunc)(void * data);
+
+/*
+ * Typedef for a function taking a void pointer and
+ *   returning a char *
+ */
+ typedef char *
+(*ETStringPtrFunc)(void * data);
+
+/*
+ * Struct for passing JS typed variable info through C interface calls
+ */
+typedef union ArgVal {
+    int32		intArg;
+    XP_Bool		boolArg;
+    char *		stringArg;
+} ArgVal;
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint8		type;	  /* arg type as defined at top of file */
+    ArgVal		value;		
+} JSCompArg;
+
+/*
+ * Typedef for a function used to verify installed components and 
+ *   get back components utility functions.
+ */
+ typedef PRBool
+(*ETVerifyComponentFunc)(void **active_callback, void **startup_callback);
+
+/*
+ * Generic function for JS setting values with native calls.
+ */
+ typedef void
+(*ETCompPropSetterFunc)(char *name, void *value);
+
+/*
+ * Generic function for JS getting values from native calls.
+ */
+ typedef void*
+(*ETCompPropGetterFunc)(char *name);
+
+/*
+ * Generic function for JS calling native methods.
+ */
+ typedef void*
+(*ETCompMethodFunc)(int32 argc, JSCompArg *argv);
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Common prologue for talking between the mocha thread and the mozilla 
+ *   thread
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    PREvent		event;	  /* the PREvent structure */
+    MWContext*		context;  /* context */
+    int32		doc_id;   /* doc id of context when event launched */
+    PRPackedBool	handle_eagerly;
+} ETEvent;
+
+/*
+ * Struct to send back from front end in order to get additional 
+ *   event information without having to initialize event object 
+ *   until necessary.  Yow, there is a lot of junk in here now
+ *   can we make a union out of some of these or are they always
+ *   needed?
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    ETEvent	    ce;
+    MochaDecoder  * decoder;
+    JSObject	  * object;
+    int32	    type;
+    int32           layer_id;
+    int32	    id;
+    LO_Element	  * lo_element;
+    ETClosureFunc   fnClosure;    /* event sender closure           */
+    void          * whatever;     /* anything other state           */
+    int32	    x,y;
+    int32	    docx,docy;
+    int32	    screenx,screeny;
+    uint32	    which;
+    uint32	    modifiers;
+    void	  * data;
+    uint32	    dataSize;
+    PRPackedBool    saved;
+    PRPackedBool    event_handled;
+} JSEvent;
+
+/*
+ * Tell the backend about a new event.
+ * The event is placed onto an event queue, it is not processed
+ *   immediately.  If the event is the type that can be cancelled
+ *   by the backend (i.e. a button click or a submit) the front
+ *   end must wait until the callback routine gets called before
+ *   continuing with the operation.  The ETEventStatus will be
+ *   EVENT_OK if the operation is to continue or EVENT_CANCEL
+ *   if it got cancelled.
+ * 
+ * The processing of the event may cause the document to change 
+ *   or even the whole window to close.  In those cases the callback 
+ *   will still get called in case there is any front-end cleanup 
+ *   to do but the ETEventStatus will be set to EVENT_PANIC
+ *
+ */
+
+extern JSBool
+ET_SendEvent(MWContext * pContext, LO_Element *pElement, JSEvent *pEvent, 
+             ETClosureFunc fnClosure, void * whatever);
+
+/*
+ * Tell the backend about a new document load event.  We need a 
+ *   closure so that libparse/layout knows when its safe to discard
+ *   the old document when they were waiting for onunload events to
+ *   finish processing
+ */
+extern void
+ET_SendLoadEvent(MWContext * pContext, int32 type, ETVoidPtrFunc fnClosure,
+		 NET_StreamClass *stream, int32 layer_id, Bool resize_reload);
+
+/*
+ * Tell the backend about a new image event.  Async.  No closure
+ */
+extern void
+ET_SendImageEvent(MWContext * pContext, LO_ImageStruct *image_data,
+                  LM_ImageEvent event);
+
+/*
+ * Send an interrupt event to the current context
+ * Remove all pending events for the event queue of the given context.
+ */
+extern void
+ET_InterruptContext(MWContext * pContext);
+
+extern JSBool
+ET_ContinueProcessing(MWContext * pContext);
+
+/*
+ * Tell mocha to destroy the given context's data.  The callback 
+ *   function gets called when mocha is done with all of its data
+ *   that was associated with the context
+ */
+extern void
+ET_RemoveWindowContext(MWContext * context, ETVoidPtrFunc fn, 
+                       void * data);
+
+typedef struct {
+    uint	   len, line_no;
+    char	 * scope_to;
+    void	 * data;
+    JSVersion	   version;
+    JSPrincipals * principals;
+    JSBool         want_result;
+    JSBool	   unicode;
+} ETEvalStuff;
+
+/*
+ * Evaluate the mocha code in the given buffer
+ */
+extern void
+ET_EvaluateBuffer(MWContext * context, char * buffer, uint buflen,
+		  uint line_no, char * scope_to, JSBool want_result,
+		  ETEvalAckFunc fn, void * data,
+		  JSVersion ver, struct JSPrincipals *);
+
+extern void
+ET_EvaluateScript(MWContext * context, char * buffer, ETEvalStuff * stuff,
+		  ETEvalAckFunc fn);
+
+/*
+ * Ask Mocha to reflect the given object into JavaScript
+ */
+extern void
+ET_ReflectObject(MWContext * pContext, void * lo_ele, void * tag,
+		 int32 layer_id, uint index, ReflectedObject type);
+
+void
+ET_ReflectFormElement(MWContext * pContext, void * form,
+		      LO_FormElementStruct * form_element, PA_Tag * tag);
+
+extern void
+ET_ReflectWindow(MWContext * pContext, 
+		 PA_Block onLoad, PA_Block onUnload, 
+		 PA_Block onFocus, PA_Block onBlur, PA_Block onHelp,
+		 PA_Block onMouseOver, PA_Block onMouseOut, PA_Block onDragDrop,
+		 PA_Block onMove, PA_Block onResize,
+                 PA_Block id, char *all,
+		 Bool bDelete, int newline_count);
+
+/*
+ * Tell mocha we are processing a form
+ */
+extern void
+ET_SetActiveForm(MWContext * pContext, struct lo_FormData_struct * loElement);
+
+/*
+ * Tell mocha which layer we are processing
+ */
+void
+ET_SetActiveLayer(MWContext * pContext, int32 layer_id);
+
+/*
+** Tell mocha where to send its output
+*/
+extern void
+ET_ClearDecoderStream(MWContext * context, NET_StreamClass * old_stream);
+
+extern void
+ET_SetDecoderStream(MWContext * context, NET_StreamClass *stream,
+	            URL_Struct *url_struct, JSBool free_stream_on_close);
+
+/*
+** Remember the current nesting URL in the MochaDecoder
+*/
+extern void
+ET_SetNestingUrl(MWContext * context, char * szUrl);
+
+/*
+** Remember the current language version in the MochaDecoder
+*/
+extern void
+ET_SetVersion(MWContext * context, JSVersion version);
+
+/*
+ * Tell mocha to trash the current document.  around and around...
+ */
+extern void
+ET_ReleaseDocument(MWContext * pContext, JSBool resize_reload);
+
+/*
+ * Tell mocha to trash the layer's document.
+ */
+extern void
+ET_DestroyLayer(MWContext * pContext, JSObject *layer_obj);
+
+extern void
+ET_MochaStreamComplete(MWContext * context, void * buf, int len, 
+		       char * content_type, Bool isUnicode);
+
+extern void
+ET_MochaStreamAbort(MWContext * context, int status);
+			
+/*
+ * Called when a layer's contents are changing and we want to create
+ * a new layer document.
+ */
+extern void
+ET_NewLayerDocument(MWContext *pContext, int32 layer_id);
+
+extern void
+ET_DocWriteAck(MWContext *pContext, int status);
+
+extern void
+ET_RegisterComponent(char *name, void *active_callback, void *startup_callback);
+
+extern void
+ET_RegisterComponentProp(char *comp, char *name, uint8 retType, void *setter, 
+			 void *getter);
+
+extern void
+ET_RegisterComponentMethod(char *comp, char *name, uint8 retType, void *method, 
+			   int32 argc);
+
+/* =============================================================== */
+
+/*
+ * This event can be sent to both the mozilla thread and the moacha thread
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    ETEvent			ce;
+    TimeoutCallbackFunction	fnCallback;
+    void*			pClosure;
+    uint32			ulTime;
+    void*			pTimerId;
+} MozillaEvent_Timeout;
+
+
+/* =============================================================== */
+
+/*
+ * Busy loop waiting for events to come along
+ */
+extern void PR_CALLBACK
+lm_wait_for_events(void *);
+
+/* 
+ * global mocha event queues.  It would be nice to not have these
+ *   exported this globally
+ */
+extern PREventQueue *lm_InterpretQueue;
+extern PREventQueue *lm_PriorityQueue;
+
+/*
+ * Ways to send events to the front end
+ */
+extern JSBool
+ET_PostMessageBox(MWContext* context, char* szMessage, 
+		  JSBool bConfirm);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostProgress(MWContext* context, const char* szMessage);
+
+/* --- timeout routines --- */
+
+/*
+ * Set (or clear) a timeout to go off.  The timeout will go off in the
+ *   mozilla thread so we will use the routine ET_FireTimeoutCallBack()
+ *   to get back into our thread to actually run the closure
+ */
+extern void * 
+ET_PostSetTimeout(TimeoutCallbackFunction fnCallback, 
+		  void * pClosure, uint32 ulTime, int32 doc_id);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostClearTimeout(void * stuff);
+
+extern void
+ET_FireTimeoutCallBack(void *);
+
+/* --- end of timeout routines --- */
+
+extern void
+ET_PostDestroyWindow(MWContext * context);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostManipulateForm(MWContext * context, LO_Element * pForm, int32 action);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostClearView(MWContext * context);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostFreeImageElement(MWContext * context, void * stuff);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostFreeImageContext(MWContext *context, IL_GroupContext *img_cx);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostFreeAnonImages(MWContext *context, IL_GroupContext *img_cx);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostDisplayImage(MWContext *, int, LO_ImageStruct *);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostGetUrl(MWContext *, URL_Struct * pUrl);
+
+extern char *
+ET_PostPrompt(MWContext* context, const char* szMessage, 
+			  const char * szDefault);
+
+extern MWContext *
+ET_PostNewWindow(MWContext* context, URL_Struct * pUrl, 
+                 char * szName, Chrome * pChrome);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostUpdateChrome(MWContext* context, Chrome * pChrome);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostQueryChrome(MWContext* context, Chrome * pChrome);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostGetScreenSize(MWContext* context, int32 *pX, int32 *pY);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostGetAvailScreenRect(MWContext* context, int32 *pX, int32 *pY, 
+					    int32 *pLeft, int32 *pTop);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostGetColorDepth(MWContext* context, int32 *pPixel, int32 *pPallette);
+
+extern char *
+ET_PostGetSelectedText(MWContext* context);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostScrollDocTo(MWContext* context, int loc, int32 x, int32 y);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostScrollDocBy(MWContext* context, int loc, int32 x, int32 y);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostBackCommand(MWContext* context);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostForwardCommand(MWContext* context);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostHomeCommand(MWContext* context);
+
+extern JSBool
+ET_PostFindCommand(MWContext* context, char * szName, JSBool matchCase, 
+		   JSBool searchBackward);
+extern void
+ET_PostPrintCommand(MWContext* context);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostOpenFileCommand(MWContext* context);
+
+extern void 
+ET_MakeHTMLAlert(MWContext * context, const char * szString);
+
+/* respond to events sent to the mocha thread by the mozilla thread */
+
+extern void
+ET_PostJsEventAck(MWContext* context, LO_Element * pEle, int type, 
+                  ETClosureFunc fnClosure, void * pStuff, 
+                  ETEventStatus status);
+
+
+
+extern void
+ET_PostEvalAck(MWContext * context, int doc_id, void * data, 
+	       char * str, size_t len, char * wysiwyg_url, 
+	       char * base_href, Bool valid, ETEvalAckFunc fn);
+
+extern void
+ET_PostRestoreAck(void *data, LO_BlockInitializeStruct *param, 
+                  ETRestoreAckFunc fn);
+
+/* netlib events */
+
+extern char *
+ET_net_GetCookie(MWContext* context, int32 doc_id);
+
+extern char *
+ET_net_SetCookieString(MWContext* context, char * szCookie, int32 doc_id);
+
+extern NET_StreamClass *
+ET_net_CacheConverter(FO_Present_Types format, void * obj,
+                      URL_Struct *pUrl, MWContext * pContext);
+
+extern void
+ET_net_FindURLInCache(URL_Struct * pUrl, MWContext * pContext);
+
+extern NET_StreamClass	*
+ET_net_StreamBuilder(FO_Present_Types format, URL_Struct *pUrl, 
+		     MWContext * pContext);
+
+/* layout events */
+
+extern  void
+ET_lo_ResetForm(MWContext * pContext, LO_Element * ele);
+
+void
+ET_fe_SubmitInputElement(MWContext * pContext, LO_Element * ele);
+
+/*
+ * Synchronously shove the given text down the parser's processing
+ *   queue.  If the currently loaded document is not equal to 
+ *   doc_id, this message should be ignored since it arrived too
+ *   late for the intended document
+ */
+extern int
+ET_lo_DoDocWrite(JSContext *cx, MWContext * context, NET_StreamClass * stream, 
+                 char * str, size_t len, int32 doc_id);
+
+
+extern void
+ET_il_GetImage(const char * str, MWContext * pContext, IL_GroupContext *img_cx,
+               LO_ImageStruct * image_data, NET_ReloadMethod how);
+
+extern void
+ET_il_SetGroupObserver(MWContext * pContext, IL_GroupContext *pImgCX, void *pDpyCX,
+					   JSBool bAddObserver);
+			   
+extern void
+ET_InterruptImgCX(MWContext * pContext);
+
+/*
+ * Tell layout to trash the current document.
+ */
+extern void
+ET_lo_DiscardDocument(MWContext * pContext);
+
+/*
+ * Tell layout to prepare a layer for writing.
+ */
+extern Bool
+ET_lo_PrepareLayerForWriting(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id,
+			     const char *referer);
+
+/*
+ * Return a copy of the current history element.  Caller must free
+ */
+extern History_entry * 
+ET_shist_GetCurrent(MWContext * pContext);
+
+/*
+ * Return the current security status.
+ */
+extern int 
+ET_GetSecurityStatus(MWContext * pContext);
+
+/*
+ * Make sure Mocha/Java glue is ready.  Returns the same return code as
+ * LM_InitMoja.
+ */
+extern int
+ET_InitMoja(MWContext * pContext);
+
+/*
+ * Pack up toys and go home
+ */
+extern void
+ET_FinishMocha(void);
+
+/*
+ * Used to call a stream completion function in the mozilla
+ *   thread
+ */
+extern void
+ET_moz_CallFunction(ETVoidPtrFunc fn, void * data);
+
+extern void
+ET_moz_CallFunctionAsync(ETVoidPtrFunc fn, void * data);
+
+extern PRBool
+ET_moz_CallFunctionBool(ETBoolPtrFunc fn, void * data);
+
+extern int32
+ET_moz_CallFunctionInt(ETIntPtrFunc fn, void * data);
+
+extern char *
+ET_moz_CallFunctionString(ETStringPtrFunc fn, void * data);
+
+extern void
+ET_moz_CallAsyncAndSubEventLoop(ETVoidPtrFunc fn, void *data,
+				MWContext *context);
+
+extern void
+ET_moz_Abort(MKStreamAbortFunc fn, void * data, int status);
+
+extern void
+ET_moz_SetMochaWriteStream(MochaDecoder * decoder);
+
+extern NET_StreamClass *
+ET_moz_DocCacheConverter(MWContext * context, URL_Struct * pUrl, 
+			 char * wysiwyg_url, int32 layer_id);
+
+extern PRBool
+ET_moz_VerifyComponentFunction(ETVerifyComponentFunc fn, ETBoolPtrFunc *pActive_callback, 
+			       ETVoidPtrFunc *pStartup_callback);
+
+extern void
+ET_moz_CompSetterFunction(ETCompPropSetterFunc fn, char *name, void *data);
+
+extern void *
+ET_moz_CompGetterFunction(ETCompPropGetterFunc fn, char *name);
+
+extern void *
+ET_moz_CompMethodFunction(ETCompMethodFunc fn, int32 argc, JSCompArg *argv);
+
+typedef enum { 
+    CL_Move,
+    CL_MoveX,
+    CL_MoveY,
+    CL_Offset,
+    CL_Resize,
+    CL_SetBboxWidth,
+    CL_SetBboxHeight,
+    CL_SetBboxTop,
+    CL_SetBboxLeft,
+    CL_SetBboxBottom,
+    CL_SetBboxRight,
+    CL_SetHidden,
+    CL_MoveInZ,
+    CL_SetSrc,
+    CL_SetSrcWidth,
+    CL_SetZ,
+    CL_SetBgColor,
+    CL_SetBackdrop
+} ETLayerOp;
+
+extern int
+ET_TweakLayer(MWContext * context, CL_Layer * layer, int32 x, int32 y, 
+              void *param_ptr, int32 param_val, ETLayerOp op,
+	      const char *referer, int32 doc_id);
+
+extern void
+ET_RestoreLayerState(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id,
+                     LO_BlockInitializeStruct *param, ETRestoreAckFunc fn,
+                     void *data);
+
+extern int32
+ET_npl_RefreshPluginList(MWContext* context, XP_Bool refreshInstances);
+
+extern JSBool
+ET_HandlePref(JSContext * cx, uint argc, jsval * argv, jsval * rval);
+
+extern void
+ET_SetPluginWindow(MWContext * pContext, void * app);
+
+NSPR_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#endif /* libevent_h___ */

mozilla/include/libmime.h

@@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/* libmime.h --- external interface to libmime.a
+   Created: Jamie Zawinski <jwz@netscape.com>, 15-May-96.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef _LIBMIME_H_
+#define _LIBMIME_H_
+
+#include "xp.h"
+
+#ifndef MOZILLA_30
+# define MIME_DRAFTS
+#endif
+
+/* Opaque object describing a block of message headers, and a couple of
+   routines for extracting data from one.
+ */
+
+typedef struct MimeHeaders 
+{
+  char *all_headers;			/* A char* of the entire header section. */
+  int32 all_headers_fp;			/* The length (it is not NULL-terminated.) */
+  int32 all_headers_size;		/* The size of the allocated block. */
+
+  XP_Bool done_p;				/* Whether we've read the end-of-headers marker
+								   (the terminating blank line.) */
+
+  char **heads;					/* An array of length n_headers which points
+								   to the beginning of each distinct header:
+								   just after the newline which terminated
+								   the previous one.  This is to speed search.
+
+								   This is not initialized until all the
+								   headers have been read.
+								 */
+  int32 heads_size;				/* The length (and consequently, how many
+								   distinct headers are in here.) */
+
+
+  char *obuffer;				/* This buffer is used for output. */
+  int32 obuffer_size;
+  int32 obuffer_fp;
+
+  char *munged_subject;			/* What a hack.  This is a place to write down
+								   the subject header, after it's been
+								   charset-ified and stuff.  Remembered so that
+								   we can later use it to generate the
+								   <TITLE> tag. */
+} MimeHeaders;
+
+typedef struct MimeDisplayOptions MimeDisplayOptions;
+typedef struct MimeParseStateObject MimeParseStateObject;
+#ifndef MOZILLA_30
+typedef struct MSG_AttachmentData MSG_AttachmentData;
+#endif
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+/* Given the name of a header, returns the contents of that header as
+   a newly-allocated string (which the caller must free.)  If the header
+   is not present, or has no contents, NULL is returned.
+
+   If `strip_p' is TRUE, then the data returned will be the first token
+   of the header; else it will be the full text of the header.  (This is
+   useful for getting just "text/plain" from "text/plain; name=foo".)
+
+   If `all_p' is FALSE, then the first header encountered is used, and
+   any subsequent headers of the same name are ignored.  If TRUE, then
+   all headers of the same name are appended together (this is useful
+   for gathering up all CC headers into one, for example.)
+ */
+extern char *MimeHeaders_get(MimeHeaders *hdrs,
+							 const char *header_name,
+							 XP_Bool strip_p,
+							 XP_Bool all_p);
+
+/* Given a header of the form of the MIME "Content-" headers, extracts a
+   named parameter from it, if it exists.  For example,
+   MimeHeaders_get_parameter("text/plain; charset=us-ascii", "charset")
+   would return "us-ascii".
+
+   Returns NULL if there is no match, or if there is an allocation failure.
+ */
+extern char *MimeHeaders_get_parameter (const char *header_value,
+										const char *parm_name);
+
+extern MimeHeaders *MimeHeaders_copy (MimeHeaders *srcHeaders);
+
+extern void MimeHeaders_free (MimeHeaders *hdrs);
+
+/* Some defines for various standard header field names.
+ */
+#define HEADER_BCC							"BCC"
+#define HEADER_CC							"CC"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_BASE					"Content-Base"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_DESCRIPTION			"Content-Description"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_DISPOSITION			"Content-Disposition"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_ENCODING				"Content-Encoding"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_LENGTH				"Content-Length"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_NAME					"Content-Name"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING	"Content-Transfer-Encoding"
+#define HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE					"Content-Type"
+#define HEADER_DATE							"Date"
+#define HEADER_DISTRIBUTION					"Distribution"
+#define HEADER_FCC							"FCC"
+#define HEADER_FOLLOWUP_TO					"Followup-To"
+#define HEADER_FROM							"From"
+#define HEADER_LINES						"Lines"
+#define HEADER_MESSAGE_ID					"Message-ID"
+#define HEADER_MIME_VERSION					"MIME-Version"
+#define HEADER_NEWSGROUPS					"Newsgroups"
+#define HEADER_ORGANIZATION					"Organization"
+#define HEADER_REFERENCES					"References"
+#define HEADER_REPLY_TO						"Reply-To"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_COMMENTS				"Resent-Comments"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_DATE					"Resent-Date"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_FROM					"Resent-From"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_MESSAGE_ID			"Resent-Message-ID"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_SENDER				"Resent-Sender"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_TO					"Resent-To"
+#define HEADER_RESENT_CC					"Resent-CC"
+#define HEADER_SENDER						"Sender"
+#define HEADER_SUBJECT						"Subject"
+#define HEADER_TO							"To"
+#define HEADER_X_MAILER						"X-Mailer"
+#define HEADER_X_NEWSREADER					"X-Newsreader"
+#define HEADER_X_POSTING_SOFTWARE			"X-Posting-Software"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_STATUS	 			"X-Mozilla-Status"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_NEWSHOST			"X-Mozilla-News-Host"
+#define HEADER_X_MOZILLA_DRAFT_INFO			"X-Mozilla-Draft-Info"
+#define HEADER_X_UIDL						"X-UIDL"
+#define HEADER_XREF							"XREF"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_CHARSET				"X-Sun-Charset"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_CONTENT_LENGTH			"X-Sun-Content-Length"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_CONTENT_LINES			"X-Sun-Content-Lines"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_DATA_DESCRIPTION		"X-Sun-Data-Description"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_DATA_NAME				"X-Sun-Data-Name"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_DATA_TYPE				"X-Sun-Data-Type"
+#define HEADER_X_SUN_ENCODING_INFO			"X-Sun-Encoding-Info"
+#define HEADER_X_PRIORITY                   "X-Priority"
+
+#define HEADER_PARM_BOUNDARY				"BOUNDARY"
+#define HEADER_PARM_FILENAME				"FILENAME"
+#define HEADER_PARM_NAME					"NAME"
+#define HEADER_PARM_TYPE					"TYPE"
+
+
+typedef enum {
+  MimeHeadersAll,				/* Show all headers */
+  MimeHeadersSome,				/* Show all "interesting" headers */
+  MimeHeadersSomeNoRef,			/* Same, but suppress the `References' header
+								   (for when we're printing this message.) */
+  MimeHeadersMicro,				/* Show a one-line header summary */
+  MimeHeadersMicroPlus,			/* Same, but show the full recipient list as
+								   well (To, CC, etc.) */
+  MimeHeadersCitation			/* A one-line summary geared toward use in a
+								   reply citation ("So-and-so wrote:") */
+} MimeHeadersState;
+
+
+/* The signature for various callbacks in the MimeDisplayOptions structure.
+ */
+typedef char *(*MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction) (const char *data, void *closure,
+											MimeHeaders *headers);
+
+struct MimeDisplayOptions
+{
+  const char *url;			/* Base URL for the document.  This string should
+							   be freed by the caller, after the parser
+							   completes (possibly at the same time as the
+							   MimeDisplayOptions itself.) */
+
+#ifndef MOZILLA_30
+  MSG_Pane* pane;				/* The libmsg pane object that corresponds to
+								   what we're showing.  This is used by very
+								   little... */
+#endif /* !MOZILLA_30 */
+
+  MimeHeadersState headers;	/* How headers should be displayed. */
+  XP_Bool fancy_headers_p;	/* Whether to do clever formatting of headers
+							   using tables, instead of spaces. */
+
+#ifndef MOZILLA_30
+  XP_Bool output_vcard_buttons_p;	/* Whether to output the buttons */
+									/* on vcards. */
+#endif /* !MOZILLA_30 */
+
+  XP_Bool fancy_links_p;		/* Whether to insert fancy links, so you can
+								   do things like click on an email address to
+								   add it to your address book.  Something you
+								   don't want to do while printing. */
+
+  XP_Bool variable_width_plaintext_p;	/* Whether text/plain messages should
+										   be in variable width, or fixed. */
+  XP_Bool wrap_long_lines_p;	/* Whether to wrap long lines in text/plain
+								   messages. */
+
+  XP_Bool rot13_p;			/* Whether text/plain parts should be rotated
+							   Set by "?rot13=true" */
+  XP_Bool no_inline_p;		/* Whether inline display of attachments should
+							   be suppressed.  Set by "?inline=false" */
+  char *part_to_load;		/* The particular part of the multipart which
+							   we are extracting.  Set by "?part=3.2.4" */
+
+  XP_Bool write_html_p;		/* Whether the output should be HTML, or raw. */
+
+  XP_Bool decrypt_p;		/* Whether all traces of encryption should be
+							   eradicated -- this is only meaningful when
+							   write_html_p is FALSE; we set this when
+							   attaching a message for forwarding, since
+							   forwarding someone else a message that wasn't
+							   encrypted for them doesn't work.  We have to
+							   decrypt it before sending it.
+							 */
+
+#ifndef MOZILLA_30
+  XP_Bool nice_html_only_p;		/* If TRUE, then we only should write html if
+								   it's pretty HTML (stuff that we're willing
+								   to get shipped out in mail messages).  If we
+								   can't generate nice stuff for some part,
+								   then don't say anything at all. */
+
+  XP_Bool dont_touch_citations_p; /* If TRUE, then we should leave citations
+									 alone in plaintext parts.  If FALSE, then
+									 go ahead and tweak the fonts according
+									 to preferences. */
+#endif /* !MOZILLA_30 */
+
+  char *default_charset;	/* If this is non-NULL, then it is the charset to
+							   assume when no other one is specified via a
+							   `charset' parameter.
+							 */
+  char *override_charset;	/* If this is non-NULL, then we will assume that
+							   all data is in this charset, regardless of what
+							   the `charset' parameter of that part says.
+							   This overrides `default_charset' as well.
+							   (This is to cope with the fact that, in the
+							   real world, many messages are mislabelled with
+							   the wrong charset.)
+							 */
+
+  /* =======================================================================
+	 Stream-related callbacks; for these functions, the `closure' argument
+	 is what is found in `options->stream_closure'.  (One possible exception
+	 is for output_fn; see "output_closure" below.)
+   */
+  void *stream_closure;
+
+  /* For setting up the display stream, so that the MIME parser can inform
+	 the caller of the type of the data it will be getting. */
+  int (*output_init_fn) (const char *type,
+						 const char *charset,
+						 const char *name,
+						 const char *x_mac_type,
+						 const char *x_mac_creator,
+						 void *stream_closure);
+
+  /* How the MIME parser feeds its output (HTML or raw) back to the caller. */
+  int (*output_fn) (char *buf, int32 size, void *closure);
+
+  /* Closure to pass to the above output_fn.  If NULL, then the
+	 stream_closure is used. */
+  void *output_closure;
+
+  /* A callback used to encapsulate an HTML section and to reset the
+     HTML parser to its default state at the end of a section.
+     start_p indicates whether this is being called just before the
+     start or immediately after the end of the encapsulated HTML.
+     layer_encapsulate_p indicates whether or not to put special
+     ILAYER container tags around the HTML -- Also, when start_p is
+     FALSE, this function should close off any tags we've left open,
+     reset the font size and face, etc.  This may be called multiple
+     times -- in particular, it will be called at the end of each
+     message part which might contain human-generated (and thus
+     arbitrarily buggy) markup.  The `abort_p' argument specifies
+     whether it's ok for data to be discarded.
+   */
+  int (*set_html_state_fn) (void *stream_closure,
+                            XP_Bool layer_encapsulate_p,
+                            XP_Bool start_p,
+                            XP_Bool abort_p);
+
+  /* A hook for the caller to perform charset-conversion before HTML is
+	 returned.  Each set of characters which originated in a mail message
+	 (body or headers) will be run through this filter before being converted
+	 into HTML.  (This should return bytes which may appear in an HTML file,
+	 ie, we must be able to scan through the string to search for "<" and
+	 turn it in to "&lt;", and so on.)
+
+	 `input' is a non-NULL-terminated string of a single line from the message.
+	 `input_length' is how long it is.
+	 `input_charset' is a string representing the charset of this string (as
+	   specified by MIME headers.)
+	 `output_charset' is the charset to which conversion is desired.
+	 `output_ret' is where a newly-malloced string is returned.  It may be
+	   NULL if no translation is needed.
+	 `output_size_ret' is how long the returned string is (it need not be
+	   NULL-terminated.).
+   */
+  int (*charset_conversion_fn) (const char *input_line, int32 input_length,
+								const char *input_charset,
+								const char *output_charset,
+								char **output_ret, int32 *output_size_ret,
+								void *stream_closure);
+
+  /* A hook for the caller to perform both charset-conversion and decoding of
+	 MIME-2 header fields (using RFC-1522 encoding.)  Arguments and returned
+	 values are as for `charset_conversion_fn'.
+   */
+  int (*rfc1522_conversion_fn) (const char *input_line, int32 input_length,
+								const char *input_charset,
+								const char *output_charset,
+								char **output_ret, int32 *output_size_ret,
+								void *stream_closure);
+
+  /* A hook for the caller to translate a time string into a prettier or more
+	 compact or localized form. */
+  char *(*reformat_date_fn) (const char *old_date, void *stream_closure);
+
+  /* A hook for the caller to turn a file name into a content-type. */
+  char *(*file_type_fn) (const char *filename, void *stream_closure);
+
+  /* A hook for the caller to turn a content-type into descriptive text. */
+  char *(*type_description_fn) (const char *content_type,void *stream_closure);
+
+  /* A hook for the caller to turn a content-type into an image icon. */
+  char *(*type_icon_name_fn) (const char *content_type, void *stream_closure);
+
+  /* A hook by which the user may be prompted for a password by the security
+	 library.  (This is really of type `SECKEYGetPasswordKey'; see sec.h.) */
+  void *(*passwd_prompt_fn)(void *arg1, void *arg2);
+  void *passwd_prompt_fn_arg;
+
+  /* =======================================================================
+	 Various callbacks; for all of these functions, the `closure' argument
+	 is what is found in `html_closure'.
+   */
+  void *html_closure;
+
+  /* For emitting some HTML before the start of the outermost message
+	 (this is called before any HTML is written to layout.) */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_header_html_fn;
+
+  /* For emitting some HTML after the outermost header block, but before
+	 the body of the first message. */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_post_header_html_fn;
+
+  /* For emitting some HTML at the very end (this is called after libmime
+	 has written everything it's going to write.) */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_footer_html_fn;
+
+  /* For turning a message ID into a loadable URL. */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_reference_url_fn;
+
+  /* For turning a mail address into a mailto URL. */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_mailto_url_fn;
+
+  /* For turning a newsgroup name into a news URL. */
+  MimeHTMLGeneratorFunction generate_news_url_fn;
+
+  /* =======================================================================
+     Callbacks to handle the backend-specific inlined image display
+	 (internal-external-reconnect junk.)  For `image_begin', the `closure'
+	 argument is what is found in `stream_closure'; but for all of the
+	 others, the `closure' argument is the data that `image_begin' returned.
+   */
+
+  /* Begins processing an embedded image; the URL and content_type are of the
+	 image itself. */
+  void *(*image_begin) (const char *image_url, const char *content_type,
+						void *stream_closure);
+
+  /* Stop processing an image. */
+  void (*image_end) (void *image_closure, int status);
+
+  /* Dump some raw image data down the stream. */
+  int (*image_write_buffer) (char *buf, int32 size, void *image_closure);
+
+  /* What HTML should be dumped out for this image. */
+  char *(*make_image_html) (void *image_closure);
+
+
+  /* =======================================================================
+	 Other random opaque state.
+   */
+  MimeParseStateObject *state;		/* Some state used by libmime internals;
+									   initialize this to 0 and leave it alone.
+									 */
+
+
+#ifdef MIME_DRAFTS
+  /* =======================================================================
+	Mail Draft hooks -- 09-19-1996
+   */
+  XP_Bool decompose_file_p;            /* are we decomposing a mime msg 
+									   into separate files */
+  XP_Bool done_parsing_outer_headers;  /* are we done parsing the outer message
+										  headers; this is really useful when
+										  we have multiple Message/RFC822 
+										  headers */
+  XP_Bool is_multipart_msg;            /* are we decomposing a multipart
+										  message */
+
+  int decompose_init_count;            /* used for non multipart message only
+										*/
+
+  XP_Bool signed_p;					   /* to tell draft this is a signed
+										  message */
+
+  /* Callback to gather the outer most headers so we could use the 
+	 information to initialize the addressing/subject/newsgroups fields
+	 for the composition window. */
+  int (*decompose_headers_info_fn) (void *closure, 
+									MimeHeaders *headers);
+
+  /* Callbacks to create temporary files for drafts attachments. */
+  int (*decompose_file_init_fn) (void *stream_closure, 
+								 MimeHeaders *headers );
+
+  int (*decompose_file_output_fn) (char *buf, int32 size,
+								   void *stream_closure);
+
+  int (*decompose_file_close_fn) (void *stream_closure);
+#endif /* MIME_DRAFTS */
+
+  int32 attachment_icon_layer_id; /* Hackhackhack.  This is zero if we have
+									 not yet emitted the attachment layer
+									 stuff.  If we have, then this is the
+									 id number for that layer, which is a
+									 unique random number every time, to keep
+									 evil people from writing javascript code
+									 to hack it. */
+
+};
+
+
+
+/* Mozilla-specific interfaces
+ */
+
+/* Given a URL, this might return a better suggested name to save it as.
+
+   When you have a URL, you can sometimes get a suggested name from
+   URL_s->content_name, but if you're saving a URL to disk before the
+   URL_Struct has been filled in by netlib, you don't have that yet.
+
+   So if you're about to prompt for a file name *before* you call FE_GetURL
+   with a format_out of FO_SAVE_AS, call this function first to see if it
+   can offer you advice about what the suggested name for that URL should be.
+
+   (This works by looking in a cache of recently-displayed MIME objects, and
+   seeing if this URL matches.  If it does, the remembered content-name will
+   be used.)
+ */
+extern char *MimeGuessURLContentName(MWContext *context, const char *url);
+
+/* Given a URL, return the content type for the mime part, if the passed context
+   recently parsed a message containing the part specified by the URL.
+   This is used to figure out if we need to open the url in a browser window,
+   or if we're just going to do a save as, anyay.
+*/
+extern char *MimeGetURLContentType(MWContext *context, const char *url);
+
+
+/* Determines whether the given context is currently showing a text/html
+   message.  (Used by libmsg to determine if replys should bring up the
+   text/html editor. */
+
+extern XP_Bool MimeShowingTextHtml(MWContext* context);
+
+
+
+/* Yeech, hack...  Determine the URL to use to save just the HTML part of the
+   currently-displayed message to disk.  If the current message doesn't have
+   a text/html part, returns NULL.  Otherwise, the caller must free the
+   returned string using XP_FREE(). */
+
+extern char* MimeGetHtmlPartURL(MWContext* context);
+
+
+/* Return how many attachments are in the currently-displayed message. */
+extern int MimeGetAttachmentCount(MWContext* context);
+
+/* Returns what attachments are being viewed  in the currently-displayed
+   message.  The returned data must be free'd using
+   MimeFreeAttachmentList(). */
+extern int MimeGetAttachmentList(MWContext* context,
+								 MSG_AttachmentData** data);
+
+extern void MimeFreeAttachmentList(MSG_AttachmentData* data);
+
+
+/* Call this when destroying a context; this frees up some memory.
+ */
+extern void MimeDestroyContextData(MWContext *context);
+
+
+/* After a message has been fully displayed (the document has finished
+   loading) FEs call this with a Mail or News window to determine how
+   the "security" toolbar button should be rendered.
+
+   The first two values are whether it was an encrypted and/or signed
+   message; the second two are whether it was *valid*.
+ */
+extern void MIME_GetMessageCryptoState(MWContext *context,
+									   XP_Bool *signed_return,
+									   XP_Bool *encrypted_return,
+									   XP_Bool *signed_ok_return,
+									   XP_Bool *encrypted_ok_return);
+
+#ifndef MOZILLA_30
+/* Used only by libnet, this indicates that the user bonked on the "show me
+   details about attachments" button. */
+
+extern int MIME_DisplayAttachmentPane(MWContext* context);
+#endif /* MOZILLA_30 */
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* _LIBMIME_H_ */

mozilla/include/libmocha.h

@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Header file for Mocha in the Navigator (libmocha).
+ */
+
+#ifndef libmocha_h___
+#define libmocha_h___
+
+#include "ntypes.h"
+#include "il_types.h"
+#include "prtypes.h"
+#include "plhash.h"
+#include "prthread.h"
+#include "jsapi.h"
+
+/* enable JavaScript Debugger support */
+#if defined (_WIN32) || defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(powerc) || defined(__powerc) || defined(XP_OS2)
+#ifdef JAVA
+#define JSDEBUGGER 1 
+#endif
+#endif
+
+NSPR_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+typedef struct JSTimeout JSTimeout;
+typedef struct JSPrincipalsList JSPrincipalsList;
+typedef struct JSNestingUrl JSNestingUrl;
+
+/*
+ * There exists one MochaDecoder per top-level MWContext that decodes Mocha,
+ * either from an HTML page or from a "mocha:[expr]" URL.
+ */
+typedef struct MochaDecoder {
+    int32           forw_count;		    /* forward reference count */
+    int32           back_count;		    /* back (up the tree) count */
+    JSContext	    *js_context;
+    MWContext       *window_context;
+    JSObject	    *window_object;
+    NET_StreamClass *stream;
+    int32           stream_owner;   /* id of layer that's loading the stream */
+    URL_Struct      *url_struct;
+    JSTimeout	    *timeouts;
+    JSTimeout       *saved_timeouts;
+    uint16          signature_ordinal;
+    PRPackedBool    replace_location;
+    PRPackedBool    resize_reload;
+    PRPackedBool    load_event_sent;
+    PRPackedBool    visited;
+    PRPackedBool    writing_input;
+    PRPackedBool    free_stream_on_close;
+    PRPackedBool    in_window_quota;
+    PRPackedBool    called_win_close;
+    PRPackedBool    principals_compromised;
+    const char      *source_url;
+    JSNestingUrl    *nesting_url;
+    uint32          error_count;
+    uint32          event_mask;
+    int32           active_layer_id;
+    uint32          active_form_id;
+    uint32	    event_bit;
+    int32	    doc_id;
+
+    /*
+     * Class prototype objects, in alphabetical order.  Must be CLEARed (set
+     * to null) in LM_PutMochaDecoder, HELD (GC roots added) in lm_NewWindow,
+     * and DROPped (removed as GC roots) in lm_DestroyWindow.
+     * XXXbe clean up, clear via bzero, using a sub-structure.
+     */
+    JSObject	    *anchor_prototype;
+    JSObject	    *bar_prototype;
+    JSObject        *document_prototype;
+    JSObject	    *event_prototype;
+    JSObject	    *event_capturer_prototype;
+    JSObject	    *event_receiver_prototype;
+    JSObject	    *form_prototype;
+    JSObject	    *image_prototype;
+    JSObject	    *input_prototype;
+    JSObject	    *layer_prototype;
+    JSObject	    *option_prototype;
+    JSObject	    *rect_prototype;
+    JSObject	    *url_prototype;
+
+    /*
+     * Window sub-objects.  These must also follow the CLEAR/HOLD/DROP
+     * protocol mentioned above.
+     */
+    JSObject	    *document;
+    JSObject	    *history;
+    JSObject	    *location;
+    JSObject	    *navigator;
+    JSObject	    *components;
+    JSObject	    *screen;
+    JSObject	    *hardware;
+    JSObject	    *crypto;
+    JSObject        *pkcs11;
+
+    /*
+     * Ad-hoc GC roots.
+     */
+    JSObject	    *event_receiver;
+    JSObject	    *opener;
+
+    JSVersion	    firstVersion;   /* First JS script tag version. */
+
+    /*
+     * Security info for all of this decoder's scripts, except those
+     * contained in layers.
+     */
+    JSPrincipals    *principals;
+    JSPrincipalsList*early_access_list;
+
+    IL_GroupContext *image_context; /* Image context for anonymous images */
+
+    /* 
+     * Table that maintains an id to JS object mapping for reflected
+     * elements. This is used during resize to reestablish the connection
+     * between layout elements and their corresponding JS object. 
+     * Form elements are special, since they can't use the same keying
+     */
+    PRHashTable     *id_to_object_map;
+} MochaDecoder;
+
+/* 
+ * Number of buckets for the id-to-object hash table.
+ */
+#define LM_ID_TO_OBJ_MAP_SIZE 20
+#define LM_FORM_ELEMENT_MAP_SIZE 10
+
+/*
+ * Types of objects reflected into Mocha
+ */
+typedef enum {
+	LM_APPLETS = 0,
+	LM_FORMS,
+	LM_LINKS,
+	LM_NAMEDANCHORS,
+	LM_EMBEDS,
+	LM_IMAGES,
+	LM_FORMELEMENTS,
+	LM_LAYERS
+} ReflectedObject;
+
+/*
+ * Generates an id-to-object mapping key from the ReflectedObject
+ * type, the containing layer id and the id of the object itself.
+ * The key is 4 bits type, 14 bits layer_id and 14 bits id.
+ */
+#define LM_GET_MAPPING_KEY(obj_type, layer_id, id)    \
+     (void *)(((((uint32)obj_type) << 28) & 0xF0000000UL) |     \
+              ((((uint32)layer_id) << 14) & 0x0FFFC000UL) |     \
+              (((uint32)id) & 0x00003FFFUL))
+
+/*
+ * Public, well-known string constants.
+ */
+extern char js_language_name[];      /* "JavaScript" */
+extern char js_content_type[];       /* "application/x-javascript" */
+
+/*
+ * Initialize and finalize Mocha-in-the-client.
+ */
+extern void LM_InitMocha(void);
+extern void LM_FinishMocha(void);
+
+/*
+ * Force mocha on in the given context, even if the user pref is set to
+ * disable mocha.
+ */
+extern void LM_ForceJSEnabled(MWContext *cx);
+
+/*
+ * Initialize and finalize Mocha-Java connection
+ */
+#define LM_MOJA_UNINITIALIZED   0
+#define LM_MOJA_OK              1
+#define LM_MOJA_JAVA_FAILED     2
+#define LM_MOJA_OUT_OF_MEMORY   3
+extern int LM_InitMoja(void);
+extern void LM_FinishMoja(void);
+extern int LM_IsMojaInitialized(void);
+
+/*
+ * Enter or leave the big mocha lock.  Any thread which wants to
+ * preserve JavaScript run-to-completion semantics must bracket
+ * JavaScript evaluation with these calls.
+ */
+typedef void
+(PR_CALLBACK *JSLockReleaseFunc)(void * data);
+
+
+extern void PR_CALLBACK LM_LockJS(void);
+extern void PR_CALLBACK LM_UnlockJS(void);
+extern JSBool PR_CALLBACK LM_AttemptLockJS(JSLockReleaseFunc fn, void * data);
+extern JSBool PR_CALLBACK LM_ClearAttemptLockJS(JSLockReleaseFunc fn, void * data);
+extern PRBool PR_CALLBACK
+LM_HandOffJSLock(PRThread * oldOwner, PRThread *newOwner);
+
+/*
+ * For interruption purposes we will sometimes need to know the
+ *   context who is holding the JS lock
+ */
+extern void LM_JSLockSetContext(MWContext * context);
+extern MWContext * LM_JSLockGetContext(void);
+
+/*
+ * Enable/disable for Mocha-in-the-client.
+ */
+#define LM_SwitchMocha(toggle)	LM_SetMochaEnabled(toggle)
+
+extern JSBool
+LM_GetMochaEnabled(void);
+
+/*
+ * Get (create if necessary) a MochaDecoder for context, adding a reference
+ * to its window_object.  Put drops the reference, destroying window_object
+ * when the count reaches zero.  These functions should only be called in
+ * the mocha thread or while holding the JS-lock
+ */
+extern MochaDecoder *
+LM_GetMochaDecoder(MWContext *context);
+
+extern void
+LM_PutMochaDecoder(MochaDecoder *decoder);
+
+/*
+ * Get the source URL for script being loaded by document.  This URL will be
+ * the document's URL for inline script, or the SRC= URL for included script.
+ * The returned pointer is safe only within the extent of the function that
+ * calls LM_GetSourceURL().
+ */
+extern const char *
+LM_GetSourceURL(MochaDecoder *decoder);
+
+/*
+ * Set the current layer and hence the current scope for script evaluation.
+ */
+extern void
+LM_SetActiveLayer(MWContext * context, int32 layer_id);
+
+/*
+ * Get the current layer and hence the current scope for script evaluation.
+ */
+extern int32
+LM_GetActiveLayer(MWContext * context);
+
+/*
+ * Evaluate the contents of a SCRIPT tag. You can specify the JSObject
+ * to use as the base scope. Pass NULL to use the default window_object
+ */
+extern JSBool
+LM_EvaluateBuffer(MochaDecoder *decoder, void *base, size_t length,
+		  uint lineno, char * scope_to, struct JSPrincipals *principals,
+		  JSBool unicode, jsval *result);
+
+/*
+ * Evaluate an expression entity in an HTML attribute (WIDTH="&{height/2};").
+ * Returns null on error, otherwise a pointer to the malloc'd string result.
+ * The caller is responsible for freeing the string result.
+ */
+extern char *
+LM_EvaluateAttribute(MWContext *context, char *expr, uint lineno);
+
+/*
+ * Remove any MochaDecoder window_context pointer to an MWContext that's
+ * being destroyed.
+ */
+extern void
+LM_RemoveWindowContext(MWContext *context, History_entry * he);
+
+extern void
+LM_DropSavedWindow(MWContext *context, void *window);
+
+/*
+ * Set and clear the HTML stream and URL for the MochaDecoder
+ *   associated with the given context
+ */
+extern JSBool
+LM_SetDecoderStream(MWContext * context, NET_StreamClass *stream,
+		            URL_Struct *url_struct, JSBool free_stream_on_close);
+
+/*
+ * Start caching HTML or plain text generated by document.write() where the
+ * script is running on mc, the document is being generated into decoder's
+ * window, and url_struct tells about the generator.
+ */
+extern NET_StreamClass *
+LM_WysiwygCacheConverter(MWContext *context, URL_Struct *url_struct,
+			 const char * wysiwyg_url, const char * base_href);
+
+/*
+ * Skip over the "wysiwyg://docid/" in url_string and return a pointer to the
+ * real URL hidden after the prefix.  If url_string is not of "wysiwyg:" type,
+ * just return url_string.  Never returns null.
+ */
+extern const char *
+LM_StripWysiwygURLPrefix(const char *url_string);
+
+/*
+ * This function works only on "wysiwyg:" type URLs -- don't call it unless
+ * you know that NET_URL_Type(url_string) is WYSIWYG_TYPE_URL.  It'll return
+ * null if url_string seems too short, or if it can't find the third slash.
+ */
+extern const char *
+LM_SkipWysiwygURLPrefix(const char *url_string);
+
+/*
+ * Return a pointer to a malloc'd string of the form "<BASE HREF=...>" where
+ * the "..." URL is the directory of cx's origin URL.  Such a base URL is the
+ * default base for relative URLs in generated HTML.
+ */
+extern char *
+LM_GetBaseHrefTag(JSContext *cx, JSPrincipals *principals);
+
+/*
+ * XXX Make these public LO_... typedefs in lo_ele.h/ntypes.h?
+ */
+struct lo_FormData_struct;
+struct lo_NameList_struct;
+
+extern struct lo_FormData_struct *
+LO_GetFormDataByID(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id, intn form_id);
+
+extern uint
+LO_EnumerateForms(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id);
+
+extern struct LO_ImageStruct_struct *
+LO_GetImageByIndex(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id, intn image_id);
+
+extern uint
+LO_EnumerateImages(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id);
+
+/*
+ * Reflect display layers into Mocha.
+ */
+extern JSObject *
+LM_ReflectLayer(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id, int32 parent_layer_id,
+                PA_Tag *tag);
+
+extern LO_FormElementStruct *
+LO_GetFormElementByIndex(struct lo_FormData_struct *form_data, int32 index);
+
+extern uint
+LO_EnumerateFormElements(MWContext *context,
+			 struct lo_FormData_struct *form_data);
+
+/*
+ * Layout helper function to find a named anchor by its index in the
+ * document.anchors[] array.
+ */
+extern struct lo_NameList_struct *
+LO_GetNamedAnchorByIndex(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id, uint index);
+
+extern uint
+LO_EnumerateNamedAnchors(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id);
+
+/*
+ * Layout Mocha helper function to find an HREF Anchor by its index in the
+ * document.links[] array.
+ */
+extern LO_AnchorData *
+LO_GetLinkByIndex(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id, uint index);
+
+extern uint
+LO_EnumerateLinks(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id);
+
+extern LO_JavaAppStruct *
+LO_GetAppletByIndex(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id, uint index);
+
+extern uint
+LO_EnumerateApplets(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id);
+
+extern LO_EmbedStruct *
+LO_GetEmbedByIndex(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id, uint index);
+
+extern uint
+LO_EnumerateEmbeds(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id);
+
+/*
+ * Get and set a color attribute in the current document state.
+ */
+extern void
+LO_GetDocumentColor(MWContext *context, int type, LO_Color *color);
+
+extern void
+LO_SetDocumentColor(MWContext *context, int type, LO_Color *color);
+
+/*
+ * Layout function to reallocate the lo_FormElementOptionData array pointed at
+ * by lo_FormElementSelectData's options member to include space for the number
+ * of options given by selectData->option_cnt.
+ */
+extern XP_Bool
+LO_ResizeSelectOptions(lo_FormElementSelectData *selectData);
+
+/*
+ * Discard the current document and all its subsidiary objects.
+ */
+extern void
+LM_ReleaseDocument(MWContext *context, JSBool resize_reload);
+
+/*
+ * Search if a the event is being captured in the frame hierarchy.
+ */
+extern XP_Bool
+LM_EventCaptureCheck(MWContext *context, uint32 current_event);
+
+/*
+ * Scroll a window to the given point.
+ */
+extern void LM_SendOnScroll(MWContext *context, int32 x, int32 y);
+
+/*
+ * Display a help topic.
+ */
+extern void LM_SendOnHelp(MWContext *context);
+
+/*
+ * Send a load or abort event for an image to a callback.
+ */
+typedef enum LM_ImageEvent {
+    LM_IMGUNBLOCK   = 0,
+    LM_IMGLOAD      = 1,
+    LM_IMGABORT     = 2,
+    LM_IMGERROR     = 3,
+    LM_LASTEVENT    = 3
+} LM_ImageEvent;
+
+extern void
+LM_ProcessImageEvent(MWContext *context, LO_ImageStruct *image_data,
+		  LM_ImageEvent event);
+
+/* This should be called when a named anchor is located. */
+extern JSBool
+LM_SendOnLocate(MWContext *context, struct lo_NameList_struct *name_rec);
+
+extern JSObject *
+LM_ReflectApplet(MWContext *context, LO_JavaAppStruct *applet_data,
+                 PA_Tag * tag, int32 layer_id, uint index);
+
+extern JSObject *
+LM_ReflectEmbed(MWContext *context, LO_EmbedStruct *lo_embed,
+                PA_Tag * tag, int32 layer_id, uint index);
+
+struct lo_FormData_struct;
+struct lo_NameList_struct;
+
+extern JSObject *
+LM_ReflectForm(MWContext *context, struct lo_FormData_struct *form_data, 
+	       PA_Tag * tag, int32 layer_id, uint index);
+
+extern JSObject *
+LM_ReflectFormElement(MWContext *context, int32 layer_id, int32 form_id, 
+                      int32 element_id, PA_Tag * tag);
+
+extern JSObject *
+LM_ReflectLink(MWContext *context, LO_AnchorData *anchor_data, PA_Tag * tag, 
+               int32 layer_id, uint index);
+
+extern JSObject *
+LM_ReflectNamedAnchor(MWContext *context, struct lo_NameList_struct *name_rec, 
+                      PA_Tag * tag, int32 layer_id, uint index);
+
+extern JSObject *
+LM_ReflectImage(MWContext *context, LO_ImageStruct *image_data, 
+			    PA_Tag * tag, int32 layer_id, uint index);
+
+extern JSBool
+LM_CanDoJS(MWContext *context);
+
+extern JSBool
+LM_IsActive(MWContext *context);
+
+/*
+ * Security.
+ */
+
+extern JSPrincipals *
+LM_NewJSPrincipals(URL_Struct *archive, char *name, const char *codebase);
+
+extern char *
+LM_ExtractFromPrincipalsArchive(JSPrincipals *principals, char *name, 
+                                uint *length);
+
+extern JSBool
+LM_SetUntransformedSource(JSPrincipals *principals, char *original, 
+                          char *transformed);
+
+extern JSPrincipals * PR_CALLBACK
+LM_GetJSPrincipalsFromJavaCaller(JSContext *cx, int callerDepth);
+
+/*
+ * LM_RegisterPrincipals will verify and register a set of principals 
+ * in the decoder, modifying decoder->principals in the process. It
+ * returns the modified decoder.
+ * 
+ * The "name" parameter may be NULL if "principals" was created with a name.
+ */
+
+extern JSPrincipals *
+LM_RegisterPrincipals(MochaDecoder *decoder, JSPrincipals *principals, 
+                      char *name, char *src);
+/*
+ * JavaScript Debugger support
+ */
+#ifdef JSDEBUGGER 
+
+extern NET_StreamClass*
+LM_StreamBuilder( int         format_out,
+                  void        *data_obj,
+                  URL_Struct  *URL_s,
+                  MWContext   *mwcontext );
+
+extern JSBool
+LM_GetJSDebugActive(void);
+
+extern void
+LM_JamSourceIntoJSDebug( const char *filename,
+                         const char *str, 
+                         int32      len,
+                         MWContext  *mwcontext );
+
+#endif
+
+NSPR_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#endif /* libmocha_h___ */

mozilla/include/libnet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Collection of all the public libnet functions
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef _libnet_
+#define _libnet_
+
+#include "mkutils.h"
+#include "mkstream.h"
+#include "mkgeturl.h"
+
+#endif /* _libnet_ */
+

mozilla/include/libstyle.h

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+/*   libstyle.h --- Exported style sheet routines */
+
+#ifndef __LIBSTYLE_H_
+#define __LIBSTYLE_H_
+
+#include "xp_core.h"
+#include "libmocha.h"
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+extern JSBool
+JSS_ResolveDocName(JSContext *mc, MWContext *context, JSObject *obj, jsval id);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* __LIBSTYLE_H_ */

mozilla/include/m_cvstrm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+**	Mac_Convert_Stream.h
+**	--------------------
+**
+**	The header file for the constructing functions of apple file 
+**		encode/decode stream.
+**
+**		27sep95		mym		created.
+*/
+
+#ifndef	M_CVStrm_h
+#define M_CVStrm_h
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+PUBLIC NET_StreamClass * 
+fe_MakeBinHexEncodeStream (int  format_out,
+                         void       *data_obj,
+                         URL_Struct *URL_s,
+                         MWContext  *window_id,
+                         char*		dst_filename);
+                         
+PUBLIC NET_StreamClass * 
+fe_MakeBinHexDecodeStream (int  format_out,
+                         void       *data_obj,
+                         URL_Struct *URL_s,
+                         MWContext  *window_id );
+
+PUBLIC NET_StreamClass * 
+fe_MakeAppleDoubleDecodeStream (int  format_out,
+                         void       *data_obj,
+                         URL_Struct *URL_s,
+                         MWContext  *window_id,
+                         XP_Bool	write_as_binhex,
+                         char 		*dst_filename);
+                         
+PUBLIC NET_StreamClass * 
+fe_MakeAppleSingleDecodeStream (int  format_out,
+                         void       *data_obj,
+                         URL_Struct *URL_s,
+                         MWContext  *window_id,
+                         XP_Bool	write_as_binhex,
+                         char 		*dst_filename);
+
+#ifdef XP_MAC
+
+PUBLIC NET_StreamClass * 
+fe_MakeAppleDoubleEncodeStream (int  format_out,
+                         void       *data_obj,
+                         URL_Struct *URL_s,
+                         MWContext  *window_id,
+                         char*		src_filename,
+                         char*		dst_filename,
+                         char*		separator);
+
+XP_Bool	isMacFile(char* filename);
+
+#endif
+
+PUBLIC NET_StreamClass * 
+fe_MakeAppleDoubleDecodeStream_1 (int  format_out,
+						void       *data_obj,
+                        URL_Struct *URL_s,
+                        MWContext  *window_id);
+
+PUBLIC NET_StreamClass * 
+fe_MakeAppleSingleDecodeStream_1 (int  format_out,
+						void       *data_obj,
+                        URL_Struct *URL_s,
+                        MWContext  *window_id);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif

mozilla/include/makefile.win

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+#!gmake
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# NPL.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+# Reserved.
+
+
+
+#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#//
+#// Makefile to install NSPR/INCLUDE header files into the distribution
+#// directory.
+#//
+#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#//
+#// Specify the depth of the current directory relative to the
+#// root of NS
+#//
+#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+DEPTH = ..
+
+#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#//
+#// Specify any "command" targets. (ie. DIRS, INSTALL_FILES, ...)
+#// (these must come before the common makefiles are included)
+#// 
+#// DIRS          - There is a subdirectory to process
+#// INSTALL_FILES - Files to be installed in the distribution area
+#//
+#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#INSTALL_FILE_LIST=*.h
+#INSTALL_DIR=$(XPDIST)\public\coreincl
+
+#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#//
+#// Include the common makefile rules
+#//
+#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+include <$(DEPTH)/config/rules.mak>
+
+#export:: INSTALL_FILES
+

mozilla/include/mcom_db.h

@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/*- 
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)db.h	8.7 (Berkeley) 6/16/94
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DB_H_
+#define	_DB_H_
+
+#include "prtypes.h"
+
+#ifdef __sgi
+#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
+#define BIG_ENDIAN      4321
+#define LITTLE_ENDIAN   1234            /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
+#define	__BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __sun
+#define BIG_ENDIAN      4321
+#define LITTLE_ENDIAN   1234            /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
+
+#ifndef SVR4
+/* compat.h is only in 4.1.3 machines. - dp */
+#include <compat.h>
+#endif
+
+/* XXX - dp
+ * Need to find a general way of defining endian-ness in SunOS 5.3
+ * SunOS 5.4 defines _BIG_ENDIAN and _LITTLE_ENDIAN
+ * SunOS 5.3 does nothing like this.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
+
+#if defined(_BIG_ENDIAN)
+#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
+#elif defined(_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#elif !defined(SVR4)
+/* 4.1.3 is always BIG_ENDIAN as it was released only on sparc platforms. */
+#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
+#elif !defined(vax) && !defined(ntohl) && !defined(lint) && !defined(i386)
+/* 5.3 big endian. Copied this above line from sys/byteorder.h */
+/* Now we are in a 5.3 SunOS rather non 5.4 or above SunOS  */
+#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
+#else
+#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !BYTE_ORDER */
+#endif /* __sun */
+
+#ifdef __linux
+# include <endian.h>
+# ifndef BYTE_ORDER
+#  define BYTE_ORDER    __BYTE_ORDER
+#  define BIG_ENDIAN    __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define LITTLE_ENDIAN __LITTLE_ENDIAN
+# endif
+#endif /* __linux */
+
+#if defined(SCO) || defined(UNIXWARE) || defined(SNI) || defined(NCR) || defined(NEC)
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/byteorder.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SCO
+#include <sys/bitypes.h>
+#define MAXPATHLEN 	1024              
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SNI
+#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
+#define BIG_ENDIAN      4321
+#define LITTLE_ENDIAN   1234
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NCR
+#include <sys/endian.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef macintosh
+#include <unix.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef macintosh
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <io.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#ifndef XP_OS2 
+#define MAXPATHLEN 	1024               
+#else
+#include "os2file.h"  /* includes dirent.h */
+#endif
+
+#define	EFTYPE		EINVAL		/* POSIX 1003.1 format errno. */
+
+#ifndef	STDERR_FILENO
+#define	STDIN_FILENO	0		/* ANSI C #defines */
+#define	STDOUT_FILENO	1
+#define	STDERR_FILENO	2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_ACCMODE			/* POSIX 1003.1 access mode mask. */
+#define	O_ACCMODE	(O_RDONLY|O_WRONLY|O_RDWR)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BYTE_ORDER
+#undef BYTE_ORDER
+#endif
+
+#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define LITTLE_ENDIAN   1234            /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
+#define BIG_ENDIAN      4321
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(_WIN32)
+/* 16 bit windows defines */
+#define	MAX_PAGE_NUMBER	0xffffffff	/* >= # of pages in a file */
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef macintosh
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "xp_mcom.h"
+#ifndef NSPR20
+#include "prmacos.h"
+#endif
+#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
+#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
+#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
+#define O_ACCMODE       3       /* Mask for file access modes */
+#define EFTYPE 2000
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+int mkstemp(const char *path);
+XP_END_PROTOS
+#endif	/* MACINTOSH */
+
+#if defined(XP_OS2)
+#include <xp_mcom.h>
+#include <pros2os.h>
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+int mkstemp(char *path);
+XP_END_PROTOS
+#endif
+
+#ifndef macintosh
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(macintosh) && !defined(XP_OS2)
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "cdefs.h"
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS  /* included above to prevent spurious warnings chouck 12-Sep-95 */
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MIN
+#define MIN(x, y)	(((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+#define MAX(x, y)	(((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+#endif
+
+#define	RET_ERROR	-1		/* Return values. */
+#define	RET_SUCCESS	 0
+#define	RET_SPECIAL	 1
+
+#if defined(__386BSD__) || defined(SCO)
+#define	__BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__
+#endif
+
+#define	MAX_PAGE_NUMBER	0xffffffff	/* >= # of pages in a file */
+
+#ifndef __sgi
+typedef uint32	pgno_t;
+#endif
+
+#define	MAX_PAGE_OFFSET	65535		/* >= # of bytes in a page */
+typedef uint16	indx_t;
+#define	MAX_REC_NUMBER	0xffffffff	/* >= # of records in a tree */
+typedef uint32	recno_t;
+
+/* define EFTYPE since most don't */
+#ifndef EFTYPE
+#define EFTYPE      EINVAL      /* POSIX 1003.1 format errno. */
+#endif
+
+/* Key/data structure -- a Data-Base Thang. */
+typedef struct {
+	void	*data;			/* data */
+	size_t	 size;			/* data length */
+} DBT;
+
+/* Routine flags. */
+#define	R_CURSOR	1		/* del, put, seq */
+#define	__R_UNUSED	2		/* UNUSED */
+#define	R_FIRST		3		/* seq */
+#define	R_IAFTER	4		/* put (RECNO) */
+#define	R_IBEFORE	5		/* put (RECNO) */
+#define	R_LAST		6		/* seq (BTREE, RECNO) */
+#define	R_NEXT		7		/* seq */
+#define	R_NOOVERWRITE	8		/* put */
+#define	R_PREV		9		/* seq (BTREE, RECNO) */
+#define	R_SETCURSOR	10		/* put (RECNO) */
+#define	R_RECNOSYNC	11		/* sync (RECNO) */
+
+typedef enum { DB_BTREE, DB_HASH, DB_RECNO } DBTYPE;
+
+typedef enum { LockOutDatabase, UnlockDatabase } DBLockFlagEnum;
+
+/*
+ * !!!
+ * The following flags are included in the dbopen(3) call as part of the
+ * open(2) flags.  In order to avoid conflicts with the open flags, start
+ * at the top of the 16 or 32-bit number space and work our way down.  If
+ * the open flags were significantly expanded in the future, it could be
+ * a problem.  Wish I'd left another flags word in the dbopen call.
+ *
+ * !!!
+ * None of this stuff is implemented yet.  The only reason that it's here
+ * is so that the access methods can skip copying the key/data pair when
+ * the DB_LOCK flag isn't set.
+ */
+#if UINT_MAX > 65535
+#define	DB_LOCK		0x20000000	/* Do locking. */
+#define	DB_SHMEM	0x40000000	/* Use shared memory. */
+#define	DB_TXN		0x80000000	/* Do transactions. */
+#else
+#define	DB_LOCK		    0x2000	/* Do locking. */
+#define	DB_SHMEM	    0x4000	/* Use shared memory. */
+#define	DB_TXN		    0x8000	/* Do transactions. */
+#endif
+
+/* Access method description structure. */
+typedef struct __db {
+	DBTYPE type;			/* Underlying db type. */
+	int (*close)	(struct __db *);
+	int (*del)	(const struct __db *, const DBT *, uint);
+	int (*get)	(const struct __db *, const DBT *, DBT *, uint);
+	int (*put)	(const struct __db *, DBT *, const DBT *, uint);
+	int (*seq)	(const struct __db *, DBT *, DBT *, uint);
+	int (*sync)	(const struct __db *, uint);
+	void *internal;			/* Access method private. */
+	int (*fd)	(const struct __db *);
+} DB;
+
+#define	BTREEMAGIC	0x053162
+#define	BTREEVERSION	3
+
+/* Structure used to pass parameters to the btree routines. */
+typedef struct {
+#define	R_DUP		0x01	/* duplicate keys */
+	uint32	flags;
+	uint	cachesize;	/* bytes to cache */
+	int	maxkeypage;	/* maximum keys per page */
+	int	minkeypage;	/* minimum keys per page */
+	uint	psize;		/* page size */
+	int	(*compare)	/* comparison function */
+	    (const DBT *, const DBT *);
+	size_t	(*prefix)	/* prefix function */
+	    (const DBT *, const DBT *);
+	int	lorder;		/* byte order */
+} BTREEINFO;
+
+#define	HASHMAGIC	0x061561
+#define	HASHVERSION	2
+
+/* Structure used to pass parameters to the hashing routines. */
+typedef struct {
+	uint	bsize;		/* bucket size */
+	uint	ffactor;	/* fill factor */
+	uint	nelem;		/* number of elements */
+	uint	cachesize;	/* bytes to cache */
+	uint32		/* hash function */
+		(*hash) (const void *, size_t);
+	int	lorder;		/* byte order */
+} HASHINFO;
+
+/* Structure used to pass parameters to the record routines. */
+typedef struct {
+#define	R_FIXEDLEN	0x01	/* fixed-length records */
+#define	R_NOKEY		0x02	/* key not required */
+#define	R_SNAPSHOT	0x04	/* snapshot the input */
+	uint32	flags;
+	uint	cachesize;	/* bytes to cache */
+	uint	psize;		/* page size */
+	int	lorder;		/* byte order */
+	size_t	reclen;		/* record length (fixed-length records) */
+	uint8	bval;		/* delimiting byte (variable-length records */
+	char	*bfname;	/* btree file name */ 
+} RECNOINFO;
+
+/* #ifdef __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE */
+/*
+ * Little endian <==> big endian 32-bit swap macros.
+ *	M_32_SWAP	swap a memory location
+ *	P_32_SWAP	swap a referenced memory location
+ *	P_32_COPY	swap from one location to another
+ */
+#define	M_32_SWAP(a) {							\
+	uint32 _tmp = a;						\
+	((char *)&a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[3];				\
+	((char *)&a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[2];				\
+	((char *)&a)[2] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1];				\
+	((char *)&a)[3] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0];				\
+}
+#define	P_32_SWAP(a) {							\
+	uint32 _tmp = *(uint32 *)a;				\
+	((char *)a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[3];				\
+	((char *)a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[2];				\
+	((char *)a)[2] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1];				\
+	((char *)a)[3] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0];				\
+}
+#define	P_32_COPY(a, b) {						\
+	((char *)&(b))[0] = ((char *)&(a))[3];				\
+	((char *)&(b))[1] = ((char *)&(a))[2];				\
+	((char *)&(b))[2] = ((char *)&(a))[1];				\
+	((char *)&(b))[3] = ((char *)&(a))[0];				\
+}
+
+/*
+ * Little endian <==> big endian 16-bit swap macros.
+ *	M_16_SWAP	swap a memory location
+ *	P_16_SWAP	swap a referenced memory location
+ *	P_16_COPY	swap from one location to another
+ */
+#define	M_16_SWAP(a) {							\
+	uint16 _tmp = a;						\
+	((char *)&a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1];				\
+	((char *)&a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0];				\
+}
+#define	P_16_SWAP(a) {							\
+	uint16 _tmp = *(uint16 *)a;				\
+	((char *)a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1];				\
+	((char *)a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0];				\
+}
+#define	P_16_COPY(a, b) {						\
+	((char *)&(b))[0] = ((char *)&(a))[1];				\
+	((char *)&(b))[1] = ((char *)&(a))[0];				\
+}
+/* #endif */
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+DB *dbopen (const char *, int, int, DBTYPE, const void *);
+
+/* set or unset a global lock flag to disable the
+ * opening of any DBM file
+ */
+void dbSetOrClearDBLock(DBLockFlagEnum type);
+
+/* #ifdef __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE */
+DB	*__bt_open (const char *, int, int, const BTREEINFO *, int);
+DB	*__hash_open (const char *, int, int, const HASHINFO *, int);
+DB	*__rec_open (const char *, int, int, const RECNOINFO *, int);
+void	 __dbpanic (DB *dbp);
+/* #endif */
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#if defined(linux) && !defined(MACLINUX)
+/*
+ *    Why you would want to override the system defines?
+ */
+#if BYTE_ORDER != LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__hpux) || defined(__hppa)
+#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
+#define BIG_ENDIAN      4321
+#define LITTLE_ENDIAN   1234            /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(AIXV3)
+/* BYTE_ORDER, LITTLE_ENDIAN, BIG_ENDIAN are all defined here */
+#include <sys/machine.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __alpha
+#include <endian.h>
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !_DB_H_ */

mozilla/include/mcom_ndbm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Margo Seltzer.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)ndbm.h	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
+ */
+
+#ifndef _NDBM_H_
+#define	_NDBM_H_
+
+#include "mcom_db.h"
+
+/* Map dbm interface onto db(3). */
+#define DBM_RDONLY	O_RDONLY
+
+/* Flags to dbm_store(). */
+#define DBM_INSERT      0
+#define DBM_REPLACE     1
+
+/*
+ * The db(3) support for ndbm(3) always appends this suffix to the
+ * file name to avoid overwriting the user's original database.
+ */
+#define	DBM_SUFFIX	".db"
+
+typedef struct {
+	char *dptr;
+	int dsize;
+} datum;
+
+typedef DB DBM;
+#define	dbm_pagfno(a)	DBM_PAGFNO_NOT_AVAILABLE
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+void	 dbm_close (DBM *);
+int	 dbm_delete (DBM *, datum);
+datum	 dbm_fetch (DBM *, datum);
+datum	 dbm_firstkey (DBM *);
+long	 dbm_forder (DBM *, datum);
+datum	 dbm_nextkey (DBM *);
+DBM	*dbm_open (const char *, int, int);
+int	 dbm_store (DBM *, datum, datum, int);
+int	 dbm_dirfno (DBM *);
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* !_NDBM_H_ */

mozilla/include/merrors.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+/* merrors.h --- error codes for netlib. */
+
+
+#ifndef _MERRORS_H_
+#define _MERRORS_H_
+
+/*
+ * Return codes
+ */
+
+#define MK_INTERRUPTED			-201
+
+#define MK_UNABLE_TO_CONVERT		-208
+
+#define MK_UNABLE_TO_LOGIN		-210
+
+#define MK_NO_NEWS_SERVER		-224
+#define MK_USE_FTP_INSTEAD		-225
+#define MK_USE_COPY_FROM_CACHE		-226
+#define MK_EMPTY_NEWS_LIST              -227
+
+#define MK_MAILTO_NOT_READY		-228
+
+#define MK_OBJECT_NOT_IN_CACHE		-239
+
+#define MK_UNABLE_TO_LISTEN_ON_SOCKET   -244
+
+#define MK_WAITING_FOR_LOOKUP		-248	/* response for async dns */
+#define MK_DO_REDIRECT			-249	/* tells mkgeturl to redirect */
+
+#define MK_MIME_NEED_B64		-270	/* used internally */
+#define MK_MIME_NEED_QP			-271	/* used internally */
+#define MK_MIME_NEED_TEXT_CONVERTER	-272	/* used internally */
+#define MK_MIME_NEED_PS_CONVERTER	-273	/* used internally */
+
+#define MK_IMAGE_LOSSAGE		-277
+
+#define MK_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES		-310
+
+#define MK_FILE_WRITE_ERROR		-350
+
+#define MK_GET_REST_OF_PARTIAL_FILE_FROM_NETWORK	-399
+
+#define MK_MULTIPART_MESSAGE_COMPLETED	-437
+
+#define MK_OFFLINE -438
+
+/* success codes */
+#define MK_DATA_LOADED		1
+#define MK_NO_DATA		2
+#define MK_NO_ACTION		3
+#define MK_CHANGING_CONTEXT	4
+
+
+#endif /* _MERRORS_H_ */

mozilla/include/mime.h

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MIME_H
+#define MIME_H
+
+#include "ntypes.h"
+#include "mimeenc.h"
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+extern PUBLIC const char *FE_UsersOrganization(void);
+
+
+/* Returns the appropriate contents of a From: field of a mail message
+   originating from the current user.  This calls FE_UsersFullName()
+   and FE_UsersMailAddress() and correctly munges the values, using
+   MSG_MakeFullAddress()
+
+   A new string is returned, which you must free when you're done with it.
+   */
+extern PUBLIC char *MIME_MakeFromField (void);
+
+extern PUBLIC void MISC_ValidateSignature (MWContext *context,
+										   const char *sig);
+
+/* This does a very rough sanity-check on the return email address specified
+   in preferences, and pops up a dialog and returns negative if there is
+   something obviously wrong.  MSG_ComposeMessage() calls this, and won't
+   let messages be composed until the problem is corrected.  The FEs should
+   call this after preferences have been edited as well.
+
+   The address should be just the email address, not including the real name.
+ */
+extern PUBLIC int MISC_ValidateReturnAddress (MWContext *context,
+											  const char *addr);
+
+
+/* Convert a block of text to the MIME quoted-printable encoding.
+   Returns a new string and its size, or NULL if it couldn't allocate.
+ */
+extern PUBLIC void MIME_EncodeQuotedPrintableString(const unsigned char *input,
+													uint32 input_size,
+													unsigned char **output,
+													uint32 *output_size);
+
+/* Convert a block of text to the MIME base64 encoding.
+   Returns a new string and its size, or NULL if it couldn't allocate.
+ */
+extern PUBLIC void MIME_EncodeBase64String(const unsigned char *input,
+										   uint32 input_size,
+										   unsigned char **output,
+										   uint32 *output_size);
+
+/* build a mailto: url address given a to field
+ *
+ * returns a malloc'd string
+ */
+extern char *
+MIME_BuildMailtoURLAddress(const char * to);
+
+/* build a news: url address to post to, given a partial news-post
+ * URL and the newsgroups line
+ *
+ * returns a malloc'd string
+ */
+extern char *
+MIME_BuildNewspostURLAddress(const char *partial_newspost_url,
+                             const char *newsgroups);
+
+/* If the argument is true, we use quoted-printable encoding on mail and
+   news messages which have 8bit characters in them.  Otherwise, we assume
+   that the mail and news transport will not strip the eighth bit (a bad
+   assumption.) */
+extern void MIME_ConformToStandard (XP_Bool conform_p);
+
+
+/* Generate headers for a form post to a mailto: URL.
+   This lets the URL specify additional headers, but is careful to
+   ignore headers which would be dangerous.  It may modify the URL
+   (because of CC) so a new URL to actually post to is returned.
+ */
+extern int MIME_GenerateMailtoFormPostHeaders (const char *old_post_url,
+											   const char *referer,
+											   char **new_post_url_return,
+											   char **headers_return);
+
+
+extern NET_StreamClass * 
+NET_MimeMakePartialEncodingConverterStream (int          format_out,
+											void        *data_obj,
+											URL_Struct  *URL_s,
+											MWContext   *window_id,
+											NET_StreamClass *next_stream);
+
+extern int MIME_HasAttachments(MWContext *context);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* mime.h */

mozilla/include/mimeenc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/* mimeenc.c --- MIME encoders and decoders, version 2 (see mimei.h)
+   Created: Jamie Zawinski <jwz@netscape.com>, 15-May-96.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef _MIMEENC_H_
+#define _MIMEENC_H_
+
+#include "xp.h"
+
+/* This file defines interfaces to generic implementations of Base64, 
+   Quoted-Printable, and UU decoders; and of Base64 and Quoted-Printable
+   encoders.
+ */
+
+
+/* Opaque objects used by the encoder/decoder to store state. */
+typedef struct MimeDecoderData MimeDecoderData;
+typedef struct MimeEncoderData MimeEncoderData;
+
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+/* functions for creating that opaque data.
+ */
+MimeDecoderData *MimeB64DecoderInit(int (*output_fn) (const char *buf,
+													  int32 size,
+													  void *closure),
+									void *closure);
+MimeDecoderData *MimeQPDecoderInit (int (*output_fn) (const char *buf,
+													  int32 size,
+													  void *closure),
+									void *closure);
+MimeDecoderData *MimeUUDecoderInit (int (*output_fn) (const char *buf,
+													  int32 size,
+													  void *closure),
+									void *closure);
+
+MimeEncoderData *MimeB64EncoderInit(int (*output_fn) (const char *buf,
+													  int32 size,
+													  void *closure),
+									void *closure);
+MimeEncoderData *MimeQPEncoderInit (int (*output_fn) (const char *buf,
+													  int32 size,
+													  void *closure),
+									void *closure);
+MimeEncoderData *MimeUUEncoderInit (char *filename,
+									int (*output_fn) (const char *buf,
+													  int32 size,
+													  void *closure),
+									void *closure);
+
+/* Push data through the encoder/decoder, causing the above-provided write_fn
+   to be called with encoded/decoded data. */
+int MimeDecoderWrite (MimeDecoderData *data, const char *buffer, int32 size);
+int MimeEncoderWrite (MimeEncoderData *data, const char *buffer, int32 size);
+
+/* When you're done encoding/decoding, call this to free the data.  If
+   abort_p is FALSE, then calling this may cause the write_fn to be called
+   one last time (as the last buffered data is flushed out.)
+ */
+int MimeDecoderDestroy(MimeDecoderData *data, XP_Bool abort_p);
+int MimeEncoderDestroy(MimeEncoderData *data, XP_Bool abort_p);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif /* _MIMEENC_H_ */

mozilla/include/minicom.h

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * Mini Component Object Model
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef MINICOM_H
+#define MINICOM_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(XP_PC) && !defined(XP_OS2)
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#include "objbase.h"
+#else
+#include <windows.h>
+#include "compobj.h"
+#endif
+#else /* !XP_PC or XP_OS2*/
+
+#if defined(XP_OS2)
+#define TID OS2TID   /* global rename in OS2 H's!               */
+#include <os2.h>
+#undef TID           /* and restore                             */
+#endif
+
+typedef struct _GUID {
+	long		Data1;
+	short		Data2;
+	short		Data3;
+	char		Data4[8];
+} GUID;
+
+typedef GUID	IID;
+typedef GUID	CLSID;
+
+typedef IID*	REFIID;
+typedef GUID*	REFGUID;
+typedef CLSID*	REFCLSID;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define EXTERN_C		extern "C"
+#else
+#define EXTERN_C
+#endif /* cplusplus */
+
+#ifndef INITGUID
+#define DEFINE_GUID(name, l, w1, w2, b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7, b8) \
+	EXTERN_C const GUID name
+#else
+#define DEFINE_GUID(name, l, w1, w2, b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7, b8) \
+	EXTERN_C const GUID name \
+                = { l, w1, w2, { b1, b2,  b3,  b4,  b5,  b6,  b7,  b8 } }
+#endif /* INITGUID */
+
+#endif /* !XP_PC or XP_OS2*/
+
+#define JRI_DEFINE_GUID(name, l, w1, w2) \
+	DEFINE_GUID(name, l, w1, w2,		 \
+				0xbb, 0x58, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x74, 0x03, 0x79)
+
+typedef long
+(*MCOM_QueryInterface_t)(void* self, REFIID id, void* *result);
+
+typedef long
+(*MCOM_AddRef_t)(void* self);
+
+typedef long
+(*MCOM_Release_t)(void* self);
+
+#if !defined(XP_PC) || defined(XP_OS2)
+
+typedef struct IUnknown {
+    MCOM_QueryInterface_t	QueryInterface;
+    MCOM_AddRef_t			AddRef;
+    MCOM_Release_t			Release;
+} IUnknown;
+
+#define IUnknown_QueryInterface(self, interfaceID, resultingInterface)		\
+		(((*((IUnknown**)self))->QueryInterface)(self, interfaceID, resultingInterface))
+
+#define IUnknown_AddRef(self)							\
+		(((*((IUnknown**)self))->AddRef)(self))
+
+#define IUnknown_Release(self)							\
+		(((*((IUnknown**)self))->Release)(self))
+
+#endif /* !XP_PC or XP_OS2*/
+
+typedef long
+(*MCOM_CreateInstance_t)(void* self, IUnknown* outer, REFIID interfaceID,
+						 void** newInstance);
+
+typedef long
+(*MCOM_LockServer_t)(void* self, int doLock);
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* MINICOM_H */
+/******************************************************************************/

mozilla/include/mk_cx_fn.h

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/*
+** This file is Michael Toy's fault.  If you hate it or have troubles figuring
+** it out, you should bother him about it.
+**
+** This file generates both the fields of the front end structure, and the
+** fe specific prototypes for your front end implementations, AND the
+** the code to fill in the structure in your context initilization code
+**
+** To use it:
+**
+**  #define MAKE_FE_FUNCS_STRUCT
+**  #include "mk_cx_fn.h"
+** This will generate the field definitions for the structure.
+**
+**  #define MAKE_FE_FUNCS_PREFIX(func) prefix_##func
+**  #define MAKE_FE_FUNCS_ASSIGN cx->
+**  #include "mk_cx_fn.h"
+** Substitute your naming prefix for "prefix" (e.g XFE)
+** This will generate the assignment statements to fill in the structure,
+** the definition of MAKE_FE_FUNCS_ASSIGN will be the left hand side of the
+** assignment statement.
+**
+**  #define MAKE_FE_FUNCS_PREFIX(func) prefix_##func
+**  #define MAKE_FE_FUNCS_EXTERN
+**  #include "mk_cx_fn.h"
+** This will generate the prototypes for all your front end functions.
+*/
+
+#if defined(MAKE_FE_FUNCS_TYPES)
+#define FE_DEFINE(func, returns, args) typedef returns (*MAKE_FE_TYPES_PREFIX(func)) args;
+#elif defined(MAKE_FE_FUNCS_STRUCT)
+#define FE_DEFINE(func, returns, args) returns (*func) args;
+#elif defined(MAKE_FE_FUNCS_EXTERN)
+#define FE_DEFINE(func, returns, args) extern returns MAKE_FE_FUNCS_PREFIX(func) args;
+#elif defined(MAKE_FE_FUNCS_ASSIGN)
+#define FE_DEFINE(func, returns, args) MAKE_FE_FUNCS_ASSIGN func = MAKE_FE_FUNCS_PREFIX(func);
+#elif !defined(FE_DEFINE)
+You;Should;Read;The;Header;For;This;File;Before;Including;Error;Error;Error;
+#endif
+
+FE_DEFINE(CreateNewDocWindow, MWContext*, (MWContext * calling_context,URL_Struct * URL))
+FE_DEFINE(LayoutNewDocument, void, (MWContext *context, URL_Struct *url_struct, int32 *iWidth, int32 *iHeight, int32 *mWidth, int32 *mHeight))
+FE_DEFINE(SetDocTitle,void, (MWContext * context, char * title))
+FE_DEFINE(FinishedLayout,void, (MWContext *context))
+FE_DEFINE(TranslateISOText,char *, (MWContext * context, int charset, char *ISO_Text))
+FE_DEFINE(GetTextInfo,int, (MWContext * context, LO_TextStruct *text, LO_TextInfo *text_info))
+#ifdef XP_MAC
+FE_DEFINE(MeasureText,int, (MWContext * context, LO_TextStruct *text, short *charLocs))
+#endif 
+FE_DEFINE(GetEmbedSize,void, (MWContext * context, LO_EmbedStruct *embed_struct, NET_ReloadMethod force_reload))
+FE_DEFINE(GetJavaAppSize,void, (MWContext * context, LO_JavaAppStruct *java_struct, NET_ReloadMethod force_reload))
+FE_DEFINE(GetFormElementInfo,void, (MWContext * context, LO_FormElementStruct * form_element))
+FE_DEFINE(GetFormElementValue,void, (MWContext * context, LO_FormElementStruct * form_element, XP_Bool hide))
+FE_DEFINE(ResetFormElement,void, (MWContext * context, LO_FormElementStruct * form_element))
+FE_DEFINE(SetFormElementToggle,void, (MWContext * context, LO_FormElementStruct * form_element, XP_Bool toggle))
+FE_DEFINE(FreeEmbedElement,void, (MWContext *context, LO_EmbedStruct *))
+FE_DEFINE(CreateEmbedWindow, void, (MWContext *context, NPEmbeddedApp *app))
+FE_DEFINE(SaveEmbedWindow, void, (MWContext *context, NPEmbeddedApp *app))
+FE_DEFINE(RestoreEmbedWindow, void, (MWContext *context, NPEmbeddedApp *app))
+FE_DEFINE(DestroyEmbedWindow, void, (MWContext *context, NPEmbeddedApp *app))
+FE_DEFINE(FreeJavaAppElement,void, (MWContext *context, struct LJAppletData *appletData))
+FE_DEFINE(HideJavaAppElement,void, (MWContext *context, struct LJAppletData *))
+FE_DEFINE(FreeEdgeElement,void, (MWContext *context, LO_EdgeStruct *))
+FE_DEFINE(FormTextIsSubmit,void, (MWContext * context, LO_FormElementStruct * form_element))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplaySubtext,void, (MWContext * context, int iLocation, LO_TextStruct *text, int32 start_pos, int32 end_pos, XP_Bool need_bg))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayText,void, (MWContext * context, int iLocation, LO_TextStruct *text, XP_Bool need_bg))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayEmbed,void, (MWContext * context, int iLocation ,LO_EmbedStruct *embed_struct))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayJavaApp,void, (MWContext * context, int iLocation ,LO_JavaAppStruct *java_struct))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayEdge,void, (MWContext * context, int iLocation ,LO_EdgeStruct *edge_struct))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayTable,void, (MWContext * context, int iLocation ,LO_TableStruct *table_struct))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayCell,void, (MWContext * context, int iLocation ,LO_CellStruct *cell_struct))
+#ifdef XP_MAC
+FE_DEFINE(InvalidateEntireTableOrCell,void, (MWContext * context, LO_Element *element))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayAddRowOrColBorder,void, (MWContext * context, XP_Rect* r ,XP_Bool bErase))
+#endif
+FE_DEFINE(DisplaySubDoc,void, (MWContext * context, int iLocation ,LO_SubDocStruct *subdoc_struct))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayLineFeed,void, (MWContext * context, int iLocation , LO_LinefeedStruct *line_feed, XP_Bool need_bg))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayHR,void, (MWContext * context, int iLocation , LO_HorizRuleStruct *HR_struct))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayBullet,void, (MWContext *context, int iLocation, LO_BullettStruct *bullet))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayFormElement,void, (MWContext * context, int iLocation, LO_FormElementStruct * form_element))
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayBorder,void, (MWContext *context, int iLocation, int x, int y, int width, int height, int bw, LO_Color *color, LO_LineStyle style))
+#ifdef XP_MAC
+FE_DEFINE(UpdateEnableStates,void, (MWContext *context))
+#endif
+FE_DEFINE(DisplayFeedback,void, (MWContext *context, int iLocation, LO_Element *element))
+FE_DEFINE(ClearView,void, (MWContext * context, int which))
+FE_DEFINE(SetDocDimension,void, (MWContext *context, int iLocation, int32 iWidth, int32 iLength))
+FE_DEFINE(SetDocPosition,void, (MWContext *context, int iLocation, int32 iX, int32 iY))
+FE_DEFINE(GetDocPosition,void, (MWContext *context, int iLocation, int32 *iX, int32 *iY))
+FE_DEFINE(BeginPreSection,void, (MWContext *context))
+FE_DEFINE(EndPreSection,void, (MWContext *context))
+FE_DEFINE(SetProgressBarPercent,void, (MWContext *context, int32 percent))
+FE_DEFINE(SetBackgroundColor,void, (MWContext *context, uint8 red, uint8 green, uint8 blue))
+FE_DEFINE(Progress, void, (MWContext * cx, const char *msg))
+FE_DEFINE(Alert, void, (MWContext * cx, const char *msg))
+FE_DEFINE(SetCallNetlibAllTheTime, void, (MWContext * win_id))
+FE_DEFINE(ClearCallNetlibAllTheTime, void, (MWContext * win_id))
+FE_DEFINE(GraphProgressInit, void, (MWContext *context, URL_Struct *URL_s, int32 content_length))
+FE_DEFINE(GraphProgressDestroy, void, (MWContext *context, URL_Struct *URL_s, int32 content_length, int32 total_bytes_read))
+FE_DEFINE(GraphProgress, void, (MWContext *context, URL_Struct *URL_s, int32 bytes_received, int32 bytes_since_last_time, int32 content_length))
+FE_DEFINE(UseFancyFTP, XP_Bool, (MWContext * window_id))
+FE_DEFINE(UseFancyNewsgroupListing, XP_Bool, (MWContext *window_id))
+FE_DEFINE(FileSortMethod, int, (MWContext * window_id))
+FE_DEFINE(ShowAllNewsArticles, XP_Bool, (MWContext *window_id))
+FE_DEFINE(Confirm, XP_Bool,(MWContext * context, const char * Msg))
+FE_DEFINE(Prompt,char*,(MWContext * context, const char * Msg, const char * dflt))
+FE_DEFINE(PromptWithCaption,char*,(MWContext * context, const char *caption, const char * Msg, const char * dflt))
+FE_DEFINE(PromptUsernameAndPassword, XP_Bool, (MWContext *,const char *,char **, char **))
+FE_DEFINE(PromptPassword,char*,(MWContext * context, const char * Msg))
+FE_DEFINE(EnableClicking,void,(MWContext*))
+FE_DEFINE(AllConnectionsComplete,void,(MWContext * context))
+#ifdef XP_OS2       /* performance */
+FE_DEFINE(GetMaxWidth,int, (MWContext * context, LO_TextStruct *text))
+#endif
+#ifdef LAYERS
+FE_DEFINE(EraseBackground, void, (MWContext *, int, int32, int32, uint32, uint32, LO_Color *))
+FE_DEFINE(SetDrawable, void, (MWContext *, CL_Drawable *))
+FE_DEFINE(GetTextFrame, void, (MWContext *, LO_TextStruct *, int32, int32, XP_Rect *))
+#ifdef XP_MAC
+FE_DEFINE(GetDefaultBackgroundColor, void, (MWContext* context, LO_Color* color))
+#endif
+#endif
+/* these functions are to allow dealyed native window applet creation and transparent applet */
+FE_DEFINE(HandleClippingView, void, (MWContext *pContext, struct LJAppletData *appletD, int x, int y, int width, int height))
+FE_DEFINE(DrawJavaApp, void, (MWContext *pContext, int iLocation, LO_JavaAppStruct *pJava))
+
+#undef FE_DEFINE
+#undef MAKE_FE_FUNCS_PREFIX
+#undef MAKE_FE_FUNCS_ASSIGN
+#undef MAKE_FE_FUNCS_EXTERN
+#undef MAKE_FE_FUNCS_STRUCT

mozilla/include/msg_filt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+/* foobar Public API for mail (and news?) filters */
+#ifndef MSG_RULE_H
+#define MSG_RULE_H
+
+/*
+	Terminology -	Filter - either a Rule (defined with GUI) or a (Java) Script
+					Rule - 
+*/
+#include "msg_srch.h"
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	FilterError_Success = 0,	/* no error */
+	FilterError_First = SearchError_Last + 1,		/* no functions return this; just for bookkeeping */
+	FilterError_NotImplemented,	/* coming soon */
+	FilterError_OutOfMemory,	/* out of memory */
+	FilterError_FileError,		/* error reading or writing the rules file */
+	FilterError_InvalidVersion, /* invalid filter file version */
+	FilterError_InvalidIndex,   /* Invalid filter index */
+	FilterError_InvalidMotion,  /* invalid filter move motion */
+	FilterError_InvalidFilterType, /* method doesn't accept this filter type */
+	FilterError_NullPointer,	/* a required pointer parameter was null */
+	FilterError_NotRule,		/* tried to get rule for non-rule filter */
+	FilterError_NotScript,		/* tried to get a script name for a non-script filter */
+	FilterError_InvalidAction,	/* invalid action */
+	FilterError_SearchError,	/* error in search code */
+	FilterError_Last		/* no functions return this; just for bookkeeping */
+} MSG_FilterError;
+
+
+typedef enum
+ {
+	 acNone,				/* uninitialized state */
+         acMoveToFolder,
+         acChangePriority,
+         acDelete,
+         acMarkRead,
+         acKillThread,
+	 acWatchThread
+ } MSG_RuleActionType;
+
+typedef enum 
+{
+	filterInboxRule = 0x1,
+	filterInboxJavaScript = 0x2,
+	filterInbox = 0x3,
+	filterNewsRule = 0x4,
+	filterNewsJavaScript = 0x8,
+	filterNews=0xb,
+	filterAll=0xf
+} MSG_FilterType;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	filterUp,
+	filterDown
+} MSG_FilterMotion;
+
+typedef int32 MSG_FilterIndex;
+
+/* opaque struct defs - defined in libmsg/pmsgfilt.h */
+#ifdef XP_CPLUSPLUS
+	struct MSG_Filter;
+	struct MSG_Rule;
+	struct MSG_RuleAction;
+	struct MSG_FilterList;
+#else
+	typedef struct MSG_FilterList MSG_FilterList;
+	typedef struct MSG_Filter MSG_Filter;
+	typedef struct MSG_Rule MSG_Rule;
+	typedef struct MSG_RuleAction MSG_RuleAction;
+#endif
+
+XP_BEGIN_PROTOS
+
+/* Front ends call MSG_OpenFilterList to get a handle to a FilterList, of existing MSG_Filter *.
+	These are manipulated by the front ends as a result of user interaction
+   with dialog boxes. To apply the new list, fe's call MSG_CloseFilterList.
+
+   For example, if the user brings up the rule management UI, deletes a rule,
+   and presses OK, the front end calls MSG_RemoveFilterListAt, and
+   then MSG_CloseFilterList.
+
+*/
+MSG_FilterError MSG_OpenFilterList(MSG_Master *master, MSG_FilterType type, MSG_FilterList **filterList);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_OpenFolderFilterList(MSG_Pane *pane, MSG_FolderInfo *folder, MSG_FilterType type, MSG_FilterList **filterList);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_CloseFilterList(MSG_FilterList *filterList);
+MSG_FilterError	MSG_SaveFilterList(MSG_FilterList *filterList);	/* save without deleting */
+MSG_FilterError MSG_CancelFilterList(MSG_FilterList *filterList);
+
+MSG_FolderInfo *MSG_GetFolderInfoForFilterList(MSG_FilterList *filterList);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_GetFilterCount(MSG_FilterList *filterList, int32 *pCount);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_GetFilterAt(MSG_FilterList *filterList, 
+							MSG_FilterIndex filterIndex, MSG_Filter **filter);
+/* these methods don't delete filters - they just change the list. FE still must
+	call MSG_DestroyFilter to delete a filter.
+*/
+MSG_FilterError MSG_SetFilterAt(MSG_FilterList *filterList, 
+							MSG_FilterIndex filterIndex, MSG_Filter *filter);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_RemoveFilterAt(MSG_FilterList *filterList,
+							MSG_FilterIndex filterIndex);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_MoveFilterAt(MSG_FilterList *filterList, 
+							MSG_FilterIndex filterIndex, MSG_FilterMotion motion);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_InsertFilterAt(MSG_FilterList *filterList, 
+							MSG_FilterIndex filterIndex, MSG_Filter *filter);
+
+MSG_FilterError MSG_EnableLogging(MSG_FilterList *filterList, XP_Bool enable);
+XP_Bool			MSG_IsLoggingEnabled(MSG_FilterList *filterList);
+
+/* In general, any data gotten with MSG_*Get is good until the owning object
+   is deleted, or the data is replaced with a MSG_*Set call. For example, the name
+   returned in MSG_GetFilterName is valid until either the filter is destroyed,
+   or MSG_SetFilterName is called on the same filter.
+ */
+MSG_FilterError MSG_CreateFilter (MSG_FilterType type,	char *name,	MSG_Filter **result);			
+MSG_FilterError MSG_DestroyFilter(MSG_Filter *filter);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_GetFilterType(MSG_Filter *, MSG_FilterType *filterType);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_EnableFilter(MSG_Filter *, XP_Bool enable);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_IsFilterEnabled(MSG_Filter *, XP_Bool *enabled);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_GetFilterRule(MSG_Filter *, MSG_Rule ** result);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_GetFilterName(MSG_Filter *, char **name);	
+MSG_FilterError MSG_SetFilterName(MSG_Filter *, const char *name);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_GetFilterDesc(MSG_Filter *, char **description);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_SetFilterDesc(MSG_Filter*, const char *description);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_GetFilterScript(MSG_Filter *, char **name);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_SetFilterScript(MSG_Filter *, const char *name);
+
+MSG_FilterError MSG_RuleAddTerm(MSG_Rule *,     
+	MSG_SearchAttribute attrib,    /* attribute for this term                */
+    MSG_SearchOperator op,         /* operator e.g. opContains               */
+    MSG_SearchValue *value,        /* value e.g. "Dogbert"                   */
+	XP_Bool BooleanAND, 	       /* TRUE if AND is the boolean operator. FALSE if OR is the boolean operators */
+	char * arbitraryHeader);       /* arbitrary header specified by user. ignored unless attrib = attribOtherHeader */
+
+MSG_FilterError MSG_RuleGetNumTerms(MSG_Rule *, int32 *numTerms);
+
+MSG_FilterError MSG_RuleGetTerm(MSG_Rule *, int32 termIndex, 
+	MSG_SearchAttribute *attrib,    /* attribute for this term                */
+    MSG_SearchOperator *op,         /* operator e.g. opContains               */
+    MSG_SearchValue *value,         /* value e.g. "Dogbert"                   */
+	XP_Bool *BooleanAnd,				/* TRUE if AND is the boolean operator. FALSE if OR is the boolean operator */
+	char ** arbitraryHeader);        /* arbitrary header specified by user. ignore unless attrib = attribOtherHeader */
+
+MSG_FilterError MSG_RuleSetScope(MSG_Rule *, MSG_ScopeTerm *scope);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_RuleGetScope(MSG_Rule *, MSG_ScopeTerm **scope);
+
+/* if type is acChangePriority, value is a pointer to priority.
+   If type is acMoveToFolder, value is pointer to folder name.
+   Otherwise, value is ignored.
+*/
+MSG_FilterError MSG_RuleSetAction(MSG_Rule *, MSG_RuleActionType type, void *value);
+MSG_FilterError MSG_RuleGetAction(MSG_Rule *, MSG_RuleActionType *type, void **value);
+
+/* help FEs manage menu choices in Filter dialog box */
+
+/* Use this to help build menus in the filter dialogs. See APIs below */
+typedef struct MSG_RuleMenuItem 
+{
+	int16 attrib;
+	char name[32];
+} MSG_RuleMenuItem;
+
+
+MSG_FilterError MSG_GetRuleActionMenuItems (
+	MSG_FilterType type,		/* type of filter                          */
+    MSG_RuleMenuItem *items,    /* array of caller-allocated structs       */
+    uint16 *maxItems);            /* in- max array size; out- num returned   */ 
+
+MSG_FilterError MSG_GetFilterWidgetForAction( MSG_RuleActionType action,
+											  MSG_SearchValueWidget *widget );
+
+MSG_SearchError MSG_GetValuesForAction( MSG_RuleActionType action,
+											   MSG_SearchMenuItem *items, 
+											   uint16 *maxItems);
+
+void			MSG_ViewFilterLog(MSG_Pane *pane);
+
+/*
+** Adding/editting javascript filters.
+**
+** The FE calls one of the below functions, along with a callback and some closure
+** data.  This callback is invoked when the user clicks OK in the JS filter dialog.
+** If CANCEL is pressed, the callback is not invoked.
+**
+** If the user called MSG_EditJSFilter, the filter_index parameter of the callback
+** is the same one passed in.  If the user called MSG_NewJSFilter, the filter_index
+** parameter is -1.
+**
+** The filter_changed parameter is TRUE if the user modified any of the fields of
+** the javascript filter, and FALSE otherwise.
+*/
+typedef void (*JSFilterCallback)(void* arg, MSG_FilterIndex filter_index, XP_Bool filter_changed);
+
+void MSG_EditJSFilter(MWContext *context, MSG_FilterList *filter_list,
+					  MSG_FilterIndex filter_index,
+					  JSFilterCallback cb, void *arg);
+void MSG_NewJSFilter(MWContext *context, MSG_FilterList *filter_list,
+					 MSG_FilterType filter_type, JSFilterCallback cb, void *arg);
+
+XP_END_PROTOS
+
+#endif